322 31 16MB
English Pages 240 [232] Year 2010
Wig Making and Styling
This page intentionally left blank
Wig Making and Styling A Complete Guide for Theatre & Film
Martha Ruskai Allison Lowery
AmsterdAm • Boston • HeidelBerg • london newYork • oxford • PAris • sAndiego sAnfrAncisco • singAPore • sYdneY • tokYo focalPressisanimprintofelsevier
focalPressisanimprintofelsevier 30corporatedrive,suite400,Burlington,mA01803,UsA theBoulevard,langfordlane,kidlington,oxford,ox51gB,Uk © 2010 Martha Ruskai and Allison Lowery. Published by ELSEVIER Inc. All rights reserved. nopartofthispublicationmaybereproducedortransmittedinanyformorbyanymeans,electronicormechanical,includingphotocopying,recording,orany informationstorageandretrievalsystem,withoutpermissioninwritingfromthepublisher.detailsonhowtoseekpermission,furtherinformationaboutthe Publisher’spermissionspoliciesandourarrangementswithorganizationssuchasthecopyrightclearancecenterandthecopyrightlicensingAgency,canbe foundatourwebsite:www.elsevier.com/permissions. thisbookandtheindividualcontributionscontainedinitareprotectedundercopyrightbythePublisher(otherthanasmaybenotedherein). maincoverphotographbyAkinAbayomi,dreadheadphoto.com.model:kellyJackson Notices knowledgeandbestpracticeinthisieldareconstantlychanging.Asnewresearchandexperiencebroadenourunderstanding,changesinresearchmethods, professionalpractices,ormedicaltreatmentmaybecomenecessary. Practitionersandresearchersmustalwaysrelyontheirownexperienceandknowledgeinevaluatingandusinganyinformation,methods,compounds,or experimentsdescribedherein.inusingsuchinformationormethodstheyshouldbemindfuloftheirownsafetyandthesafetyofothers,includingpartiesfor whomtheyhaveaprofessionalresponsibility. tothefullestextentofthelaw,neitherthePublishernortheauthors,contributors,oreditors,assumeanyliabilityforanyinjuryand/ordamagetopersonsor propertyasamatterofproductsliability,negligenceorotherwise,orfromanyuseoroperationofanymethods,products,instructions,orideascontainedinthe materialherein. Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data ruskai,martha. wigmakingandstyling:acompleteguidefortheatreandilm/martharuskai,Allisonlowery. p.cm. includesindex. isBn978-0-240-81320-2 1.theatricalwigs.i.lowery,Allison.ii.title. Pn2069.r972010 792.02’6—dc22 2009042441 British Library Cataloguing-in-Publication Data AcataloguerecordforthisbookisavailablefromtheBritishlibrary. isBn:978-0-240-81320-2 forinformationonallfocalPresspublications visitourwebsiteatwww.elsevierdirect.com 10 11 12 13 14 5 4 3 2 1 Printed in China
This book is dedicated with gratitude to Lenna Kaleva
This page intentionally left blank
Table of Contents Acknowledgments
Chapter 3 Taking Accurate Measurements
ix
Chapter 1 Wig-Making Terms, Tools, and Techniques 1 Glossary of Wig and Hair Terms 1 Wig-Making Tool Kit 8 Wig Styling Tool Kit 10 Hairpins and Clips 11 Rollers/Curlers 12 A Well-Equipped Wig Area 12 Handling a Wig 15 Blocking a Wig 15 Blocking Hard-Front Wigs 15 Blocking Lace-Front Wigs 16 Basic Hand Sewing Stitches 17
Proper Head Measurements 35 Transferring Head Measurements to a Block 39 Plastic-Wrap Head Tracings 41 Padding Out a Block with a Plastic Tracing
Creating the Pattern for the Facial Hair Piece 47 Adding Texture to the Hair 49 Individual Hairpiece Characteristics 53 Eyebrows 53 Mustaches 54 Sideburns 55 Beards and Goatees 56 Cutting and Styling the Facial Hair 58 Applying the Facial Hair 61 Removing the Facial Hair 62 Chapter 5 Fronting and Other Adaptations of Commercial Wigs 63
23
Types of Fronts 63 The Human Hairline 65 Changing the Hairline 68 Building the Fronts 68 Variation 1 69 Variation 2 69 Variation 3 69 Truing the Hairline 69 Lace Direction and Hair Growth Direction 70 Quick Front: A Step-by-Step Example Standard Front 75 Deep Fronts 78 Deep Front Variation 1 78
44
Variation 2 78 Variation 3 78 Mini Fronts 79 Silk Blenders 79 Nape Lace 81 Piecing Together Wigs 83 Chapter 6 Building a Wig from Scratch 87
Chapter 4 Facial Hair 47
Chapter 2 Wig-Making Basics: Learning to Ventilate 19 Ventilating Needles and Holders 19 Loading Your Needle 20 Wig-Making Laces and Nets 20 Fronting Laces 20 Back/Foundation Laces 21 Other Wig-Making Materials 22 The Direction and Stretch of the Lace Types of Hair 23 Basic Wig-Knotting/Ventilating Technique 24 Double Knotting 27 Ventilating Positions 28 Hair Density and Ventilating Patterns 29 Ventilating Direction 30 Untying Knots 30 Color Blending 31 Sewing with Invisible Thread 32
35
Types of Foundations 88 Building a Circumference-Band Foundation 89 Vegetable Net & Caul Net/Circumference Band/Right-Side-Out/Hand Sewn 89 Variations on Circumference Band Foundations 93 Variations on Nape-Piece Foundations 98 Variations on One-Piece Foundations 102 Notes About Adding Hair 102 Parts, Crown Swirls, and Cowlicks 103 Miscellaneous Foundations 104 Balding Wigs 105 Fringes 107 Summary 108 Chapter 7 Partial Wigs, Toupees, and Hairpieces 109
74
Toupee 109 Graying Temple Pieces 110 Pull-Throughs 110 Falls 111 Type 1 111 Type 2 112 Type 3 112 Type 4 113 Switches 113 Kabuki-Inspired Lion Wig 114
vii
viii w
Table of Contents
Full-Bottom Wigs 115 Making Custom Weft 115 Chapter 8 Wig Application and Removal
Chapter 10 Creating a Hairstyle 151
119
Hair Prep 119 Long Hair 119 Short Hair 121 How to Hold and Put on a Lace-Front Wig 123 Applying Hard-Front Wigs and Falls 125 Removing Wigs After a Performance 126 A Word About Quick Changes and Tap Dancing 127 Chapter 9 Wig Styling Techniques 129 Elements of a Hairstyle 129 Straight Hair 130 Wetting and Drying 130 Flat-Ironing and Roller Setting 130 Steaming the Hair 131 Wavy Hair 132 Finger Waves/Water Waves 132 Marcel Waves 134 Pin curls 136 Waving and Crimping Irons 138 Curly Hair 139 Roller Setting 139 Roller Setting: Ringlets/Sausage Curls Roller Setting: Spiral Rolling Techniques 143 Medusa Set 145 Braids 146 The Standard Basic Braid 147 French Braids 148 Reverse French Braid 148 Rope Braids 148 Herringbone Braids 149 Dreadlocks 149
Break the Hairstyle Down into Sections 151 Understand the Hairstyle 152 Interpreting Research 152 Draw Your Setting Pattern 154 Set Your Wig 155 Comb Out the Set 155 Teasing and Stuffing 156 Wire Frames 157 Styling Men’s Wigs 159 Wig Setting and Styling Tips 160 From Set to Style: Examples 162 Example 1: Cosette in Les Miserables 163 Example 2: 1930s Hollywood Movie-Star Look 164 Chapter 11 Choosing, Cutting, Coloring, and Perming the Hair 165
142
Dyeing Wigs and Wig Fibers 167 Universal Hair Color Systems 167 American Cosmetology Hair Level System 167 Types of Hair Color Products 167 Dyeing Protein Fibers 169 Using Fabric Dyes 169 Preparing Hair Bundles for Dye 170 Dyeing Synthetic Fibers 171 Perming Wigs and Wig Fibers 172 Cutting Wigs 173 Chapter 12 Hair that Isn’t Hair: Wigs Made from Other Materials 175 Bases and Foundations 176 Fosshape™ Bases 178 Other Types of Bases 179 Covering the Cap 180 Building a Structural Support Frame
180
Combining Hair and Non-Hair Materials Example of the Step-by-Step Process of Creating an Unusually Shaped Wig 183 Gallery of Non-Hair/Fantasy Wigs 186
182
Chapter 13 How to Get a Show into Production 189 Analyzing and Understanding the Play 189 Forms of Drama 190 Basic Plot Structure 190 Scene Breakdowns 191 Organizing Your Show Notebook 193 Character Design 194 Group Relationships 195 Designing an Overall Look for a Production 196 Budgeting for a Production 197 Wig Jobs and How to Get Them 198 Charging for Your Work 200 Chapter 14 Care and Maintenance of Wigs 201 Cleaning Wig Laces 201 Cleaning Facial Hair 203 Touching up a Wig 204 Washing Wigs 205 Washing the Wig off the Block 206 Washing the Wig on the Block 208 Storing Your Wigs 209 Storage Systems 210 Subject Index
213
Acknowledgments Acknowledgmentsgooutto: stephaniewilliamscaillabet;theUniversity oftexasdepartmentoftheatreanddance; texasPerformingArts,especiallythe costumeshop;fletcheroperainstitute;the Universityofnorthcarolinaschoolofthe Arts,especiallythedancecostume department;theBlantonmuseumofArt; theAlabamashakespearefestival; Pennsylvaniashakespearefestivaland desalesUniversity;ParkwayUnitedchurch ofchrist;wakeforestUniversityBaptist medicalcenter;lindaPisano,lara southerlandBerich,robbiestanton,mark rampmeyer,JennifermooneyBullock,
caitlynthomson,kevinmccullom,andthe ProducingoficeforWest Side Story;opera carolina;Bradleym.look;Amandafrench; photographersmarkrutkowski,willwillner, Amitavasarkar,leeA.Butz,kengrant,and AkinAbayomi;susanmickey;Jamesglavan; kellyYurko;christinatollefson;frederic Burleigh;BillBrewer;cherylthomas;rita freimanis;JamesAllbritten;samflemming; Patriciamueller;caseygallagher;lisa Higgins,nancydickson;lauraHorowitz; Patriciawesp;darrenJinks;allofthe performersandmodelswhogenerously allowedustousetheirimagesandwore theirwigswithsuchpanache;ray,martha, andscottlowery;loismelina;Bethruskai;
thewednesdaywhistlingwomen;andmost importantly,thestudentsandalumniwho continuetoinspireusandteachus, especiallytammyPotts-merritt,terawillis, karameche,christinagrant,Annafugate, kaylanPaisley,scottdarby,sarahBaloche redding,sarahlankenau,Jessica gambardella,elisasolomon,Jessicamills, chelseaBunn,JennyValentine,Beauty thibodeau,nicholeAnnis,sarahshade, AdamUlrich,Heatherkoslov,tiffanyknight, carrielynnrohm,Amandaramirez, ming-yenHo,Joshuaconyers,natalie maynard,michaelferguson,andrenee Horner.
ix
This page intentionally left blank
CHAPTER
1
Beforeyoucanbeginyourquestto becomeawigexpert,youmustlearn someofthebasiclingoandassemble thepropertools.inthischapter,we haveprovidedanextensiveglossary ofhairwigterms.familiarize yourselfwiththesedefinitionsbefore beginningtoworkonyourwig-making andwig-stylingskills.wewillalso discusswhattoolsareessentialforwig makingandstylingandthedifferent typesoftoolsused.wewillalsogo overdifferenttypesofhairpinsand brushesandwhentouseeach,as wellasafewbasictechniquesfor handlingawig.
GLOSSARY OF WIG AND HAIR TERMS therearemanydifferenttermsusedin wigmakingandstyling.itisreally helpfultoknowthesetermsbefore beginningworkonyourwig.reading throughthesetermswillhelpyou understandmanyoftheexplanationsin therestofthisbook.
Wig-Making Terms, Tools, and Techniques 3/4 Wig Atypeofwigthatismeanttositafew inchesbackfromthewearer’shairline. thefrontofthewearer’sownhairisthen brushedbackoverthefrontofthewigin ordertoconcealtheedgeandmakethe wiglooknatural.3/4wigsareusually bestiftheyareaverygoodcolormatch tothewearer’sownhaircolor. Afro Ahairstylepopularizedinthe1960sand 1970s.manyAfrican-Americanslettheir hairgrowoutinitsnatural,tightly curledtexture.thehairwasthenpicked outwithacombtoformaroundshape orsilhouette.
areoftensoldas“three-inchhairpins.” thesepinsarebestusedforpinning heavywigsthatrequireextrasupportor forpinningonheavyhats. Angora/Mohair theinesilkyhairfromeitheranangora goatorrabbit.thishairtiesintovery smallknotsandisoftenusedforthe frontsofilmwigs. Backcombing Anothertermforteasinghair.thehairis combeddowntowardsthescalpin ordertocreatemorevolume.
Alopecia Amedicalconditionthatcausesthe patienttolosetheirhair;thehairloss canbepartialortotal.
Beehive Ahairstylethatbecamepopularinthe 1960s.thehairwasteased,sprayed,and smoothedintoaconeshapethat resembledabeehive.
“Amazon” Pins large,heavyhairpinsthatareusedto pinwigsontothewearer’shead.they
Blocking A Wig theactofsecuringawigtoawigblock sothatwigisreadytobeworkedon.
1
2 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
Blocking Pins round-headedpins,usuallycalled quilter’spins,thatareusedtosecurethe wigtothewigblock.
diamond-shapedholes.itisoftenused inwigfoundationswhenthewigneeds tohavealittlestretchorwherethewig needstobeeasilypinnedthrough.Also calledcawl net, cowl net.
Chin Tuft Anameforthesmall,usuallytriangular patchofhairthatgrowsjustbeneaththe lowerlip.Alsocalledasoul patchor French dot.
Blocking Tape Astripofribbon,biastape,hemtape,or twilltapethatisusedtoholdthelace edgedownlatwhenblockingalacefrontwig.
Chignon Arollofhairwornatthenapeofthe neck.
Cleaning the Lace theactofcleaningtheglueandmakeup residueoffofalace-frontwigorfacial hairpiece.
Blunt Cut Ahaircutinwhichallofthehairiscut tooneequallength. Boardwork theeuropeantermfortheartofwig making.
Chin Block Atypeofwigblockthatisspecially madeforbuilding,styling,andcutting onfacialhair.theyareshapedlikea chinandaremadeofeitherwoodor canvasstuffedwithsawdust (figure1-1).
Cornrows Astyleofhairwherethehairis dividedintosectionsandbraidedinto smallbraidsthatsitveryclosetothe scalp.
Bob Ahaircutinwhichallofthehairiscut tochinlength.thishairstylebecame verypopularinthe1920s.
Crepeing Hair theactofweavinghairthroughasetof stringsandthenboilingitsothatithas apermanentlyfrizzedtexture.
Cascade Atypeofhairpiece,usuallyrectangular inshape,thatconsistsofrowsofcurls that“cascade”down. Caul Net Atypeofwig-makingnetthatis characterizedbyitslarge,open,
Clippies Atermforsmall,hingedhairclipsthat areusedasastylingaid.theycanhave eitheroneortwoprongs.Alsocalled roller clips.
Figure 1-1 Examples of two different kinds of chin blocks.
Crepe Wool woolthathasbeenthroughthe crepeingprocess.itisoftenusedfor creatingfacialhairdirectlyonthe face.
Chapter 1
Drawing Cards Apairofcardsusedfororganizinghair thatisbeingusedonawigproject. thesecardskeeptherootsandtipsof thehairorganizedandmakeiteasyto transportthehairforawig-making project(figures1-2,1-3). Dreadlock Anaturalhairstylethatisformedwhen hairbecomesmattedandeventually twistsitselfintoacolumnor“lock”. Duckbill Clip Atypeofclip,usedinstyling,thatis aboutthreeincheslongandopenslikea duck’sbilltoclampontothehair.Also knownasanalligator clip.
Wig-Making Terms, Tools, and Techniques
3
paperthataresoldforwrappingthe endsofhairwhenyouaresettingiton rollers.theykeeptheendsniceand smooth.
Finger Wave/Water Wave Amethodofhairstylingwherethehair isstyledintowavesusingonlywethair, theingers,andacomb.
Fall Anyhairpiecewithlong,hanginghair.
Flat Iron Atypeofcurlingironthathastwolat platesthatthehairispulledthroughin ordertostraightenit.
Finger Shield Atypeofmetalthimble,wornonthe middleingerofthenondominant hand,thatisusedwhensewing materialsontopofawigblock.
Fontange Ahairstylethatismadeofcurlsthatare piledhighovertheforehead.theterm alsoreferstoatallheadpiecethatsits overtheforehead.namedafterthe duchessoffontanges. Foundation Ahead-shapedbasemadeofwignets andlacesthathairisattachedtoin ordertomakeawig(figure1-4).
End Papers Alsosometimesreferredtoasend wraps.theyareprecutpiecesoftissue
Figure 1-2 A drawing card.
w
Figure 1-3 The drawing card opened so that the teeth are visible.
Figure 1-4 Two examples of a wig foundation.
4 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
Frontal Bone thebonethatmakesuptheforeheadof theskull. Fronting Lace Anytypeofwiglacethatissuitablefor usingatthehairlineofawig.themore closelythewigisgoingtobeviewed,the inerandmoredelicatethefrontinglace needstobe. Galloon Atightlywovensilkribbonthatisusedto reinforcetheedgesandinteriorstructureofawigfoundation(figure1-5). Goatee Atypeoffacialhairthatconsistsofthe hairinthechinareaonly,notafullbeard.
Growth Pattern theuniquesetofdirectionsthatthe hairgrowsinonanindividual’shead. theyarespeciicanduniquetoeach individualperson. Hackle Anextremelysharpmetalcombthatis usedfordetanglingextralonghairand forblendingseveralcolorsofhairto createanewcolor.Ahackleusually resemblesabedofnails(figure1-6). Haircutting Shears scissorsmadeforcuttinghair. Hair Extentions falsehairthatisattacheddirectlytothe wearer’shead.thisisdonebygluingthe hairdirectlytothewearer’shair, braidingthehairintothewearer’shair, orbysewingthehairontocornrows braidedfromthewearer’sownhair.
Hairpiece Anypieceofartiicialhairthatdoesnot covertheentirehead. Hank of Hair Abundleofloosehair. Hard-Front Wig Atypeofwigwherethefrontedgeis inishedwithrowsofhairormaterial, resultinginaheavy,bluntedge.most commerciallypurchasedwigsarehardfrontwigs. Horse Hair eitherhairfromthetailofahorse,used inwigmaking,orplasticibersthatare wovenintoafabricbraid,ofwhich smallpiecesaresewnontohatsand headpiecestoaidinpinningthemon securely. Human Hair Hairfromtheheadofahuman. Invisible Thread Aclearnylonthreadthatisusedfor sewingtogetherwigfoundations.
Figure 1-5 A card of galloon.
Figure 1-6 A hackle.
Lace-Front Wig Awigthathashadtheoriginalhard frontcutoff,replacedwithfrontinglace, andhaditshairlineknottedontothe
Chapter 1
lace.thistermcanalsorefertoawig thathasbeencustommadefrom scratchwithatiedlacefront. Marcel Iron Atypeofcurlingironthatisheatedup inanoven,allowingittogetveryhot (figure1-7). Marcel Oven Anovenusedtoheatupmetalcurling tongsorirons.Priortotheinventionof thisoven,curlingironswereheatedin ires. Marcel Wave Atypeofwavestylingmethod, introducedbyfrenchhairdressermarcel grateau,inwhichacurlingironisused toclampwavesinalternatingdirections intothehair,insteadofwrappingthe hairaroundthecurlingiron.
Medical Adhesive Aclearadhesivethatisusedtoglue downwiglacewhenspiritgumisnota strongenoughoption. Mohawk Ahairstyleinwhichthehairisshaved onbothsides,leavingastripofhairthat runsdownthecenteroftheheadfrom theforeheadtothenape.thehairis oftenspikedup. Monofillament Top Atypeofwigmadewithatranslucent, monoilamentmaterialonthetopthat thehairisknottedinto.thisfabricgives theappearanceofascalpunderneaththe hair.Alsocalledmono-top wigs. Mullet Ahairstyleinwhichthehairiscutshort inthefrontandleftlongerintheback. Nature Lace Averyineanddelicatetypeoffronting lace,madeofclearnyloniberswith hexagonalholes.itissuitableforuseon ilmwigfronts.
Figure 1-7 A selection of Marcel irons.
Net Lace Atypeofwig-makinglacethatismade ofopaquecottoniberswithhexagonal holes.itisusedforeitherfrontinglace (verylargevenuesonly)orasthe lightest-weightfoundationlace.
w
Wig-Making Terms, Tools, and Techniques
5
Occiputal Bone thebonethatmakesupthebackand baseoftheskull. Parietal Bones thepairofbonesthatformthetopand sidesoftheskull. Periwig ABritishtermforawig,usedespeciallyin theseventeenthandeighteenthcenturies. thistermoftenreferstoamen’swigthat itpulledbackintoaqueue. Peruke Afrenchtermforawig,usedespecially intheseventeenthandeighteenth centuries.thistermalsooftenrefersto amen’swigthatispulledbackintoa queue. Pin Curl Atypeofcurlwherethehairisrolled latintoacircleandsecuredwithbobby pinsorstylingclips.Pincurlsareused bothasastylingtechniqueandalsoasa waytopreparethehairforawigtobe putonoverit. Pompadour Ahairstylewherethehairiscombedup highoffoftheforehead.itwasnamed forthemarquisedePompadour.
6 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
Postiche Anypieceoffalsehair. Queue Aponytailonaman’swig,especiallyin seventeenth-andeighteenth-century hairstyles.thisstyleisalsosometimes calledatieback wig. Rat Apadofhairthatisusedtostuffa hairstyleinordertoaddvolume.these canbemadebycollectinghairand formingitintoapad.therearealso premaderatsavailablecommerciallyfor purchase. Ringlet Along,spirallycurledsectionofhair. Roots thepartofthehairthatisattachedto thescalp. Shag Ahaircutthatischoppyandlayeredall over. Skin-Top Wig Atypeofwigthathasaplastictopthat hashairmechanicallypunchedintoit. thisplasticgivestheappearanceofa scalpunderneaththehair.
Spirit Gum Atypeofadhesive,derivedfromtree sap,thatisusedtogluedownthelace edgesofalace-frontwigorfacialhair piece. Steaming A Wig theactofapplyingsteamtoasyntheticwiginordertoeitherstraighten thehairibersorsetthecurlintothe hairibers. Stock Wig Awigthatisbuilttobeusedoverand overagainbyacompanyorpersonor awigthatisalreadyownedbya company. Super Lace Atypeoffrontinglace,oftenusedfor theatricalwigs,andmadeofclearnylon iberswithhexagonalholes.
Tendril Asmall,thin,curlingwispofhair,often locatedaroundtheface. Thinning Shears Aspecialtypeofhaircuttingscissorsin whichoneofthebladesisnotched,so thatallofthehairisnotcut(figure1-8). Tips thepartofthehairshaftthatisfarthest awayfromthescalp;theendsofthehair. Tonsure theshavedcrownofamonk’sorpriest’s head. Tracks smallsectionsofhairthathavebeen braidedorcornrowedclosetothe scalpsothatweftsofhaircanbesewn ontothem.
Switch Afalseponytail,oftenmadewithaloop ononeendforeasyattachment. Synthetic Hair Plasticibersthataremadetoresemble hair.itisthecheapestandmost versatilematerialthatwigsaremadeof. someothernamesforsyntheticwig ibersincludemodacrylic,kanekelon, andelura.
Figure 1-8 Thinning shears.
Chapter 1
Toupee Ahairpiecemeanttoillinthetop sectionofabaldinghead.
needledwillgrabatonetime(for example,asize3hookpicksupthree hairs).
Toupee Clips smallrubberizedsnapclipsthatgrab ontoverysmallamountsofhair;often usedtosecuretoupees.
Vegetable Net Atypeofwiglace,madeofcottonibers, thatisveryheavyandhashexagonal holes.itisthebestchoiceforbuilding verysturdyfoundations.
Toupee Tape double-sided,skin-safetapethatisused toeitherholdontoupeesortohold downlaceedgesofhairpieces.toupee tapeisveryshiny,soitshouldbeused onlytoholdonlace-frontwigswhen thereisnootherchoice. Trichotillomania Anervousconditionthatcausesthe sufferertocompulsivelypullthehair outoftheirfaceandoffoftheirhead. sometimesthisconditionalsocauses thesufferertoingestthehair. Ventilating theactofknottinghairtowiglacein ordertogivetheappearancethatthe hairisgrowingdirectlyoutofthehead. Alsocalledknottingortyinghair. Ventilating Hook/Needle Aspeciallymadehookthatisshaped likeacrochethookandisusedtograb thehairtobeknottedontoawig.Ventilatinghookscomeinsizesthatreferto approximatelyhowmanyhairsthe
w
Wig-Making Terms, Tools, and Techniques
necksandsecuredwithabow.these cameintofashionasameansofkeeping thehairpowderoffoftheirexpensive coats(figure1-10).
Virgin Hair Hairthathasneverundergoneanytype ofprocessing(perming,dyeing,etc.). Waving Iron Atypeofcurlingironthatsandwiches thehairbetweenshapedplatesinorder tocreateawave.
Figure 1-9 A piece of weft.
Weft Hairthathasbeenwoventogetheron stringstoformstripsofhair.weftis usedtomakehairpiecesortoquicklyill infullwigs(figure1-9). Wefting theactofweavingthehairontostrings inordertoformstripsofhairthatare usedtocreatewigsandhairpieces. Wig Bag Abag,oftenmadeofblackvelvetorsilk, thatmenintheseventeenthand eighteenthcenturiesworeovertheir powderedponytailsatthenapesoftheir
7
Figure 1-10 An example of a wig bag.
8 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
Wig Block Ahead-shapedblock,madeofeither woodorcanvasstuffedwithsawdust, thatisusedtomountwigsontofor stylingorconstruction. Wig Cap Athinnyloncapthatisusedtolatten down,contain,andsecurethehair underneathawig. Figure 1-12 Wig points.
Wig Clamp Adevicethatclampstoatableedgeand hasapostthatawigblocksitson;it allowsthewigtobeworkedonwithout havingtoworryaboutitfallingoffofthe table. Wig Dryer Adeviceusedtodrywigs.theseare usuallylargewoodenboxeswitha currentofwarmairlowingthrough them. Wiglet Atypeofhairpiecethatconsistsofa smallcircleofhairmountedonaround base.theyareusedtoillinthinplaces inahairstyleortoaddalittleextra volumeinthestyle(figure1-11). Wig Pins largehairpinsthatareusedtopin throughawiginordertosecureittothe wearer’shead.
Figure 1-11 A wiglet.
Wig Points tinyheadlessnailsthatareusedtohold awigorwig-makingmaterialstoa woodenwigblock(figure1-12). Wig Prep theactofpreparingaperson’shairas lataspossibletotheirheadsothata wigmaybeputonoverit. Wig Stays smallpiecesofmetal,plastic,orsprings thatgiveextrasupporttoawigin high-stressplaces.commonplacesto indwigstaysinawigareovereachear, oneithersideofthenapeoftheneck, andatthecenterfrontofthewig. Wonder Lace Atypeofwiglacethatismadeofclear nyloniberswithhexagonalholes.itis
heavierandshinierthansuperlaceand canbeusedeitherforfrontinglaceor formakingwigfoundations. Yak Hair Hairfromayakthatisusedforwig making.itisslightlycoarserthanhuman hair.itisthemostreadilyavailable sourceofwhitehair.thesoftestyakhair comesfromthebellyoftheyak.
WIG-MAKING TOOL KIT wigmakingistheartofadapting existingwigsormakingwigsfrom scratch.Becausealotoftheworkis similartosewing,manysewingtoolsare used.othertoolsarespeciictobuilding wigs,andmustbepurchasedfromwig suppliers.manykindsofcontainerscan beusedtokeepallofthesesupplies in—plastictackleboxesareideal,but
Chapter 1
• Ventilating needle holders.when ventilating,youholdyourtoolmuchlike holdingapencil.Becauseofthis,the needlemustbeinsertedintosomekindof holder.Holdersareavailableinplastic, metal,andwood—whatyouchooseisa matterofpersonalpreference. • Something to keep your ventilating needles and holders in.whenyouinda needlethatyoulike,keepitstoredwith theholder.Astheneedleswillsnagor catchoneverythingelseinyourkit,you wanttostoretheminsomethinghard. • A drawing card.thisisfororganizingand holdingloosehairwhileyouareworking. thesemustbespeciallyorderedfromwig supplystores.ifyouareunabletoind
• Ventilating needles.theartoftyinghair ontowigbasesiscalledventilating.thisis donewithtinyneedlesthathavesmall barbontheend,likeaishhookora crochethook.Ventilatingneedlescomein differentsizes.thesizereferstothe numberofaveragehairsthattheneedle willeasilygrab.thus,asizethreeneedle shouldpickupthreeaveragehairs.
•
• • •
• • •
•
Figure 1-13 A wig maker’s tool kit.
otheroptionsarelunchboxes,cosmetics cases,pencilcases,orshoeboxes.the mostimportantthingisthatyourkitbe lightweightandportable. itemstoincludeinyourkit:
•
• Figure 1-14 Examples of ventilating needle holders.
Figure 1-15 Finger shield.
w
Wig-Making Terms, Tools, and Techniques
9
one,youcansubstitutetwowirebrushes sandwichedontopofeachother. Finger shield.Aingershieldisaspecial typeofmetalthimbleusedbywigmakers. Small sharply pointed scissors.Youwill needyourscissorstohaveverysharp pointssothatyoucancarefullycutinto tinyareas. Seam ripper. Slant-tipped tweezers. Hand sewing needles in a variety of sizes. itisgoodtohaveamixofheavierneedles anddelicateneedles. Curved needle. Soft tape measure. Several different colors of thread.keep gray,beige,brown,andabrightcolor.itis goodtohavesturdycottonthreadfor sewingonwigfoundations.thebright colorcanbecottonorembroideryloss, asitwillbeusedonlyformarkingonwig foundations. Invisible thread.clearnylonthreadina lighttomediumgaugethatwillbeusedto sewoninelaces. Small needle-nosed pliers.thekindthat havebuiltinwirecuttersarethemost useful;thesecanusuallybefoundinthe
Figure 1-16 Needle nosed pliers.
10 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
artiiciallowerdepartment.Beading pliersarealsoagoodchoice,becausethey aresmallandcangetintodelicateareas ofthewigeasily. • Thimble.Youcanuseeitherametalor leatherthimble.gowithyourpersonal preference. • Haircutting shears.thesedonothaveto betheexpensiveones.Youwillwantto haveapairofshearsinyourkitthatare usedonlyforcuttinghair.cuttingother materialswilldullyourscissors,sokeepa pairforhaironly.thinningshearsarealso nicetohaveinyourkit. • forcraftierwigprojects,itisusefulto haveasupplyofmillinery wire(fabriccoveredwirethatissoldbyhat-making suppliers),floral tape,buckram, Fosshape,felt hoods,sturdy thread,and sturdycraft scissors.thesematerialswill befurtherdiscussedinchapter12.
theseitemswillgiveyouagoodstart tobuildingawig-makingkit.Asyou developmoreskills,youmaydiscover othertoolsthatyouwouldinduseful. Byallmeans,addthemtoyourkit!
• Large wooden brush with wire bristles. Usefulforbrushingoutlarge,thick sectionsofhair.dogbrushesareagood sourceforthese. • Wide-toothed comb or pick.goodfor combingthroughhairwhenyouwantto keepalotoftexture,butstilluntangle thehair.wide-toothedcombsarealso essentialforgentlycombingout wethair.
Figure 1-17 Rat-tail comb.
• Teasing/smoothing brush.weoften refertothisasthe“magicbrush,” becauseitisgoodforsomanyjobs. likethenameindicates,itisgoodfor teasinghair.itisalsogoodforsmoothing oversectionsofhairthathavebeen teasedandforsmoothingcurlsaround youringer. • Lifting/teasing pick. This tool has a teasingcombononeendandawirepick attheother.ifyoulookclosely,the combendhaslittleridgesontheteeth toallowyoutopackthehairtightly whenteasing.theotherendallows youtoliftmorevolumeintoalready styledhair.
Figure 1-18 Large wooden brush.
Figure 1-20 Teasing/smoothing brush.
Figure 1-19 Wide toothed comb/pick.
Figure 1-21 Lifting/teasing pick.
WIG STYLING TOOL KIT Ahugevarietyofdifferentkindsof combsandbrushesisavailablefor purchase.thereareafewbasickindsof toolsareessentialtowigstylingthatyou shouldhaveonhand: • Rat-tail combs.Usefulformakingclean separationsinthesectionsofhairyouare workingon.theyarealsousefulforine detailwork.
Chapter 1
HAIRPINS AND CLIPS whenworking,youwillneedawide varietyofhairpins.eachhairpinhasa differentnameandpurpose: • Bobby pins.thistypeofpincanbe distinguishedbyitsshape—onesideis usuallystraightandonesideiscrimped. thesidesalmostmeetattheopenend, givingthemastronggrip.thesepinsare usedwhenyouwantalotofhold—they holdpincurlstightlyandaddstabilityto hairstyles. • Hair pins.Amoreopen,U-shapedpin. theyareusedtoholdsmallsectionsof hairorcurlsinplace;thesepinsdonot holdthestructureofthestyletogether. theyholdbetterwhentheyareholding togetheracoilortwistofhair.
• Roller pin.Alargeversionofapinthatis similartoabobbypinshape.theydonot usuallyhavethecrimpedsidethata bobbypinhas.theyaredesignedtohold acurlerinplaceonceithasbeenrolled. theyarealsogoodforholdinglarge sectionsofhairinplacewhenstyling. • Wig pin.Alargeversionofthehairpin. thesepinsareusedtopinawigontothe headofsomeonewithpincurls underneath. • Amazon pin.Anextralargeversionofthe hairpin.theyareusedtoholdheavywigs andhatsonthehead.Ballerinasalsolike thesepinstoholdtheirhairbunsinplace whiledancing.
w
Wig-Making Terms, Tools, and Techniques
• T-pin.At-shapedpinthatisusedwhen rollersettingawigonawigblock.they arelongenoughandstrongenoughtopin throughacurlerallthewayintothewig block.Becarefulwiththesepins—they snagoneverything. • Duckbill clip.theseclipscanbeusedfor holdingdividedsectionsofhair.theycan alsobeusedtocreateingerwavesina hairstyle. • Clippies.thesearesmallclipsthatare usedtoholdsmallsectionsofhairwhile styling.thesecanalsobeusedtohold styling-pincurls.
Figure 1-26 T-pin.
Figure 1-24 Roller pin.
Figure 1-27 Duckbill or alligator clip. Figure 1-22 Bobby pin.
Figure 1-23 Hair pin.
Figure 1-25 A hair pin, a wig pin, and an Amazon pin.
11
Figure 1-28 Clippies.
12 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
Figure 1-29 Toupee clip.
• Toupee clips.thesearesmallcombclips designedtograbveryshortorthin sectionsofhair.theycanbeusedtoattach wigstopeoplewithverysmallamountsof hair.theycomeinavarietyofsizesand colors.theyareoftenrubberized.
ROLLERS/CURLERS simplyput:youcanneverhavetoo manyrollers.therearemanyrollers withdifferentpurposesoutthere—itis goodtobuynewvarietieswhenyousee them.therearesomebasicrollersyou wanttohavearound.theplasticmesh rollersthathaveametalspringinside aregreat—theyareeasytopinthrough anditiseasytosteamsyntheticwigs throughthem.theserollersare availableatmostbeautysupplystores. theyoftencomewithalittleround brushinside;weusuallyremovethese brushesbeforeusingtherollers.Plastic rollersworkperfectlyineaswell.wedo notliketouseVelcro®rollersonwigs— theytangleinthehaireasilyandalso oftencreatestaticelectricityproblems. foreaseofreference,weoftenreferto
Figure 1-30 A selection of rollers.
rollersbysizenames,usingthesizeof theopeningattheendastheguide.You willneedatleastonedozeneachof pencil-sized,dime-sized,nickel-sized, quarter-sized,andsilverdollar-sized rollers.itisalsoveryhelpfultohave verytinyrollersandpermrodsonhand. Verylargerollers(anythinglargerthan silverdollar–sized)aregoodforadding justalittlebodyandlifttostraightwigs. Youcanalsousethingslikestrawsand chopsticksasverytinyrollersinorderto createatightcurl.
A WELL-EQUIPPED WIG AREA thereareafewothersuppliesandtools youwillneedtobeginsettingupyour workarea: • Work table.Yourworktablemustbea goodheightforyoutoworkat,bothwhen sittingandwhenstanding.italsoneedsto haveanedgethatawigclampcanbe screwedonto. • Good lighting.naturallightispreferable. ifyoudonothaveaspacewithwindows, useamixofluorescentandincandescent lightbulbstoprovideagoodbalanceof
Chapter 1
w
Wig-Making Terms, Tools, and Techniques
13
Figure 1-32 A selection of canvas and wooden head blocks.
Figure 1-31 The wig making and styling area at the University of Texas-Austin.
light.itisalsoagoodideatohavesome swingarmlampssothatyoucandirect lightexactlywhereyouneedit. • Adequate ventilation.Youwillneed ventilationwhenyouarecleaningwigs withsolvents. • Safety equipment.chemical-resistant gloves,aproperlyittedrespirator,a protectiveapron,andeyegogglesarea musthavewhencleaningwiglacesin ordertobesafe.
• Head forms/blocks.wigmakingand stylingbothrequiresomesortofsturdy headformtoworkon.canvaswigblocks arethemostversatile,buttherearealso blocksavailableinwoodandfoam. styrofoamheadblocksarereallygoodonly forstorageoncethewigismadeandstyled. • Wig clamp.thisisaspecialtypeofdevice thatclampsontotheedgeofthetable;it hasapostthatitstheholeinthebottom ofyourheadform.thisway,youdonot
Figure 1-33 Wig clamp.
14 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
havetoworryaboutknockingthewigand wigblockoffthetableeverytimeyoutry todosomethingtoit. • Blocking tape.wheneveryouareworking onawig,itshouldbeproperlyblockedon theheadform(seetheendofthis chapter).thisissothatthedelicate materialswigsaremadefromdonotget damagedwhileyouareworking.for blockingtape,youcanusebiastape,hem tape,ortwilltapefromasewingstore. narrowribbonorclothshoelacesalso work.Blockingtapeshouldbebetween {1/4}˝and{1/2}˝wide. • Blocking pins.round-headedpinsused toholdtheblockingtapeinplace. Quilter’spinsareideal,becausetheyare longer. • Corsage pins.longer,sturdierpinswith roundheadsthataresoldforpinningon corsages.thesearegreatforholdingawig
Figure 1-34 Corsage pin, blocking pin, straight pin.
• • •
•
onastyrofoamblockafterithasbeen styled,especiallywhenthewighasalotof volumeandashorterpinwould otherwisegetlost. Straight pins.theseareusedwhenever roundheadpinsgetintheway. Magnetic pin cushions.forallthosepins. End papers.Papersthataresoldin beautysupplystoresthatareusedwhen rollinghairtohelpkeeptheendsofthe hairneat. Steamer.smallhand-heldsteamersthat aresoldforsteamingoutclotheswhen travelingaregreat.ifyoubuyasmall steamerfromawigsupplycompany,you cangetonewithaplastictubeattached thatwillallowyoutogetintosteameach individualcurler.largerindustrial steamersalsowork.
Figure 1-35 A steamer sold specifically for working on wigs.
• Wig dryer.therearewoodencabinets thatarespeciicallysoldfordryingwigs.if youdonothaveaccesstoawigdryer,you canalsouseanold-fashionedbonnet hairdryerormakeyourownbycuttinga holeforthenozzleofahairdryerina largebox.ifyouusethehomemadebox method,pleasemakesureyoukeepan eyeonthematerialsasthedryingis happening.sometimesthehairdryeror thewigcanoverheat!
Figure 1-36 A commercially made wig dryer.
Chapter 1
•
• • • • • • • • • •
Figure 1-37 An example of a “homemade” wig dryer.
• •
• A variety of spray bottles filled with water.makesureyourspraybottleshave aspraysetting—onewithastreamonly settingisnotuseful.Youcanalsouseyour spraybottlestoholddilutedstyling products. • Styling products.especiallysettinglotion, gel,hairspray(bothpumpandaerosol), andpomade.settinglotionisathinlotion thatiscombedthroughhairbeforesetting inordertohelpastyleholdshape. Pomadeisathickerstylingproductthatis
usedformorecontrolinthehair, especiallyonshorthairstyles. Shampoo and conditioner.itisniceto haveshampooandconditionermade especiallyforwigs,butitisabsolutelynot essential.cheapdrugstoreshampoosand conditionersworkjustine. Towels. Tiny rubber bands. Hair elastics. Spirit gum. Chamois cloth or powder puffs for blotting wig glue. Spirit gum remover. Rubbing alcohol (99 percent). Cotton swabs. Wig caps in a variety of colors. Natural-bristle and wooden-handled stencil brushes or toothbrushes (used for cleaning laces).wiggluesolvents willmeltplasticstencilortooth brushes. multiplecolorsof permanent markers and colored pencils. Crepeing and wefting sticks.thesesticks comeinkitswithweavingstrings.these sticksareusedtomakebothcrepedhair andweftedhair.crepeinghairwillbe discussedinchapter4;weftinghairwill becoveredinchapter7.
HANDLING A WIG wheneveryouarehandlingawig,make sureyoudosocarefully.nevergraba lace-frontwigbythefrontlace—thelace isfragileandcantearprettyeasily.
w
Wig-Making Terms, Tools, and Techniques
15
instead,alwayssupportanywigby holdingitfromtheinsideofthe strongestpartofthefoundation.donot grab,tug,pullon,ortwistawig.
BLOCKING A WIG nomatterwhatyouaredoingtoawig, makesurethatitissecurelypinnedto theblock.thisprocessiscalledblocking awig.improperblockingwillcause irreparabledamagetoyourwig,so alwaysbecarefulandvigilantaboutthis!
BLOCKING HARD-FRONT WIGS A hard-front wigisawigthatisinthe conditionthatitcamefroma manufacturer.itiscalleda“hardfront” becausethefronthairlineofthewigisa thick,solidmaterialthatisbound.its appearanceisverydense.Because hard-frontwigsarelessdelicatethan lace-frontwigs,theydonothavetobe blockedascarefullyaslace-frontwigs. Here’showtodoit: 1. Positionthewigontheblock.make surethatitisfarbackenoughto looklikeitissittingontheblockthe wayitwouldsitonthewearer’s head.Alsocheckthepositionofthe sideburnpiecesandmakesurethey areeven. 2. Placeoneblockingpininthecenter frontofthewig.
16 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
3. Placeoneblockingpinatthebottom ofeachsideburnpiece. 4. Placeoneblockingpinatthebottom cornerofeachsideofthenapeof theneck. BLOCKING LACE-FRONT WIGS A lace-front wigisawigthathaseither hadthecommercialfrontcutoffand replacedwithwig-makinglaceorawig thathasbeenmadefromscratchwith wig-makinglaceinfront.thislaceis delicate,soitmustbehandledcarefully inordertopreventthewiglacefrom stretchingoutofshapeorrippingatthe holes: 1. Positionthewigontheblock.make surethatitisfarbackenoughto looklikeitissittingontheblockthe wayitwouldsitonthewearer’s head.Alsocheckthepositionofthe sideburnpiecesandmakesurethey areeven. 2. Placeoneblockingpinaboutan inchbehindthefronthairlineof thewig. 3. Placeoneblockingpinjustinfront ofeachearonthewig. 4. Placeoneblockingpinatthebottom cornerofeachsideofthenapeof theneck(figure1-38). 5. getapieceofblockingtapeanda blockingpin.Beginatthecenter frontofthewig.Placethetapeabout ahalf-inchabovetheedgeofthe
Figure 1-39 The blocking tape should cover the edge of the wig lace. The pins should be placed about a half an inch apart.
Figure 1-38 Pinning the wig at the corner of the nape of the neck.
lace.slideitdownuntiltheedgeof thelaceiscovered.Pinitsquarelyin thecenteroftheblockingtape. makesureyouhaveactuallypinned throughnotonlytheblockingtape, butalsothroughthewiglaceitself. (figure1-39) 6. moveahalf-inchtotherightofthe centerpinandrepeattheprocess. 7. moveahalf-inchtotheleftofthe centerpinandrepeattheprocess.
8. continueworkingyourwayaround thefrontlace,alternatingfromright toleft.thiswillkeepthetension evenlybalancedonyourlace. continuepinningeveryhalf-inch,all thewayaroundthesideburnarea
Figure 1-40 Properly blocked wig.
Chapter 1
joiningtogether.Pullitthroughuntil itistight. 3. Again,inserttheneedlediagonally throughbothlayersoffabric.Pullit throughtightly.repeatuntilyou reachtheendofwhatyouaresewing. 4. securelyknotoffyourthreadand trimawaytheexcess.
Figure 1-41 The wig lace, pinned all around the sideburn area.
andbackuptowardtheears (figure1-41).ifthereisexcess blockingtape,pinitdownsothat youdon’tcatchitwithabrush, comb,orventilatingneedle.
BASIC HAND SEWING STITCHES
thewhipstitchcanbeusedtojoin piecesofawigfoundationtogether,to attachapieceoflacetoawigfor fronting,orforsewingwefttoawigor hairpiece. thecrossstitchistraditionallyused asahemmingstitch.inwigmaking,itis usedtoformasortofcasingtohold elasticinplaceandstillallowthewigto stretchasitneedsto.thestepsare: 1. threadyourneedleandknotthe endofyourthread. 2. thecrossstitchisunusualinthat althoughthestitcheswillmovefrom
w
Wig-Making Terms, Tools, and Techniques
17
lefttoright,yourneedlewillactually begoingintothefabricfromrightto left.insertyourneedleinthefabric fromrighttoleft.makeastitch {1/4}-inchinlength.Pullyourthread through. 3. Bringyourneedleoverthetopof whateveryouaresewingandmove leftaboutaninch.Again,insertthe needleintothefabricfromrightto leftandmakeastitchthatis{1/4}inchlong.Pullyourthreadthrough. 4. returntothebottomofwhatever youarestitchingoverandmove aboutaninchtotheleft.make anotherrighttoleftstitchandpullit through. 5. continuetoalternatetopand bottomstitcheswhilemovingleft alongwhatyouaresewing.when youreachtheend,securelyknotoff yourthreadandtrimawaythe excess.
whenyouareworkingwithwigs,itis goodtobefamiliarwithacoupleof basicsewingstitches.thetwomost usefularethewhipstitchandthecross stitchhemstitch. thewhipstitchisusedtojointwo piecesoffabrictogether.itisadiagonal stitchthatcanbedonewitheithera singlethreadoradoubledthread. followthesesteps: 1. threadyourneedleandknotitat theend. 2. inserttheneedlediagonallythrough bothlayersofthefabricsyouare
Figure 1-42 An example of millinery wire whip-stitched to plastic canvas.
Figure 1-43 An example of elastic held in place with a cross stitch.
This page intentionally left blank
CHAPTER
2
themostessentialbasicskillusedto makeawigisventilating—tyingthe knotsofhairthatwillmakeupyour hairline,wig,orfacialhairpiece.these knotswillallowanywigorhairpieceto lookasthoughitisgrowingoutofthe wearer’sskin.Beforebeginningto ventilate,youneedtobecomealittle morefamiliarwithyourtools.
VENTILATING NEEDLES AND HOLDERS Ventilatingneedles/hookscomeina rangeofsizes.thesizereferstothe numberofaveragehairsthehookwill pickup.Asizefourventilatinghook willpickupapproximatelyfourhairs. theverysmallsizesofhookare labeledwithzeros.thisrepresentsthe veryinesthookyoucanuse.Adoublezero(00)isainerhookthanasinglezero(0).therearedifferentshapes tothecurvesandbendsofneedles aswell.
Wig-Making Basics: Learning to Ventilate itisimpossibletotellbylookingat theneedlewhatsizeitis,soitisvery importantthatyoustorethemlabeled bytheirsize. onceyoudevelopmorecontrolwith yourhandsandtools,youpersonally (nottheneedlesize)willbebetterable todeterminehowmanyhairsyoupick up.whenyouareirstlearning,itis bettertoletthehookhelpyoupickup thecorrectnumberofhairs.Ventilating
holdersarealsoavailableinavarietyof sizesandmaterials.Plasticonesand metalonesarecommerciallyavailable. itispossibletomakewoodenonesout ofdowelrodsaboutthesizeofapencil. However,inordertodothis,youwill needthemetalendthatholdsthe needleoffofapremadeholder.what materialyouchoosedependsonwhat youlikethefeelofinyourhand.
Figure 2-1 Notice the different curves and bends in the shape of different brands of needles.
Figure 2-2 Different methods of storing ventilating needles by their size.
19
20 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
WIG-MAKING LACES AND NETS
LOADING YOUR NEEDLE
thereareseveraltypesofwiglaces,and eachhasaspeciicpurpose.the followingnetsandlacesareshownwith grainrunningfromtoptobottomofthe page.eachsquareshownis2inches witharulerguideforscale.
1. Unscrewthemetalendofyourneedle holder.thecrossattheendwillget widerasyoudothis.donotunscrew themetalendsofarthatitcomesoff. ifitdoescomeoff,however,simply screwitpartwaybackon.
FRONTING LACES
Figure 2-4 Loading the ventilating needle. Figure 2-3 The cross at the end of the needle holder gets wider as it is unscrewed.
1.Fronting laces for stage. superlace (figure2-6)isdemeobrothers brandnameforfrontinglace—avery inelaceusedforthefrontsofwigs. thislaceiswovenoutofnylon.itis translucentandblendsinwithmany skintones;itcanalsobetintedwith uniondye(ritortintex)ordesign markertomatchanyskintoneor fantasyfoundationcolorsperfectly. thereareotherbrandsofstage frontinglacesmadebyother companies.superlaceisthemost readilyavailableintheUnitedstates.
2. onceyouhavethemetalendopen wideenough,slideyourneedle downintothemiddleofthecross.it maytakeacoupleoftriesbeforeyou feeltheneedleslideallthewayin. Howfarinyouwantyourneedleto beisamatterofpersonalpreference. Aboutthree-quartersofaninch stickingoutabovethemetalisa goodlengthtostartwith. 3. tightenthemetalenduntilitis irmlygrippingyourneedle. Yourneedleisnowreadyforuse!
Figure 2-5 Properly loaded needle.
Figure 2-6 Super lace.
Chapter 2
Figure 2-7 Film lace.
w
Wig-Making Basics: Learning to Ventilate
21
Figure 2-8 Back lace (Wonder Lace).
Figure 2-9 Vegetable net.
Figure 2-10 Net lace.
Figure 2-11 Caul net.
becauseitismadeoutofcotton,a vegetableiber. 5.Net lace (Figure 2-10). Another varietyofcottonlace.thislaceis lighterinweightthanvegetablenet. itisasofter,morelexiblealternative tovegetablenet. 6. Caul net (Figure 2-11). Anopenweavecotton/elasticized-blendlace. thelaceistheeasiestonetopin through,soitismostoftenusedon
thecrownsofwigs.thelaceiseasily identiiedbyitslarge,diamondshapedholes.thislaceisnot particularlystrongandcanbetorn somewhateasily.companies sometimessellthislaceunderthe nameofcawl netorcowl net. 7. Bobbinette (Figure 2-12). The europeanversionofcaulnet.itis lessstretchythanthecaulnetsoldby demeoBrothers.thespellings
2. Film lace (Figure 2-7). theinest laceavailableusedforthefrontsof wigs.itisverysimilartosuperlace, butitismoredelicateanddoesnot holdupaswelltowearandtear.itis sometimescallednaturelaceandit issuitableforthefrontsofilmwigs. BACK/FOUNDATION LACES 3.Back lace. (formerlyknownasopera lace).“wonderlace”(figure2-8)is thebrandnameusedbydemeo Brothers—itisaheaviertranslucent lace.thislaceisusedforthenape andcrownsectionsoflightweightor lightcoloredwigs.itcanbeeasily identiiedbyitshighshine. 4. Vegetable net (Figure 2-9). Asturdy cottonlace.thislaceistheheaviest usedinwigmaking.itisusedto makethebacksandcrownsofstrong heavywigsthatwillneedtolastfora longtime.itiscalled“vegetablenet”
22 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
Figure 2-12 Bobbinet.
“bobbinette”and“bobbinet”areboth usedwhenreferringtothisproduct. OTHER WIG-MAKING MATERIALS 1.Silk gauze (Figure 2-13). Aspecially madesilkthatisverytightlywoven. itcomesinwhiteandmustbedyed tomatchtheskinofthewearer.After beingdyed,itisstilltranslucentand mustbecoveredwithmakeup (crèmemakeupisrecommended)in orderforittobecomeopaque.silk gauzecanbeusedunderotherwig laceswhenthewearer’shairorpin curlswouldotherwiseshowthrough. itisusedunderparts,baldingareas, andunderhairlineswherethe wearer’shairshowsthroughtoo much(usuallywhentheperformer hasdarkhairandthewigismuch lighter).fromstagedistances,it blendsinwiththewearer’sskin.silk isnotsuitableforilmuse.silkcan
Figure 2-13 Silk gauze.
alsobeventilatedintodirectly, althoughthisoftenresultsinbulkier knots. 2. Galloon/silk ribbon (Figure 2-14). galloonisatightlywovensilkribbon thatisusedforinishingtheedgesof awigfoundation.itcanalsobeused tosmoothoutaseambetweentwo joinedpiecesoflace. 3. Monofilament ribbon (Figure 2-15). thisribbonisusedinthesame mannerasgalloontoinishoffthe edgesofafoundation.insteadof beingopaque,itisatranslucent ribbonthatismoresuitableforuse inlighter-weightfoundationswith thinnerhair. 4. Stays (Figure 2-16). staysaresmall lengthsofwireorspringsthatare usedtogiveawigextrasupport. theyarelexibleenoughtobebent inordertomakeawigconformto theshapeofthewearer’shead.You canbuyspeciallymadestaysfroma
Figure 2-14 Galloon used on the nape edge of a foundation.
Figure 2-15 Monofilament ribbon.
Chapter 2
w
Wig-Making Basics: Learning to Ventilate
23
Youcanusethelacewiththegrain runningeitherupanddown(vertical grain)orsidetoside(horizontalgrain). thediagonal/biasgrainismuch stretchierthantheothertwo directions—ifyouusethebiasgrain, yourpiecewillalwaysbubble,gape,and generallynotlaylat.
TYPES OF HAIR
Figure 2-16 An assortment of stays.
wigsupplier,oryoucanuse commerciallyavailablecollarstays. Youcanalsomakeyouownstaysby foldingalengthofwire(loralwire andmillinerywirearetwogood choices)overateachendand bindingthemiddlewithloraltape. makesuretherearenobluntendsof thewireexposed—youdon’twantto stabthepersonwearingthewig! thenetandlacemanufactured speciicallyforwigmakinghavethebest combinationofstretch,ineness,and durability.wheneverpossible,usethe realthing.
THE DIRECTION AND STRETCH OF THE LACE mostwiglacesareaformofaweave calledbobbinette.Bobbinetteisalso foundintheatricalscrimfabrics. Bobbinetteischaracterizedbya hexagonalpattern.inplainfabric,the
Figure 2-17 The “grain” of the lace running from side to side (horizontal grain).
word“grain”isusedtodescribethe lengthwisedirectionofthefabric.Cross grainisthetermforthewidthofthe fabricrunningfromsidetosideandthe termbiasisusedforthe45-degree diagonal.inafabricwithtruegrain,the lengthwisedirection,orgrain,haslittle ornostretch;thecrossgrainsome stretch;andthebiassigniicantstretch. inanybobbinetteorwiglace,theterm “crossgrain”isnotreallyaccurate; however,thedirectionsofbobbinette andwiglacedopossessthesame relativestretchcharacteristicsandso theterm“grain”isusedwhendescribing wiglacesaswell.(wehopethattextile puristswillforgiveusforchoosingto use“grain”overthemorecumbersome phrase“lengthwiseofthefabric.”)to determinethe“grain”ofyourlace,look forthedirectionwheretheholesofthe lacelineupinarow—thatisthegrain.
thereareivebasictypesofhairusedin wigmaking: 1.Human hair. thisreferstohairthat isgrownbyahumanbeingandcut off.Virginhumanhairishairthat hasneverbeenprocessedinany way—nodyeingorpermingever. Humanhaircomesinmany qualities,fromtop-of-the-line,very expensivecuticlehairtocheaper, coarserhairthathasgonethrough moreprocessing.cuticlehairishair inwhichthecuticleremainsintact afterthehairisprocessed.itismore expensivebecauseitisiner,shinier, anditmovesveryrealistically.the reasonwhyinerhairismore desired,andthusmoreexpensive,is becauseinerhairwillmaketinier knotswhentied.thiswillmakethe hairlinelookmorereal.strangely enough,manypeoplethinkthathair inhumanhairwigscomesfrom deadpeople.thisisnottrue!Human hairisalsothebestchoicefor makingfacialhairandshorthaired
24 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
wigs.thesolventsusedtocleanwig glueoutoffacialhairwilldissolve synthetichair.itisagoodchoicefor short-hairedwigsbecauseitwill movemorerealisticallythan synthetichairwhenitiscutshort. Humanhaircomesinstraight,curly, andwavy.thereareethnic differencesintheshapeofthehair shaft,resultinginthedifferencesin hairtexture.mosthumanhairthatis commerciallyavailablehasgone throughsomesortofprocessing.A lotofhumanhairispurchasedfrom Asia.Becausethishairisusuallyvery darkincolor,itmustbeprocessed intolightercolors.thepigmentis strippedoutandthehairisoverdyed withthenewcolor.thisprocess damagesthecuticleofthehairand makeseachstrandalittlelargerand coarser.itmakesslightlylargerknots thanvirginhair. 2. Synthetic hair. thishairismadeof plasticandisextrudedthrougha machinetomakethestrands.there aremanydifferentbrandnamesfor synthetichair:elura,kanekalon,and modacrylicareafewexamples. Becausesynthetichairwillmelt underhighheat,itmustbehandled differentlythanhumanhairwhenit isbeingstyled.thoughsynthetichair usedtobeextremelyfake-looking, thequalityofsyntheticsisgetting bettereveryday.thehairnowmoves muchmorerealisticallyandalso comesinawiderangeofboth
realisticandfantasycolors.itismuch cheaperthanhumanhair.synthetic hairisanespeciallygoodchoicefor hairstylesthatneedtoholdupunder strenuousdancingorhighhumidity (outdoortheatresandmusicals,for example).syntheticsarealsoan excellentchoiceforfantasylooks, duetothewideselectionofcolors andlengthsavailable. 3. Yak hair. Hairfromayak.Yaksgrow hairthatisreasonablylongin length.itiscoarserthanhumanhair. itiswidelyavailableinpurewhite; thisishandy,becausepurewhite humanhairisrare.Hairfromthe bellyoftheyakistheinestand softest.Yakhairisagoodchoicefor makingwigsthathavethepowdered lookoftheeighteenthcentury.itcan alsobedyednearlyanycolorandis agoodchoiceforshortspikylooks. Yakhairiscommonlyusedtomake clownwigs. 4. Mohair/angora. Verysoftinehair fromanAngorarabbit,ormorelikely, Angoragoat.thehairshaftofangora hairismuchthinnerthanthatof humanhair.itmakesthemost undetectableknots.mohair/angora ismostoftenusedatthehairlinesof theinestwigs,especiallyinilm. 5. Protein hair. Aman-madematerial thatismanufacturedfromcollagen and/orkeratin,dependingonthe manufacturer.thishaircanbe heat-intolerant,butitdyeswelland takescurlwithalow-temperature
iron.thistypeofhairisarelatively newdevelopmentinthewig industry.
BASIC WIG-KNOTTING/ VENTILATING TECHNIQUE Youwillbeginpracticingtheartof ventilatingonasmallpieceoflace(2 inchesby2inchesisagoodplaceto start).netlaceisanexcellentlacefor learningtoventilateon,becauseitis sturdyandeasilyvisible: 1. securelypindownapieceofwig laceontopofacanvasblockwith straightpins.Pineveryquarterofan incharoundtheedgessothatthe lacewillbestableasyouare knottingontoit. 2. Holdtheventilatinghookandholder inyourdominanthand(thehand youwritewith).Holditasthoughit wereapencil(figure2-18).
Figure 2-18 Proper hand position for holding a ventilating hook.
Chapter 2
3. foldasmallsectionofhair(twelve toifteenhairsinyourhandisa goodnumbertostartwith)overat therootendsothatyouhavealittle lessthantwoinchesfoldedover (thisisreferredtoasyour“amount ofturnaround”)(figure2-19).Pinch theloopyouhavemadetightly betweenthethumbandindexinger ofyourotherhand(figure2-20). 4. slidetheventilatinghookundera barofyourlace(figure2-21). 5. Bringtheloopofhaircloseenough tothehooktocatchacoupleof hairs(figure2-22).donottryto bringthehooktothehair—thiswill causeyourlacetostretchortear.
w
Wig-Making Basics: Learning to Ventilate
25
6. Aftercatchingthehairs,pullthehair backunderthebar(figure2-23). makesureyoukeepenoughtension inthehandholdingthehair.Also,do notpullsofarthattheturned-over endoftheloopofhairpullsfree. 7. slidethehairsoffthebarbofthe hook.slidethehookforwardsothat
Figure 2-20 The loop of hair being held securely by the thumb. Note how little of the loop of hair sticks out past the finger.
Figure 2-22 Catch a couple of hairs with the barb on the end of your ventilating hook.
Figure 2-19 Folding over the top inch or two of the hair in order to create turnaround.
Figure 2-21 Slide the ventilating hook under a bar of the lace.
Figure 2-23 Pull the hairs you have caught with the hook back under the bar on the lace.
26 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
theloopofthehairrestsinthecurve oftheneedle(figure2-24). 8. Pullthehook,withthehair,back towardsthehairinyourhand.wrap thehairinyourhandoverthetopof theneedle(figure2-25).
9. turnthehookawayfromyousothat itrestsagainstthehairyoujust wrapped(figure2-26). 10. Pullthehairyoujustwrapped aroundtheneedlethroughtheloop youmadewhenyouirstbeganthe knot(figure2-27).
11. Pullthehairpartwaythroughthe loopandthentightentheknot (figure2-28).Pullthehairtherestof thewaythrough.
Figure 2-24 Slide the hair off of the bard on your needle and push the needle slightly forward so that the loop of hair rests in the curve of the needle.
Figure 2-25 Wrap the hair in your hand over the top of the needle.
congratulations!Youhavemadeyour irstknot!donotbediscouragedifthe knotisnottiedproperlytheirstfew dozentimesyoutryit.Youwillneedto keeptryinguntilyouindthesetofhand motionsthatisrightforyou.Paycareful attentiontotheamountoftensionyou areusingtoholdthehair.ifthereisnot enoughtension,yourknotwillbe dificulttotieandprobablyendup loose.ifyouareusingtoomuchtension, yourhandwillstarttocramp.Another thingtobeawareofisgettingallofthe hairsthroughtheloopinstep10. sometimes,ahairortwomayslipoffof theventilatingneedleasyouaretrying topullitthroughtheloop.thiswill resultinamessy,spikyknotthatis
Figure 2-26 Turn the needle a half turn away from you so that it can catch the rest of the hair.
Figure 2-27 Pull the hair you have just caught with the needle through the loop of hair you have made.
Figure 2-28 Pull the hair partway through the loop and tighten down the knot.
Chapter 2
sometimesreferredtoasa“spider.”if youindyourselfgettingfrustrated,put yourventilatingdownandtakeabreak forafewminutes.itwillbeeasierto returntoyourprojectwithaclearhead. somethingstoremember: • Alwaysmakesureyoukeeptherootsand tipsofthehairstraightinyourmind. Alwaystietheknotattherootendofthe
Figure 2-29 An example of poorly tied knots.
hair.Useadrawingcardtolayoutyour loosehair—thiswillholdyourhairand keepitorganized.Hairthathasbeencut offtheheadorthrownintoapilewill become“mixed”hair.thismeanstheroots andtipsarealljumbledtogether.Never attempt to make a wig with mixed hair! The wigwillalwayswanttotangle.thecuticle ofastrandofhairhasridgeslikethe shinglesonaroof.ifthehairislayingin theproperdirection,alloftheshingleswill bepointingthesamedirection,sothehair canliesmooth.ifthehairgetsmixed,the ridgesorshingleswillrubupagainsteach other,causingthehairtotangle.mixedhair canoccasionallybeusedforfacialhair, wheretexturewouldbeagoodthing. otherwise,avoidmixedhairatallcosts. • Asyouwork,thinkaboutwhereonthelace youaregoingtostartventilatingandwhere youaregoingtostop.Youalwayswantto beworkingsothatyouarenottryingto workunderneathhairthatyouhave alreadyknotted.forexample,when buildingafullwig,beginworkingatthe napeoftheneckandventilateforward towardsthefrontofthehead.thisway,you arealwaysworkingontopofhairyouhave alreadyputin,notunderneaththathair.
w
Wig-Making Basics: Learning to Ventilate
27
11.Pullthehairyoujustwrapped aroundtheneedlethroughtheloop youmadewhenyouirstbeganthe knot.Pullthehairpartwaythrough theloopandthentightentheknot. 12.Pullthehook,withtheoldloopof hairstillontheneedle,backtowards thehairinyourhand.wrapthehair inyourhandoverthetopofthe needleagain. 13.turnthehookawayfromyousothat itrestsagainstthehairyoujust wrapped.Pullthathairthroughthe loopandthentightentheknot.Pull thehairtherestofthewaythrough. Usedoubleknottingwhenventilating hairontocaulnet.Becausethisnethas suchanopenweave,itiseasierforthe knotstobecomeuntiedastimegoeson. Youcanalsousedoubleknotswhen knottinghairunderthebottomedge ofthewig.theseknotsneedtobe
DOUBLE KNOTTING
Figure 2-30 An example of well-tied knots.
sometimesyouwillneedtotieadouble knotwhenventilating.thedoubleknot isastrongerknot,butitislittlemore bulky,sochoosewhenyouuseit carefully.followthestepsforregular knottinglistedaboveuntilyougetto step11.insteadofpullingthehairallthe waythroughinstep11,dothefollowing:
Figure 2-31 Turn the needle away from you to grab the hairs you are going to pull through the loop, just as you did when making a single knot.
28 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
comfortablyinforseveralhoursata time.itisimportanttositsothatyour lowerbackissupportedandsothatyou
donothavetoholdyourarmsat awkwardanglesforanextendedperiod oftime.Alsobewareofhunchingover
Figure 2-32 A finished double knot. Note how it is a bit bulkier than a single knot.
extra-strongandsecure,becausethey willconstantlyberubbingagainstthe napeoftheneck.sometimeyoucanuse doubleknotstojointwolayersoflace togetherwithoutsewingthemtogether. doubleknottingwillalsoreappearwhen wediscusssewingwithinvisiblethread. forvideosdemonstratingbothsingle anddoubleknotting,pleasevisitthe companionwebsitetothisbook at http://booksite.focalpress.com/ companion/ruskai/wig/. VENTILATING POSITIONS everywigmakereventuallyindstheir idealpositiontoworkin—everyonehas theirfavorite.tryavarietyofpositions untilyouindonethatyoucansit
Figures 2-33–36 Examples of different body and hand positions used while ventilating.
Chapter 2
yourheadblocksomuchthatyourneck andshouldersstarttoache. mostwigmakersprefertoworkator nearatablesothattheycanspread theirtoolsout.goodlightisamust. lampsthatclamptoatableandswing intodifferentpositionsareideal—you canplacethelightwhereveryouneedit. manyprefertoworkinachairthathas armssothattheycanusetheirarmsto proptheheadblockupbetweentheir bodyandthetable(figure2-37). otherpeopleliketoputthewigona pillowintheirlap(thepillowkeepsthe wigfromrollingaround).stillother wigmakersusespeciallymadeboxes withgroovescutinthemtoresttheir wigsin.somewigmakersindituseful toputtheirfeetuponaboxorstoolto helpbalancethewigblockontheirlap. whateverpositionyouchoose,itis veryimportanttogetup,stretch,and
walkaroundeverysooften.this preventsstiffnessandmusclecramps. Anotherthingtoexperimentwithis thedirectioninwhichyoupullthehair. manyventilatorstietheirknotswithan armmotionthatgoesawayfromtheir bodytowardsthefront.other ventilatorspulltheirknotsthroughto theside,andafewrareventilatorseven workbypullingtheknotstowardstheir bodies.Asyoubecomemoreproicient atventilating,youwillbegintoseehow manipulatingthedirectionyoupullthe hairthroughallowsyoutocontrolthe appearanceofthehair.different sectionsofhairgrowindifferent directions;adaptingyourventilating directiontomatchwillresultina naturallookingwig.seethefollowing sectionformoreinformationabouthow tocontrolthedirectionofyourknots. HAIR DENSITY AND VENTILATING PATTERNS
Figure 2-37 Student Beauty Thibodeau balances her wig block between the work table and her body.
whenmakingawig,itimportantto considerwherethehairneedstobe thickandwhereitneedstobethinner. Becausethereisgreatvarietyinhuman heads,youwillneedtobeableto ventilateindifferentthicknessesand patterns.wheneveryougetthechance, observetheheadsofhairthatare aroundyou.lookatthehairlines,the swirlsofhairatthecrown,thecowlicks, thelittlefuzzyhairsaroundtheface—all ofthesethingscanbeappliedtoawig. moreinformationabouthairgrowth
w
Wig-Making Basics: Learning to Ventilate
29
patternsanddirectionswillbecovered inchapters5,6,and7.Asabeginning ventilator,youshoulddevelopasetof ventilatingpatternstouse: 1.Single hair, every hole (Figure 2-38). Practicetyingasectionofknots whereyoutieonehairintoevery hole.thisproducesadelicate sectionofhairthatstillhasgood coverage.Usethispatterncloseto thehairlineofawig.Asyoureach theveryfrontofthehairline,you shouldstarttothintheknotsoutto asinglehaireveryotherhole,and thenasinglehaireveryfewholes. Practicetaperingoutyourknots. 2. Two or three hairs, checkerboard pattern (Figure 2-39). thisisagood patterntousetoillinareasofwigs thatstillneedtoremaindelicate,but notasdelicateasahairline.for example,usethispatternfroman inchbehindthehairlinetobackover thetopoftheheadtothecrownarea.
Figure 2-38 A diagram of a single hair, every hole pattern.
30 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
keepinmind—thesepatternsare justmeanttoguideyourwork. Ventilatingthatistoomechanicaland evenlyspacedstartstolookmachinemade,whichdefeatstheentirepurpose ofhand-makingawig!(thisisespecially trueatthefronthairline.)Asyougain experience,youreyewilldevelopand youwillbeabletoseewhenyourknots needtobemorerandom. Figure 2-39 A diagram of a two/three hairs, checkerboard pattern.
VENTILATING DIRECTION lookbackovertheventilatingpatterns wehavelaidout.noticehowthe directionthatthehairfallsinis controlledbytyingthehairontoa certainbarthatmakesupthe hexagonofthelace.forexample,ifyou wantthehairtofalldownandtothe right,alwaystiethehaironthelower rightbarofthehexagon.
UNTYING KNOTS therewillbetimeswhenyouneedto removeknotsfromyourwork.theknot mayinsistonlippingitselfinthewrong direction,theknotsmaybetoothick,or youmaybealteringtheexistinghairline ofawigsothatititsadifferentperson. therearetwomainwaysofuntying/ removingyourknottedhair—withyour ventilatinghookandwithtweezers. 1. Usingaventilatinghook,insertthe pointoftheneedleintothecenter oftheknotyouwishtountie (figure2-42).makesureyoucatch allofthehairsintheknot. 2. Pulltheknotopenwiththehook (figure2-43). 3. finishuntyingtheknotbypulling thehairsoutintheoppositeway theyweretiedin. toremoveaknotwithtweezers,follow thesamesteps,butusethetipsofthe
Figure 2-40 A diagram of a four or five hairs, two out of every three holes pattern.
3. Four or five hairs, two out of every three holes (Figure 2-40). Usethis patterntoillinthebackofwig.the hairinthebackiswhereyouneed morecoverage,lessinedetail.knots inthebackcanbeevenbigger— anywherefromseventotenhairs. tyingtheselargeknotsissometimes referredtoas“chunkinghairin,” becauseitisafastwaytogethair intoanareaofthewigthatdoesnot needtobedelicate.
Figure 2-41 The ventilating direction is established by tying all of the hairs on the lower right bar of each hexagon.
Figure 2-42 Insert the point of your ventilating hook into the center of the knot you wish to untie.
Chapter 2
w
Wig-Making Basics: Learning to Ventilate
31
Figure 2-46 A drawing card containing multiple shades of hair colors, all to be used on one wig.
Figure 2-43 Pull the knot open with your ventilating hook.
Figure 2-44 Untying a knot using tweezers.
tweezerstogentlypulltheknotapart (figure2-44). Useslant=tippedtweezers.whatever wayyoudothiswillrequirepatience andagentlehand.iftheknotisuntied improperly,youcouldalsograbapiece ofthelaceandtearit.ittakesmoretime tountieaknotthanitdoestotieit.
COLOR BLENDING Aftermasteringtheartsofknottying, hairdensity,andventilatingdirection,it istimeforawigmakertomoveonto colorblending.Humanheadscontain
Figure 2-45 Notice the multiple colors that have been ventilated into this wig.
widevarietiesofcolors.Althoughthese colorsmaynotbeapparentatirst glance,theywillbemoreobviousunder closeexamination.therefore,yourwig shouldcontainmorethanjustone shadeofhaircolor—onesolid,uniform shadewilljustscream“bigfakewig!” Asageneralrule,neverusefewerthan threeshadesofhairwhenyouare working—thebasecolor,twoorthree shadeslighterforhighlights,andtwo orthreeshadesdarkerforlowlights. evenbetter,useatleastiveorsix shadesifyouhavethemavailable;we useasmanyastendifferentshades whenwearetryingtocreatearealistic gray.Asyoupracticeventilating, experimentwithcombiningseveral differentcolors.thiswillhelptotrain youreyeandgiveyourinishedwigs moredepth.
32 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
Figure 2-47 Invisible thread being used to sew pleats onto a wig front.
Figure 2-48 Hold the invisible thread in the same kind of loop you use when ventilating hair.
Figure 2-49 Insert your ventilating hook in the lace, making sure you catch both the pleat and the lace underneath with your needle.
Figure 2-50 Catch the invisible thread with the barb on your ventilating hook.
Figure 2-51 After sliding the invisible thread loop down to the bend of your needle, wrap the invisible thread in your hand over the top of the needle.
SEWING WITH INVISIBLE THREAD sewingwithinvisiblethreadisvery similartotheprocessofknottinghair. thesewingisactuallydonewith invisiblethreadandyourventilating hook.invisiblethreadisaclear,ine threadthatislikeaverylightweight ishingline.itisusednotonlyto sewpleatsinawigorfacialhair foundation,butalsotosewlayers ofawigfoundationtogether. tosewwithinvisiblethread: 1. Pinthepleatorlaceyouaresewing togetherinplace. 2. Holdtheinvisiblethreadinthesame handthatyouholdthehairwith whenyouareventilating.foldover thetopinchortwotomakeyour loopandturnaround(figure2-48). 3. insertyourventilatinghooksothat youcatchboththeedgeofthepleat
andthelaceyouaresewingitto (figure2-49). 4. Bringthethreadtothehookand catchthethreadwiththebarbon theendoftheneedle(figure2-50). 5. Pullthethreadbackthroughthe layersoflace.slidetheloopdownto thebendofthehook.
6. Justasyoudidwiththehairwhen ventilating,bringtheventilating hookbacktowardthethread. wrapthethreadoverthetopof theneedle—twistthehookaway fromyousothatitcatchesthe thread(figure2-51).
Chapter 2
w
Wig-Making Basics: Learning to Ventilate
33
10. Holdtheinvisiblethreadtaut.swing itovertothehooksothatitisclose enoughforthehooktograb.catch thetautthreadwiththebarbonthe ventilatinghook(figure2-53). 11. Pullthethreadthroughthelayersof lace.followthestepsagainandtiea secondknot. 12. continuesewinguntilyoureachthe desiredendpoint.
Figure 2-52 Pulling the invisible thread back through the initial loop.
7. Pullthethreadbackthroughthe loopyoucreatedwhenyoubegan theknot(figure2-52).Pullthe threadpartwaythroughthisloop, thentightentheknotdown.Pullthe threadtherestofthewaythrough theloop.
Figure 2-53 While holding the invisible thread taut, catch the thread with your needle and pull it through the lace without making a loop.
8. Youwillmakeyournextknotusing thesamepieceofthread.Pickupthe threadandholditclosetowhere youwantthenextknottobe. 9. threadtheventilatinghookthrough thelaceafewholesdownfromthe irstknot.
onevariation:whensewing,you maynotwishtotieaknoteverysingle time.Youcansimplypulltheinvisible threadstraightthroughthelayers withouttyingtheknot. thethreadgoingthroughthelayers willhelpholdtheseamtogether.tiea knoteverythirdtimeyoupullthethread through.thisstitchisverysimilartoa chainstitchusedinsewing.forvideo demonstratinghowtosewwithinvisible thread,pleasevisitthecompanion websitetothisbook(http://booksite. focalpress.com/companion/ruskai/wig/).
This page intentionally left blank
CHAPTER
3
Taking Accurate Measurements
foranywigtolookgood,itmust— aboveall—ittheweareraswellas possible.Awigthatistoosmallwill alwaysshowglimpsesoftherealhair underneath;awigthatistoolargewill bubbleandgapeandrevealallofits secrets.takingaccuratemeasurements isthereforeofkeyimportancetothe wig-makingprocess.
PROPER HEAD MEASUREMENTS thereisabasicsetofmeasurements thatwigmakerstakethatiscloseto universal.Usethemeasurementchart providedtocreateamasterbookof headmeasurementsforyour performers/clients. itisoftenhelpfultohaveasecond personrecordthemeasurementsasyou areworking.thebeginningoftheform istobeusedforbasicinformationabout theperformer—name,contact information,whethertheyhave previouslywornawig,andwhetherthey haveanyallergiestowigadhesivesor removers,foundationmaterials,orhair
Figure 3-1 Copy this chart and fill it out for each person you will be working with.
35
36 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
careproducts.ifthepersonyouare measuringhasshorthair,youcancover theirhairwithawigcapandproceed directlytotakingtheirmeasurements.if thepersonhaslonghair,preparetheir hairinthesamemannerthatitwillbe wornunderthewigandcoveritsecurely withawigcap(seechapter8for instructionsondifferentmethodsused topreparethehair).thisstepensures thatthewigwillitproperly.(Prepping thehaircanaddacoupleofinchesto theinalheadsizeifyourperformerhas verythickhair!)Aftertheinformationis illedoutandthehairisprepped,usea tapemeasuretomeasurethesekey points(thelettersforeachmeasurement correspondtothemeasurementchart provided): A.Horizontal circumference of head. thismeasurementistaken aroundthefullestpartofthehead,
Head Size (in Inches)
Hat Size
21 211/2 215/8 221/4 221/2 23 233/8 233/4 24 243/8 25 251/4 251/2
65/8 63/4 67/8 7 71/8 71/4 73/8 71/2 75/8 73/4 77/8 8 81/8
B.Front to nape. thisismeasured fromthehairlineatthecenterof theforehead,downthecenterof thebackoftheheadtowherethe hairline(wheretherootsofthe growinghairstop,nottheendsof thelengthofthebabyhairs)endsat thenape. c.Ear to ear. thisismeasuredoverthe topofthehead(likeaheadband) fromwheretheearjoinstheheadon topononesidetowheretheearjoins theheadontheotherside.
Figure 3-3 Hat size chart.
paralleltotheloor.thisisusually aroundeyebrowlevel.thisisalsothe measurementusedtodeterminehat size.Ahatsizecharthasbeen providedforreference(figure3-3).
Figure 3-5 Ear to ear.
Figure 3-2 University of Texas students Scott Darby and Natalie Maynard demonstrate the horizontal circumference measurement.
Figure 3-4 Front to nape.
d.Temple to temple (back). This measuresonesideofwherethehair isfarthestforwardontothefacein thetemplearea,aroundtheback oftheheadtowherethehairis farthestforwardatthetempleonthe otherside.dependingontheshapeof theperson’shairline,thiscanbe closertoorfartherawayfromthe sideburn.
Chapter 3
w
Taking Accurate Measurements
37
i. Ear to ear (around back). This measurementisalittlebittricky—use thismeasurementtogiveyourselfa generalideaofwheretheearsare locatedonthehead.this measurementistakenfromthebump inthefrontoftheear(calledthe tragus),overtheear,aroundtheback ofthehead,overtheothereartothe bumpinthemiddleoftheotherear. gentlylattentheearstothehead whenyoutakethismeasurement. Figure 3-6 Temple to temple, around the back of the head.
e.Sideburn to sideburn (over crown). thismeasurementistaken fromthelowestpointofthesideburn diagonallyaroundthehead(overthe crown)tothelowestpointofthe sideburnontheotherside.wedeine thecrownoftheheadasthearea wheretheheadbeginstocurvedown fromthetopoftheheadtotheback ofthehead. f. Sideburn to sideburn (over top). thismeasuresthesamelowest pointofthesideburnastheprevious mea-surement,butthistimeitis measureddirectlyoverthetopof thehead. g.Across nape. thismeasuresthe widthofthehairatthenapeofthe neckatthewidestpoint.
Figure 3-7 Across the nape.
H.Width of sideburn. thismeasures thewidthofthebottomofthe sideburn.thereisusuallyabare patchofskinbetweenthesideburn andtheear—donotincludethat patchwhentakingthismeasurement.
Figure 3-9 Ear to ear around the back of the head.
Figure 3-8 Width of the sideburn.
J. Temple to temple (front). This measurementistakenacrossthe foreheadbetweenthefarthest forwardpointsofthetemples.this measurement(templetotemple— back)addedtomeasurementd (templetotemple—front)shouldbe equaltomeasurementA (circumference).
38 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
Figure 3-10 Temple to temple across the front.
l.Bridge of nose to receding point. Usethesamepointatthe bridgeofthenosetobeginthis measurement.Angleyourtape measureawayfromthecenterofthe hairlineouttoa45-degreeangle—this istherecedingpoint.notethatthe recedingpointmaynotactually recede.thehairlinemaybeasmooth arcinthefrontoritmaybefullof irregularitiesinshape.weareusing theterm“recedingpoint”because thisareacommonlyrecedesback fromthecenterhairline.
Figure 3-13 Ear to nape.
n.Temple to sideburn. This measurementanglesacrossfrom wherethehairisfarthestforwardat thetempletothelowestpointofthe sideburn.
k.Bridge of nose to hairline. Take this measurementfromthecenterofthe hairlineinthefrontstraightdownto thebridgeofthenose.
Figure 3-12 Bridge of nose to receding point.
Figure 3-11 Bridge of nose to hairline.
m.E ar to nape. thismeasurement anglesdownwardfromwherethe earconnectstotheheaddownto wherethehairlinestopsatthenape oftheneck.
Figure 3-14 Temple to sideburn.
Chapter 3
o.Back of ear to back of ear. This measurementstartswheretheback oftheearjoinsthehead,andgoes aroundthebackoftheheadtowhere thebackoftheearjoinstheheadon theotherside. Atthistime,youshouldalsomakea fewnotesabouttheperformer’sown hair.Useahumanhaircolorring (availablefrommanywigsupply companies)tomatchtheperformer’s naturalhaircolor.Youoftenneedtouse severalhaircolorstomatchoneperson’s hair.thisinformationisusefulifyou needtouseahairpieceor3/4wig insteadofafullwig—youwillhaveall theinformationyouneedtopurchasea goodcolormatchforthem.Alsorecord iftheperformer’sownhairisnaturally straight,wavy,orcurly,andhowlong theirhairisfromthenapeoftheirneck. finally,photographtheperformerfrom thefront,bothsides,andthebackso thatyoucanrefertothesepictures whileyouareworking.ifthepersonhas longerhair,pullitbackinaponytailso thatyoucanseetheshapeoftheirhead fromallangles. TRANSFERRING HEAD MEASUREMENTS TO A BLOCK nowthatyouhaveallofthesenumbers writtendown,whatdoyoudowith them?Youwillwanttouseacanvasor woodenheadformandusethe
measurementstorecreateanaccurate modelofyourwigwearer’shead. 1. selectthepropersizeofheadblock toworkon.thesizeisdetermined bythehorizontalcircumferenceof thehead(measurementA).for example,iftheperformerhasa horizontalcircumferenceof23 inches,selectasize23headblock.if youhavetheluxuryofowningmore thanoneblockineachheadsize, useyourphotostodeterminewhich blockisshapedmorelikeyour performer’shead.thebestwayto determinethisistolookatthephoto ofyourwearer’sheadinproileand compareittotheproileofthehead block.Payspecialattentiontothe shapeofthebackoftheblockand thebackofyourperformer’shead— someheadsarelatter,someare moreround,somebulgeoutabit. selecttheblockthatmostclosely resemblesyourperson.Youmay needtopadouttheblockiftheonly oneyouhaveavailableismarkedly differentinshapefromyour performer’sheadshape.the quickestwaytopadtheblockisto foldpapertowelsintorectangular stripsandtapethemtotheblock whereyouneedtoaddfullness.You mayalsodiscoverasyoubegin markingyourmeasurementsthat youneedtoaddmorepaddingor takesomeaway.
w
Taking Accurate Measurements
39
2. covertheblockwithmaskingtape sothatyoucanmarkdirectlyonthe blockasyouareworking.Usea coloredpenciltobeginplotting pointsontheheadform.(wehave includedfigure3-15asanother illustrationofwherethe measurementsarelocatedonthe head.) 3. Alwaysstartwithmeasurement B—fronttonape.Again,refertoyour photographtodeterminewhereon theforeheadoftheheadformyou shouldplacethecenterofthe hairline.makeamarkatthispoint. thenmarkacenterlinealltheway downtheheaduntilyoureachthe measurementwherethenapeofthe hairlineshouldbe—makeasecond mark.thecenterlineisvery important—youwillreferbacktoit formanyothermeasurements. 4. markmeasurementc(eartoear)on theheadblock.dividethe measurementinhalf.forexample,if themeasurementis12{½}inches, halfofthatwouldbe6{¼}inches. fromthecenterlinethatyou markedinthepreviousstep, measure6{¼}inches(orwhatever numberyouhavecalculated)down fromthetopcenteroftheheadto wheretheearswouldbeoneither sideoftheheadandmarkeachside. 5. lookatyourphotographsagain. determineapproximatelyhowhigh
40 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
Figure 3-15 Placement of the measurements on the head. Use this diagram to assist you in plotting out the measurements on your wig block.
orlowthetemplesneedtobeplaced onthehead.next,divide measurementd(templetotemple— back)inhalf.Again,fromthecenter lineatthebackofthehead,measure forwardtothetemplesandmark eachside.checktheaccuracyofthis measurementbymeasuringthe templesacrosstheforehead.this shouldequalmeasurementJ(temple totemple—front). 6. markthesideburns.divide measuremente(sideburnto sideburn—overcrown)inhalf.from thecenterlineatthecrownofthe head,measureforwardanddownto wherethesideburnshouldbe.mark eachsidewithyourcoloredpencil. double-checkthismeasurementby dividingmeasurementf(sideburn tosideburn—overtop)inhalfand measuringdownfromthecenter lineatthetopofthehead.lookat yoursideburnmarksfromthefront oftheheadandmakesurethatthey areeven. 7. lookatthephotoofthebackofyour person’shead.Approximatewhere thewidestpartofthehairlineatthe napeoftheneckis.divide measurementg(acrossnape)inhalf andmarkeachsideoutfromthe centerline. 8. fornow,skipmeasurementHand gotomeasurementi(eartoear— aroundback).dividemeasurementi inhalfandmarkthelocationofthe
Chapter 3
frontoftheearoneachsideofthe head.onceyouhavethetopofthe earandthefrontoftheearmarked, goaheadandsketchinanearshape thatyoucanuseasareference.this earsketchshouldbeinsidethe measurementsyouhavemarked. returntomeasurementH(width ofsideburn)andmarkitoneither sideoftheheadinfrontofthe ear.donotforgettoaccountforthe barepatchofskininfrontof eachear. 9. gobacktothecenterfrontofthe hairline.fromtheirstpointyou markedinstep2,measuredownthe foreheadtothenumberthatyou haveformeasurementk(bridgeof nosetohairline).markthebridgeof thenose.fromthispoint,anglethe tapemeasureoutata45-degree angletomarktherecedingpointon eachside(measurementl). 10. Usethesamepointwheretheear attachestotheheadthatyou markedinstep3.measuredown fromthispointtowhereyoumarked measurementg(acrossthenape). thisnumbershouldbeequalto measurementm(eartonape).do thisonbothsidesofthehead. 11. fromthetemple,measuredownto thesideburn.thisnumbershouldbe equaltomeasurementn(templeto sideburn). 12. onceyouhavemarkedallofthese manypoints,itistimetoconnect thedots!Beginatthecenterofthe
w
Taking Accurate Measurements
41
foreheadandsketchinthehairline oneachside,goinguptothe recedingpoint,downtothetemple, aroundwheretheearattaches,and aroundthenapeofthenecktomeet atthecenterofthenape.constantly refertoyourphotographstocopy anyshapesorquirksthatyour performer’shairlinehas.don’tbe afraidtoeraseandredrawifthe measurementsarenotquiteworking out.Useyourphotographsandyour goodjudgmenttobestmatchthe shapeofthehairlineyouaretrying torecreate. congratulations—youhavetransferred yourhairlinetotheblockusing measurements!
PLASTIC-WRAP HEAD TRACINGS Anotherwaytocopyaperformer’s hairlineistocreateaplastic-wrap tracingoftheirhead.thistracingwillbe anexactcopyofyourperformer’shead thatyoucanworkfromtocreatewigs. tocreatethistracing,youwillneed plasticwrap,invisibletape,anda permanentmarker.(somepeople substituteclearplasticbagsforthe plasticwrap,becausetheyarealready roundinshape.thisisine,aslongas youcanseethroughthebagandyoudo notletthebagslipovertheperson’s face.Also,donotuseclearpackingtape inplaceoftheinvisibletape—many
Figure 3-16 A sample plastic head tracing.
brandsallowthepermanentmarkerto berubbedrightoff.)Herearethesteps tofollow: 1. Prepareyourwearer’shairthewayit willbewornunderthewig.coverit withawigcap,makingsurethatthe shapeoftheirhairlineisvisibleall thewayaround. 2. tearoffapieceofplasticwrapthat isabout24incheslong.makesure thatitdoesnotsticktoitself. (sometimesthisistricky—this productisdesignedtostickto
42 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
itself!)smooththeplasticwrap overtheirforeheadanddownover theirears.Placeapieceofthe invisibletapeacrosstheforehead tosecuretheshape.Askthe performertoholdtheplasticwrap inplaceinfrontofhisorherears (figure3-17).
3. wraptherestoftheplasticwrap aroundthebackofthehead.tuckit andsmoothitsoititsthehead snugly,withnolumpsorwads (figure3-18).Useacoupleofsmall piecesoftapetoholdtheshapein place.
5. Usetheinvisibletapetoholdthe plasticwrapintheshapeofthe head.(makesurethetapeisnottoo shiny.somecleartapesallow permanentmarkertobewipedoffof thembecausetheyaresoslick.this isnotwhatyouwant.)Placethe irstpiecesoftapeacrossthe forehead.
Figure 3-18 Smoothing and tucking the plastic wrap in the back of the head. Figure 3-19 The tape being placed across the forehead of student Chelsea Bunn.
Figure 3-17 University of Texas students Natalie Maynard and Scott Darby demonstrate how to make a plastic-wrap head tracing. Natalie holds the plastic wrap in place while Scott smoothes the shape.
4. ifthereisstillasectionofhairorwig capnotcoveredwiththeplastic wrap,tearoffasecond,smallerpiece ofplasticwrapanduseittocover therestofhair.smoothitandtuckit toblendinwiththeirstpieceof plasticwrap.makesureyourplastic wrapcoversallofthehairline aroundthehead—checkinfrontof theears,atthesideburns,andatthe napeoftheneck.
6. continueplacinglongpiecesoftape acrosstheforeheaduntilyougetto theears.onceyouareattheears, switchdirectionandstartplacing thetapevertically.continue coveringtheplasticwrapwithtape untiltheentirehairlineandheadis covered.Becareful—donotcover theperson’sfacewithplasticwrap andtape!Youshouldalsonottape
Chapter 3
directlytoyourperformer’shair.do notlayeryourpiecesoftapetoo much—youwanttobeabletosee throughthetapetothehairline underneath.
w
Taking Accurate Measurements
43
itistimetocopythehairline.Use yourpermanentmarker(donotstart markingwithablackmarker—usea lightercolormarkersuchasredor orange)tostartmarkinginthe hairline.markthehairlinewitha seriesofmarksthatmimicthe directionsanddensityofhair growth.makesuretomarkthe locationoftheears.
Figure 3-22 A sample of marking the hairline’s growth direction and density.
Figure 3-20 The plastic wrap should be completely covered with invisible tape.
7. oncetheheadisirmlycovered(you shouldnotbeabletoslipinmore thanoneingerintoeachsideofthe tracing)withplasticwrapandtape,
Figure 3-21 Marking the hairline.
8. whenyouhaveinishedmarking, easetheplastictracingoffofyour performer’shead.dothisslowlyso asnottocauseyourperformerpain. wigglethetracinggentlyupward untilitslidesoffofthehead.ifyour tracingcomesoffreallyeasily,itmay meanthatyoudidnotplaceyour tapeandplasticwraptightenough. double-checkthis.
44 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
Yourplastictracingisinished!the plasticwrapandtapecreateaperfect copyofyourperformer’shead.Youcan alsousethistechniquewiththeplastic wrapandcleartapetomakeplastic tracingsforfacialhair.(formore detailedinstructionsonmakingafacial hairtracing,pleaseseechapter4.) simplylaytheplasticwrapoverthe chin,upperlip,sideburnarea,or whateverareayouwanttorecreate (again,donotcoverthenose!).coverit withtapeandusethepermanent markertocreatethefacialhairshape youwishtomake.(workquicklywith themarkerunderthenose—permanent markersmellcanfastbecome overwhelming!)onceyouhavesent yourperformerontheirway,youwill usethetracingtocreateacustomhead block.
1. Useiveorsixstraightpinstohold yourplastictracingintheproper placeonyourblock. 2. Useinvisibletapetotapedownthe entirehairline.thisshapewillbe somewhatdiagonal.Youcantape rightoverthestraightpins.make surethatyoucoverallofyour markerlineswithtape.thiswill preventthemarkerinkfrom transferringtoyourwiglacelaterin thewigmakingprocess.
3. Useaseamripperorapairofsmall sharpscissorstocutahorizontalslit about4incheswideinthetopof yourplastictracing.thisslitshould berightontheverytopofthehead.
PADDING OUT A BLOCK WITH A PLASTIC TRACING tryyourplasticwrapheadtracingona varietyofcanvasblocks.Youarelooking fortheblockthatitsthehairlinesnugly allthewayaroundthehead.(this includesthehairlinebehindtheears andatthenapeoftheneck.)onceyou havefoundablockwherethehairline itsproperly,youwillneedtoillinthe gapsbetweenthecanvasblockandyour plasticheadtracing.
Figure 3-24 Cut a slit into the top of the tracing.
Figure 3-23 Secure the hairline to the wig block with invisible tape.
4. Beginstufingyourtracing.Youcan usepiecesoftornpapertowel, newspaper,ortissuetoillinthe shape.Anotherfrequentlyused stufingmaterialiseastergrass,the
Chapter 3
w
Taking Accurate Measurements
45
shinyplasticstripsusedineaster baskets.weliketobeginwithpieces oftissue.Usetheendofarat-tail combtogentlypushthepiecesof stufingintoplace.Useenough stufingsothatthetracingisfull.You donotneedtostuffitsofullthatitis bursting.
Figure 3-25 Stuffing the head tracing.
5. onceyouhaveilledupthebottom ofthetracing,resealtheslitwith cleartape.makeanotherslitseveral incheshigherorloweronthehead. continuestufing.keepworking yourwayaroundtheheaduntilthe shapeiscompletelypaddedoutto matchyourtracing. 6. Afterthepaddingiscomplete,apply anotherlayerofcleartape.thiswill
Figure 3-26 Stuffing a second slit, lower down on the back of the head.
smoothoutanyroughspotsand irmuptheshapeoftheheadyou havecreated.Yourcustomheadis nowreadytobeworkedupon. whenyoudecidethatyouare inishedwithaheadshape,youcan peeloffthetape,stufing,andplastic wrapandthrowitaway.ifyoumaybe workingwiththesameperformerat
Figure 3-27 A completed, padded-out head tracing.
somepointinthefuture,youcaneither takethetracingoffgentlyandsaveitfor futureuse,oryoucantakeatracingof thetracingbeforeyouremovethe originalfromtheblockandsavethat. oncethetracingisremoved,your canvasheadblockwillbereadytobe returnedtoyourstock.
This page intentionally left blank
CHAPTER
4
makingfacialhairisagreatirstproject tostartlearningtheartofwigmaking.it allowsyoutopracticeknottying, creatinghairdensity,hairgrowth direction,colorblending,andworking withwiglaceinasmaller,more controlledproject.itcanalsobeagreat projectforusingupscrapsoflaceand smallbitofhumanhairthatyoumight havelyingaround.itispossibletomake afacialhairpieceforanyareaofthe face—eyebrows,mustaches,goatees, sideburns,andfullbeards.thereisgreat varietyinfacialhair—wewilldiscussthe majortrendsandcharacteristicsoffacial hairthatyoucanuseasaguideto makingyourfacialhairlookasrealistic aspossible.thebestlaceformaking facialhairiseithersuperlaceorilm lace—anyotherlaceistooheavyto moveaswellasgoodfacialhairneedsto move.thebesthairformakingfacial hairishumanhair,yakhair,orother animalhair.thesolventsthatwillbe usedtotakeoffthefacialhairpiecewill eventuallyruinsynthetichair,soitis
Facial Hair CREATING THE PATTERN FOR THE FACIAL HAIR PIECE Afteryouhavedeterminedwhatfacial hairpieceyouwouldliketomake,begin bymakingapattern.Usethesame invisibletape/plastic-wrapmethodthat wasdiscussedinchapter3totakea tracingofthepersonyouaremakingthe piecefor.followthesesteps:
Figure 4-1 Zachary Ullah wearing facial hair as Charles Guiteau in Assassins at the University of Texas.
notagoodchoiceforfacialhair.Hair withtextureisideal—permedorcreped hairwilllookmorerealistic,because mostfacialhairisabitcoarserintexture thanthehaironthehead.
1. Placetheplasticwrapcoveringthe facefrombelowthenoseto underneaththechin.Havethe personyouareworkingonholdthe plasticwrapinplacebehindtheir ears.smooththeplasticwrapunder thechinandsecureitwithinvisible tape(figure4-2).makesureithugs theshapeofthechintightly.Add anotherpieceoftapeacrosstheface fromeartoearcrossingtheface underneaththenostrils. 2. covertherestoftheplasticwrap withtape(figure4-3).
47
48 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
ofthebottomofthenoseandeach nostril,andmarkthenasolabialfolds (tolocatethese,haveyourperformer smile). • forsideburnsormuttonchops,mark thelocationofthejawline,andtheears. • forbeardsandgoatees,markthe locationofthelowerlip,thesidesof themouth,thejawline,andtheears. • ifyouareincorporatingthe performer’sownfacialhair,markthe locationofthataswell(figure4-5). Figure 4-2 Student John Harmon has a facial-hair tracing made, beginning with securing the plastic wrap under his chin and across his face.
orstyle.)Youshouldnotewherethey mighthavethinpatchyareasofhair,or thickerandfullerareasofhair.Alsolook toseeifthereisanycolordifferences betweentheperson’sfacialhairandhair ontheirhead.Useahumanhaircolor ringtomatchtheirfacialhairifthereis enoughhairpresenttogetagoodsense ofthecolor. Useyourplastic-wrap/tapetracing asaguidetocreatethepatternforyour facialhairpiece.thelandmarksshould settheboundariesthatthefacialhair mustitinbetween.drawoutthe patternoftheshapethatyouwant.
Figure 4-4 Mark in all facial landmarks—lips, ears, nasolabial folds, and any existing facial hair. Figure 4-3 The rest of the plastic wrap is secured with tape.
3. makesurethatyoumarkallofthe importantlandmarksontheface (figure4-4): • foraneyebrowpiece,marktheshape oftheexistingeyebrows. • foramustache,marktheshapeand locationoftheupperlip,thelocation
Youwillalsowanttogatherasmuch informationasyoucanaboutthe personyouaremakingthefacialhair for—lookfortheshape,density,and growthdirectionofanyfacialhairor stubbletheymayalreadyhave.(You maybesupplementingtheirownfacial hairoryoumaybetryingtorecreate theirgrowthpatterninadifferentcolor
Figure 4-5 The actor’s own facial hair was marked in red; the shape of the desired piece was marked in purple.
donotfeellimitedbythewaythe person’sfacialhairmayactuallygrow. makeuseofdifferentstylesandfacial hairlookstocreatethecharacterlook thatsuitsthedesignoftheproduction. onceyouhavedrawnyourpattern,you
Chapter 4
Figure 4-7 Truing your facial hair pattern. The markings in magenta indicate where the pattern is different from the opposite side.
w
Facial Hair
49
Figure 4-9 A canvas head block with a goatee tracing padded out on it.
ADDING TEXTURE TO THE HAIR
Figure 4-6 The facial-hair tracing, complete with all markings.
willthenneedtotruethepatternup (truingthepatternreferstotheprocess ofmakingthepatternsymmetrical). foldthepatterninhalfandlookfor wherethesidesdonotmatchup (figure4-7).choosewhichsideyoulike thebestandmarkitonthepatternwith adifferent-coloredmarker.Afteryour patternissymmetrical,tapeitsecurely toacanvasheadblock(figure4-8). makesuretotapeoverallofthe markerlines—ifyoudonot,yourunthe riskofhavingtheinktransferontothe wiglace.ifyouareworkingonachin
Figure 4-8 Tape your pattern piece to a canvas block. Here, an eyebrow pattern has been secured in place.
piece(abeardorgoatee),youshould pinyourpatterntoachinblock.ifyou donothaveachinblock,youcantape theedgesofyourplastictracingtoa canvasheadblockandpaditoutinthe samewaywedescribedpaddingouta headblockinchapter3(figure4-9).
thereareseveraldifferentmethodsyou canusetotexturizethehairyouwillbe using.first,youmustdecidewhether youwishtoaddtexturebeforeorafter youventilatewiththehair.Addingthe texturebeforeoftenlooksbetter, becauseyoucanbeassuredthatthecurl orwavewillgoallthewaytotherootof thehair.However,somepeople intenselydislikeknottingwithtextured hairandprefertoaddtheirtextureafter thepieceismade.ifyouchoosethis method,makesureyouhaveenough lengthtoworkwith. ifyouchoosetoaddcurl beforehand,youhavetwochoices:perm thehaironrollersorcrepethehair.if youpermthehaironrollers,youshould buyahomepermkitfromadrugstore orbeautysupplystore.rollyourhair ontotinypermrods.followthe
50 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
instructionsthatcomewiththekit. onceyouhavepermedthehair,rinsed it,andallowedittodry,youcanremove itfromtherollersanditisreadyforuse. Youcanalsochoosetocrepethe hair.crepeingisamethodofadding texturetohairbyweavingitthrough twostringsinasetpatternandthen boilingthehairtosetthecurl. 1. setupyourcrepeingsticks(figure 4-10).thecrepeingstickkitshould havecomewithtwometalclamps thatscrewontothetable.screw themontothetableabouttwenty inchesapart.insertthesticks.the stickwiththeknobgoesonyourleft andthestickwiththeholesgoeson yourright.makesurethesmall woodenthreadbobbins(whichcome withthekit)areloadedwithwaxed thread(alsocomeswiththekit). 2. inserttwobobbinsintothestick whichhastheholesinit.there
Figure 4-10 Crepeing sticks set up with waxed threads.
shouldbeanemptyholebetween them.Unwindenoughwaxed threadtoreachtothestickonthe rightside.tieboththreadstothe knobthatsticksoutoftheother stick. 3. removeonebobbinandmakea knotaboutoneinchfromtheendof theleftside(figure4-11).
Figure 4-12 Thread the hair through the strings.
Figure 4-11 Make a knot in the waxed threads.
4. takeasmallsectionofhumanhair inyourhand.thesizeofthe sectionwillaffectthesizeofthe crepedwaves—alargerhunkof hairwillcreatealoosertexture,and atinyamountofhairwillmake tightlyfrizzedtinywaves.wetthe hairandthreaditthroughthestrings (figure4-12). 5. wraptherootendofthehairover thetopstringandbackthroughthe center(figure4-13).
Figure 4-13 Wrap the root end of the hair over the top string and back through to the center.
6. Jointheshortendofthehairtothe longendofthehairbysmoothing themtogetherinyourhandand twistingthem(figure4-14).Youmay needtoaddalittleextrawaterto makethemsticktogether.
Chapter 4
w
Facial Hair
51
Figure 4-14 Join the root end back with the rest of the hair by twisting them together.
7. wrapbothpiecesofhairunderthe bottomstringandbringthemback throughthemiddle(figure4-15). 8. continueworkinginaigure-eight patternbywrappingthehairaround
Figure 4-15 Wrap the joined pieces of hair under the bottom string and bring them back up through the middle of the strings.
Figure 4-16 Continue crepeing the hair around the two strings in a figure-eight pattern.
thetopstringandbackthroughthe middle,thenunderthebottomand backthroughthemiddle(figure 4-16).Afteryouhavegonearound thestringsseveraltimes,pushthe hairtotheleftinordertotightenthe crepedbraid. 9. whenyougetneartheendofthe irstpieceofhairyouwillneedto addanotherpiecesothatyoucan continuetocrepe.wheneveryou needtopickupanotherpieceof hair,secureyouworkwitheithera clippieorapaperclip(figure4-17). wetanotherpieceofhairandthread itbetweenthestrings.smoothitinto theshortendthatisleftfromthe irstpiece(figure4-18).
Figure 4-17 Whenever you must stop your work use either a clippie (shown here) or a paper clip to temporarily secure your work.
52 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
Figure 4-20 Knot the strings at the end of the braid when you have creped all of the hair you need. Figure 4-18 When you need to add more hair, do so by bringing a second piece through the middle of the strings and smoothing it into the short end of the first piece.
10. continueworkinginthesameigureeightpattern.whenyouhavecreped hairtothemiddleofthedistance betweenthestrings,youwillneedto stopandwrapthecrepedhairaround thestick.thisisbecausethestrings willstartgettingtoofarapartforyou towindthehairbetweenthemeasily. Anchoryourworkwithaclipandthen loosenthethreadonthebobbins. loosenthemenoughsothatyoucan turnthestickonyourleftawayfrom youuntilthecrepedhairbeginsto windaroundit(figure4-19).when youhavewoundmostofthelengthof thehair,tightenyourthreadsbackup andcontinueworking. 11. whenyouareinishedwithcrepeing theamountofhairyouwant,make anotherknotinthestringsatthe endofthehair(figure4-20).
Figure 4-19 The creped hair is wrapped around the stick.
12. cutthestringsloosefromthe crepeingsticks,beingcarefulnotto cuttheknotateitherend.tosetthe curl,immersethecrepedbraidin boilingwaterfor30minutes.Besure tokeepstirringthehairsothatit doesnotsinktothebottomand causethehairtoscorch.drythehair thoroughly—itisreadytouse.cut theendknotandpullthehairfreeto beginventilatingwiththehair. onceyouhavedealtwiththeissueof howtoachievethehairtexture,youare readytobeginactuallymakingyour facialhairpiece.gatherthecolorsand
Figure 4-21 On the left is an example of the finished creped texture. On the right is the creped hair being removed from the strings.
textureoffacialhairthatyouwishtouse. Ventilatethefacialhairwithhairthatis 5to6inchesinlength—anythingshorter thanthatisdificulttohandleandcreate goodknotswith.(ifyouaremakinga long,wizard-stylebeard,youwillneedto uselongerhair,ofcourse.)Youwilltrim offtheexcesshairlengthwhenyouare readytostyleyourfacialhairpiece.
Chapter 4
INDIVIDUAL HAIRPIECE CHARACTERISTICS EYEBROWS eyebrowsoftenneedtobemadetoit aroundtheperformer’srealeyebrow. thus,thelacepiecewillneedtobelarge enoughtogluebothaboveandbelow theperformer’snaturaleyebrowwithout gluingthehairofthenaturalbrow.(if youglueanartiicialeyebrowdirectly ontotherealeyebrow,theremoval processcouldbequitepainful!)keepthis inmindasyouarecreatingthepiece. eyebrowscanbeneatandtrimorwild andwoolly.theymaybemuchdarker thanthehaironthehead,ortheymay gograybeforethehairontheheaddoes. experimentingwitheyebrowshapescan helpyouchangeaperformer’s appearancequitedrastically. Atypicalgrowthpatternfor eyebrows(figure4-22):
thetophairsbegintoangledownwardat a45-degreeangle.thehairsalongthe lowerhalfoftheeyebrowcontinueto angleupata45-degreeangle.thesehairs oftenmeetinthemiddleandcreateatiny cowlickinthebrow.
Aftertapingyourpatterntothe canvasheadblock,youwillneedtolay yourlace.foreyebrows,itisbesttolay thelacewiththegrainofthelacegoing upanddown.(determinethegrainof
w
Facial Hair
53
thelacebylookingtoseewhich directiontheholesofthelacealllineup in.thatisthegrainofthelace.Youcan eitherusethelaceontheverticalgrain, withtheholesliningupgoingupand down,oronthehorizontalgrain,with theholesliningupgoingsidetoside. whichoneyouchoosewillbe determinedbythepieceyouaremaking. seethelacedirectionchartinfigure 4-23tohelpinformyourdecision.)
• theinsidecorneroftheeyebrow(closest tothenose)isabitsparseandgrows straightupanddown(ormayevenangle intowardsthenose). • Asyoumovealongtheeyebrowaway fromthenose,thehairsbegintoangle awayfromthenose,movingawayata 45-degreeangle. • two-thirdsofthewayalongtheeyebrow, thegrowthdirectionoftensplitsintwo.
Figure 4-22 Typical growth pattern of the eyebrow.
Figure 4-23 Lace direction chart. Clockwise from top left—eyebrow, mustache, beard, sideburn. This chart illustrates the layout of the lace and the general direction of the knotting. These drawings are not done to scale.
54 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
laythelaceforeacheyebrow separately—donotuseonepiecefor both: 1. Usestraightpinstopinthelaceto theblock.Beginbyplacingonepin halfaninchabovethecenteronthe piece,andonepinhalfaninch belowthecenterofthepiece. 2. Pinhalfaninchtoeithersideofthe piece. Byusingthis“north/south,east/ west”methodofpinning(figure4-24), youwillkeepthetensiononthelace evenasyouwork.makesurethatyou arepinningfarenoughawayfromyour eyebrowthatyouwillhaveenoughlace togluearoundyourperformer’s eyebrow.
Figure 4-24 Evenly distribute the tension on your lace piece by pinning north/south, then east/west. This technique is demonstrated here on a mustache.
3.continuepinningaroundeach eyebrow,spacingyourpinsabouta halfaninchapart. 4. onceyouhavepinnedaroundthe entirepiece,theeyebrowisready tobeventilated.Youcantrimoff theexcesslacethatextends outsideofyourstraightpins—this willhelpyouavoidcatchingyour needleinanylacethatmaybe flapping.Beginventilatingthe eyebrowattheinsidecorner nearestthenose.workyourway outtowardstheendofthe eyebrow.followthegrowth directionpatternthathasbeenlaid outinfigures4-22and4-23. 5. whenyouhaveinishedventilating theeyebrow,styleitinthedesired style.(moreinformationaboutthis processisinthe“cuttingandstyling thefacialHair”sectionneartheend ofthischapter.)removethepins whenyouaredonestylingandtake thepieceoffoftheblock.Youwill needtocallyourperformerinfora ittingbeforeyoutrimoffallofthe excesslace.whenyourperformer comesinfortheitting,holdthelace pieceuptotheireyebrow(figure 4-25).carefullylookathowmuch laceyouwillneedtoleaveinorder togluethepieceonproperly.(itis dificulttomarkfacialhairpieces— theyareoftensosmallthatthereis notenoughroomtomarkonthem withpenormarker.Youwillneedto trustyoureyes.)trimoffalittlebit
Figure 4-25 Student Keenan Zarling has an eyebrow trimmed to fit over his own eyebrow.
oflaceatatimeuntilyouarehappy withtheinalsize. MUSTACHES mustachesarefuntomake—theyhave lotsofcharacterandcanreallychange thelookofsomeone’sface.therehave beensomeoutrageousfashionsin mustachesovertheyears—thesecanbe usedtomakeastrongstatementabout acharacter’spersonality.theycanalso helpestablishinwhatperiodahistorical productionistakingplace.mustaches areoftenusedtoaddalittlebitofageto aperformer’sappearance. typicalgrowthpatternfora mustache(figure4-26): • Underthecenterofthenose,inthedivot overtheupperlip,isusuallywherethe mustacheisthesparsest.thehairs usuallygrowstraightdown.
Chapter 4
roomforthelengthofthetrimmed hair—forexample,theknotsshould endatleastaquarterofaninchabove theupperlipsothatthereisroomfor thehairatthebottomofthemustache tohangdown.
Figure 4-26 Typical mustache growth pattern.
• thehairismuchthickerundereach nostril.thehairsbegintoangleaway fromthenoseata45-degreeangle. • Asyoutravelsidewaysalongthe mustachetowardsthecornerofthe mouth,thehairsmaygetatinybit thinnerortheymaystayatthesame thickness. • manymustachesfollowtheshapeofthe mouthandcurvedownslightlyatthe outercorners.thehairatthecornersof themouthisusuallythinnerandgrows straightdown.
mustacheandbeardhairisoften,in reallife,abitredderthanthehairon therestofthehead.itcanalsobe darker,grayer,orthesamecolorasthe restofthehair.whenyouaremakinga mustachepattern,youshouldmakeit justalittlesmallerthantheareaithas toitin.thiswillmakeiteasierfor yourperformertotalkorsing.leave
1.tapeyourmustachepatterntothe block. 2. layyourlacewiththegrainofthe lacegoingupanddownthroughthe mustache.Usethesame“north/ south,east/west”pinningtechnique describedaboveforeyebrowstopin thelacesecurelyontopofyour pattern.trimawaytheexcesslace thatisoutsideyourpins. 3. Beginventilatingatthecenter bottomofyourmustacheandwork yourwayoutandup(figure4-27).
Figure 4-27 Begin ventilating your mustache at the center bottom of the piece.
w
Facial Hair
55
Again,followthedirectionand densitypatternsthatwerediscussed previouslyinfigure4-23. 4. whenyouareinishedventilating, stylethemustache.whenyourstyle iscomplete,removethemustache fromtheblock.callyouractorinfor aquickittingandtrimtheexcess laceawayusingthesamemethod thatwasdescribedearlierfor eyebrows.
SIDEBURNS sideburnscanmakeastrongstatement aboutthehistoricalperiodyour productionistakingplacein.many periodsinhistoryhadaveryspeciic sideburnlook. typicalgrowthpatternofasideburn (figure4-28): • thereisusuallyanoticeablechangein texturewherethetemplehairstopsand thesideburnbegins.thehairsgrowdown andslightlybacktowardtheear. • Asyoumovedownthejawline,thehairs anglebackmore,reachinga45-degree angle.thereisusuallyacleanstripofskin betweenthesideburnandtheear.theback ofthesideburn(closertotheear)isusually thickerthanthehairclosesttothecheek. • thebottomofthesideburnoftenangles upanddownvertically(paralleltothe nose)asitmovesontothecheek.the sideburnhaircanbethickhereormuch thinner—thiswilldependonhowhairy thepersonisoverall.
56 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
2. layyourlacewiththegrainofthe lacegoingupanddownthroughthe lengthofthesideburn.Pinyourlace securelywithstraightpins,again makingsurethatthetensiononthe laceiseven.trimofftheexcesslace outsideofyourpins. 3. Begintyingthehairatthebottom backofthesideburnandworkyour wayupandontothecheekarea. 4. whenyouinishventilating,style thesideburn.removeitfromthe blockandcallyourperformerinfor aitting.trimawaytheexcesslace.
Figure 4-28 Typical sideburn growth pattern.
Herearethestepsforcreating sideburns: 1. tapeyoursideburnpatterntothe block.
Figure 4-29 Typical beard/goatee growth pattern.
BEARDS AND GOATEES Beardsandgoateesprobablyhavethe mostvarietyinshapeofanyotherpiece offacialhair.theycanbeanythingfrom atinyspotofhaironthechintoa full-coveragegrizzledbeard.theyalso requirethemostattentiontopattern anditbecauseofthis.thisistheirst timeyouwillreallyhavetotakeatwodimensionalobject(thelace)andcreate athree-dimensionalshape(thechin) withit. typicalgrowthanddensitypattern ofabeard(figure4-29):
Chapter 4
• Underthecenterofthelowerlip,thehair usuallygrowsrightuptothelipline.this sectionofhairisoftenreferredtoasa soulpatchorchintuft. • oneithersideofthechintuft,thehairis usuallyquitesparse—perhapseven nonexistent. • thehaironthecenterofthechinisdense andfull.wherethehaircrossesoverthe chinlinetowardtheneck,thehairgrowth directionoftenchanges.itmaybeginto growupthenecktowardthetipofthe chin.thishairgrowthpatternisoften whatmakesagoateejutoutfromthetip ofthechininsteadofcurvingdowninto theneck. • Asthehairmovesalongthejawline towardstheears,itanglesdownandvery slightlyback.itmaybeuniformlyfull untilitconnectswithsideburnsoritmay bepatchyandthininplaces.thehair growthmaystayfairlyclosetothejaw lineoritmaygrowupontotheface nearlyuptothecheekbones. • followthesestepstocreateabeardor goatee:
1.tapeyourbeardpatterntoablock. Youcanuseeitherachin-shaped blockorahead-shapedblockthat ispaddedouttoittheshapeofthe chintracing. 2.layyourlacewiththegrain runningupanddownthroughthe centerofthechin.Beginpinning thelaceabouthalfaninchabove thehaironthechin.(itisoften easiertomakethechintuftasa tinyseparatepiece.)
3.smooththelacedownunderthe chinandpinhalfaninchpast whereyouwantthehairtostop. makeaverticalslitinthelaceabove theirstpin;thisslitshouldstopan inchabovethepin(figure4-30). slittingthelacewillallowyouto openaV-shapeinthecenterasyou smooththelacedownovereachsideof thejaw.thelaceoverthejawwillbe muchsmootherandmoretautafteryou dothis.
Figure 4-30 Use tiny scissors to make a vertical slit in the lace above the chin.
w
Facial Hair
57
4. Pinthelacesecurelyaroundthe sideburnandjawarea.mostofthe excesslacewillendupgathered underthechin.makepleatson eithersideofthecenter(figure4-31). trytomakeyourpleatsas symmetricalaspossible—ifoneis signiicantlybiggerthantheother,it maymeanthatyouhavepulledthelace offgrain.Youmayneedtomaketwo, four,orevensixtotalpleatsinorderto lattentheextralace.sewthesepleats securelybyusingyourventilatinghook andinvisiblethreadinthemethod describedinchapter2.whenyouare sewingpleatsordarts,youwillneedto changedirectionatthetopofthedart andcomedowntheotherside. togetridofabubbleinthelace,you mayneedtomanipulatethedartwith theinvisiblethread.dothisbythreading theventilatinghookthroughlacewhere
Figure 4-31 Use straight pins to pin down the pleats in the lace under the chin.
58 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
youwantthefullnesstogo.next,thread thehookthroughtheexcesslace(figure 4-32).whenyoutietheknotwiththe ventilatingthread,itwillbegintopull thebubblewhereyouwantitgo(figure 4-33).continuemovingandsecuring theexcesslaceuntilthebubbleislat. Pleasenote:forbestresults,itis alwaysbestifyourpleatordartendsat leasthalfaninchbackfromthevisible hairline.(Underthechinisanexception tothisrule,asitisverydificulttosee
cupsthechintightly.ifitdoesnot, youmayhavetomakeasmalldart ontheinsidetotightenuptheit. CUTTING AND STYLING THE FACIAL HAIR onceyouhaveinishedallofthe ventilatingonyourfacialhairpiece,you willneedtotrimandstylethehairso thatitlooksasrealisticaspossible: Figure 4-33 Manipulating the lace with invisible thread to get rid of a bubble.
theedgeofthepieceifitisinthis location.)
Figure 4-32 Thread your ventilating hook through the lace, skipping over several holes in order to gather up the fullness of the dart.
5.whenyouhaveinishedstitching downallofyourpleats,youare readytobeginventilating.Ventilate thehairunderthechinofthe goateeorbeardirstandtiethehair uptothejawline.thenyoucan turnyourblockaroundandbegin ventilatingthehairatthejawline andworkyourwayuptowardsthe cheekbones. 6.whentheventilatingiscompleted, cutandstylethebeard.ifthehairis longenough,youmaybeabletoset itonrollersorpermrodsinsteadof usingthemarcelironmethod describedshortly. 7.removeyourpiecefromtheblock andcallyourperformerinfora itting.trimawaytheexcesslace. Alsomakesurethebeard/goatee
1. leavethepieceyouwillbestyling securelypinnedtotheblock. 2. determinehowlongyouwouldlike thehairtobeandgivethepiecean initialhaircutthatleavesthehaira bitlongerthantheinallook(figure 4-34).next,youshouldpullthehair straightoutfromthelaceandtrima tinybitoff.thiswillslightlylayer
Figure 4-34 Cut off most of the excess hair length before you begin styling.
Chapter 4
yourfacialhairsothatitdoesnot looktooblunt. 3. stylingthefacialhaircanbedone withtinyrollersorpermrodsifthe hairislongenough.ifusingrollers, setthemsothatwhenthehair comesoffoftherollersitwillwant tofallinthedirectionthatthehair wouldgrow.moreoften,facialhairis styledusingamarcelovenand marcelirons(figure4-35). Amarcelovenisasmallelectrical oventhatbecomesveryhotwhen
pluggedin.marcelironsaremetal curlingironsthatareplacedintheoven andheatedup.theyarenotlike commercialelectriccurlingirons,which heatinternallywhentheyareplugged in.theyarealsoavailableinmuch smallersizesthanregularcurlingirons. thesesmallersizesallowyoutocurl eventhetiniest,shortestbitsoffacial hair.marcelironscangetextremelyhot, soitisimportanttotesttheheatevery timeyoutakethemoutoftheoven.test thetemperatureofthehairbyclamping asmallsampleofthesamehairyou usedtomakethehairpiece(figure 4-36).ifthehaircrimpsandbends,itis hotenoughtobegincurlingthehair. ifnothinghappens,theironisnot hotenough.ifitscorchesthehair, causingittoturnyellow,black,orwhite, becomecrispy,andgiveoffasweet burningsmell,yourironistoohot!wave
w
Facial Hair
59
theironaroundintheair(pleasedonot hitanyonearoundyou,though)until theironhascooledoff.keeptestingthe irononyourhairsampleuntiliscool enoughtouse.ifyoudonothaveany leftoverhairfromyourpiece,youcan useasinglesheetoftissueforheat testing.(youmayhavetopullthelayers oftissueapartuntilthereisonlyoneply left.)testtheironbyclampingthepiece oftissue—ifitturnsthetissuegoldor brown,theironistoohot.thismethod isnotasreliableastestingontheactual hairthatyouusedandmayevenstarta smallireifyouarenotverycareful! 4. whenstylingthehair,holdtheiron sothatyourthumbandforeinger areononesideofthehandlewhile yourthirdandfourthingers controltheothersideofthehandle (figure4-37). 5. Yourthirdandfourthingerswill controltheopeningandclosingof theiron.Practicethismovement withacoolironbeforeyoustart workingwithahotiron. 6. curlthehairinsmallsectionsinthe directionthatyouwanttheinished producttogo(figure4-38). workquicklyandavoidleaving theirononanyonepieceofhairfor toolong.
Figure 4-35 Marcel irons heating up in a Marcel oven.
Figure 4-36 Hair sample used to test the heat of the iron.
7. whenyouhavecurledallofthehair once,combthroughitwithainetoothedcomb.thisirstpass throughcurlingthehairwilladdthe
60 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
textureyouneedforthefacialhairto lookgood.Youmayalsowishtodoa littletrimmingofthehairatthis time.curlitasecondtimetoinish stylingtheshapeyouwant. experimentwithcurlingthehairin differentdirectionsinordertoseewhat kindofstylesyoucanachieve.tomake ahandlebarmustacheoramustache withwaxedandcurledends,youcan usemustachewax(availableatmany beautysupplystores)tohelpholdthe hairinplace.warmasmallamountof mustachewaxbetweenyouringers. workitintothesectionofhairyouare styling(figure4-39).combthewax throughandeithertwisttheendsofthe mustachewithyouringersintothe shapeyouwantorusethemarceliron tocurltheendswithwax.(donotbe alarmedifthewaxsmokesalittle.) Figure 4-37 The proper way to hold a Marcel iron when styling.
Figure 4-38 Begin by curling small sections of hair.
Figure 4-39 Work the mustache wax into the hair with your fingers.
iftheinalshapeofthemustacheis goingtobeverystylized,itmaybe helpfultopinthemustacheintheshape youwantwithstraightpins,mistthe mustachewithhairspray,andallowitto sitovernight(figure4-40).thisallows thehairtorelaxintotheinalposition.
Figure 4-40 Pins can be used to direct the style of the facial hair.
ifyouhavemadeyourfacialhair withpretexturedhair,youmayindthat youdonotneedtodoasmuchworkto achieveyourinishedstyle.Youwillstill needtocutthepiece,buttheamountof curlingyouneedtodomaybemuch less.trimthetexturedfacialhairuntilit isalmosttheshapeyouwant.stepback andlookatit.ifyouarehappywiththe style,shape,andtexture,inishthetrim andyouareinishedwithyourstyling.if thereareareasyouarenotquitehappy with,gobackandcorrectthoseareas withthemarceliron.
Chapter 4
w
Facial Hair
61
workyourwaytowardstheedgesof thepiecebygluingfromsidetoside, awayfromthecenter.Alwaystapthe gluebeforeyoupressthelacein.when youareworkingonthesectionsofthe hairpiecethatarenearthemouth,have theperformeropentheirmouthslightly. thiswillstretchtheskinatthecorners ofthemouthsothepiecedoesnot comeloosewhentheyspeak.
Figure 4-41 A finished, styled mustache made with textured hair.
APPLYING THE FACIAL HAIR oneofthechallengesinattachingfacial hairtoaperformerisdealingwithhow mobileandlexiblethefaceis.You shouldputthefacialhaironvery carefullysothatitdoesnotpopoffatan inopportunetime.Herearethestepsto follow: 1. removethefacialhairfromthe block.trimawaytheexcesslace.for stage,leaveaneighthofaninchof extralacearoundtheoutsideofthe piece.forsmalltheatresandfor ilm,youwillneedtotrimthelaceas closetohairaspossible. 2. Applythebeard,goatee,or sideburnsirst.Beginbypaintinga thincoatofspiritgumonthecenter ofthechin(figure4-42).tapthe spiritgumwithyouringeralittle untilitbecomessticky.
Figure 4-42 Paint a thin coat of spirit gum on the center of the chin.
3. Placethehairpieceonthecenterof thechinandcheckitsplacementto makesurethatitisnotcrooked.Use apieceofchamoisclothoraclean powderpufftopressthepieceinto theglue(figure4-43).(thiswillalso removeanyexcessglue.)
Figure 4-43 Use a piece of chamois cloth to press the facial hair into the spirit gum on the chin.
4. Applythemustachelast.Paintathin coatofspiritgumabovetheupper lipandtapituntilitissticky.Have theperformersmile—thiswill stretchouthisorherupperlip. Positionthemustacheandpressit intothegluewithyourchamois clothorpowderpuff. 5. whenyouapplyeyebrows,make sureyoudonotputthegluedirectly intotheperformer’srealeyebrows— thiswillmakeforavery uncomfortableremovalprocess. Placeathinlineofglueundertheir realeyebrow,tapituntilsticky,and pressthefalseeyebrowintotheglue. finishsecuringtheeyebrowby paintingasmallamountofglue abovetheirrealeyebrow,tap,and pressthelaceintotheglue. Afteryouinishapplyingthefacial hair,havetheperformerspeakand movetheirfacearoundinordertomake suretherearenoplacesthatthelace wantstocomeloose. ifanythingcomesloose,addabit moreglue.Pleasenotethattheglue
62 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
onceyougetunderneaththelace, gentlyrollthecottonswabalongthe laceandallowthespiritgumremoverto dissolvethespiritgum.(donotusethe cottonswabtoyankthelaceawayfrom theskin.)onceyougetallofthelace piecesoff,givetheperformeracotton ballwithspiritgumremoversothathe orshecanremoveanyremainingtraces ofglue. forinformationaboutcleaninglace pieces,pleaserefertochapter14. Figure 4-45 Student Tiffany Knight has her facial hair piece removed.
Figure 4-44 Student Natalie Maynard models her finished and applied mustache and goatee.
shouldalwaysbeaddedtothe performer’sskin,nottothelacepiece itself.ifyourperformerhasveryoilyor sweatyskin,itmaybehelpfultoclean theskinwithwitchhazelorrubbing alcoholbeforeapplyingtheglue. REMOVING THE FACIAL HAIR toremovethefacialhair,usesome spiritgumremoveronacottonswab. soakthecottonswabanduseittowork oneedgeofthefacialhairloose (figure4-45).
Figure 4-46 Students (clockwise from top left) Beauty Thibodeau, Tiffany Knight, Kara Meche, and Amanda Ramirez model their facial-hair construction projects.
CHAPTER
5
thefastestmethodofmakingawig withanaturallooking-hairlineisto addwhatiscalledalace front to a preexistingcommercialwig. commercialwigshaveasimple generichairlineandrarelydothese matchtheperformer’shairline. commercialwigsalsohaveavery denseabrupthairline,whichdoesnot resembletheverygradualwayareal humanhairlinestartsandstopson theface.
Fronting and Other Adaptations of Commercial Wigs than1inchofhairlineisadded.this typeoffrontshouldbeinishedin lessthaneighthours.Aquickfrontis bestsuitedtohairstylesthatinvolve a
volumeatthehairline;forexample, agibsongirlstyleandeighteenthcenturymacaronistyle.see figures5-1and5-2. b
TYPES OF FRONTS therearethreebasictypesoflace fronts: 1.Quick Front:Aquickfrontisthe fastestandleastexpensivewayto addarealistichairlinetoa commercialwig.nothingisdoneto thecommercialwigbeforethebare minimumoflaceisadded.Aquick frontusuallyhasaverynarrowarea ofhandknotting.commonly,less
Figure 5-1 (a) Gibson Girl (b) Synthetic wig with added quick front styled in Gibson hairstyle. Made and styled by Sarah Baloche Redding and modelled by Marissa Smith.
63
64 w
a
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
c
b
Figure 5-2 (a) Paintress of Macaroni’s. Image courtesy the Lewis Walpole Library Yale University. (b) Profile sketch of classic Macaroni style showing volume at hairline. (c) Peter Strummer as Dr Bartolo; wig and makeup by Georgianna Eberhard.
2. Standard Front: This type has approximately1–3inchesofhand tyingandthefrontofthecommercial wighashadthethickribbon-front edgeofthecommercialwigremoved tomakeformoregradualtransition fromventilatedlacetocommercial wig.thisstyleismorenaturalin appearancethanaquickfrontwhen pulledbackintoaponytailorbun.it isnotsuitableforstylesinwhicha partshouldappearnaturalupclose, becausetherewillbeanoticeable changeinopacitywherethe commercialwigmeetsthehand-tied area.Astandardfrontwillusually take12hourstocompletefromstart toinish.thistypeisusefulforthe averagenaturaleighteenth-century men’stie-backwigorforawoman’s 1980sfullcurlystylethatwavesoff theface. 3. Deep Front:makingadeepfront involvesremovingasigniicant portionofthecommercialwig’stop andsides.thetopsofmanystylesof commercialwigsaretoothickand stiffforthewigtoeverbestyledto looknaturalwithapartonthetop. removingandreplacingbetween 1 /3and 1/2oftheentirewigrequires substantialwork—sometimesas muchas25hours.thereare methodsofmakingwigsfrom scratchthatrequireasimilar amountoftime.However,itis sometimesmorecost-effectiveto purchaseacommercialwigmade
Chapter 5
w
Fronting and Other Adaptations of Commercial Wigs
65
a
b
Figure 5-4 An example of a 1980s hairstyle.
fromweftthantopurchasethe amountofweftneededtomakea weftedwigfromscratch.forawig witharealisticcenterpart,thisis usuallyabetterchoicethanaquick orstandardfront.
THE HUMAN HAIRLINE
Figure 5-3 (a) Image courtesy the Lewis Walpole Library, Yale University. (b) Wig on left is a quick front wig on right is a standard front. Wigs designed by Tera Willis and styled by Victoria Tinsman for 1776, presented by the Pennsylvania Shakespeare Festival.
Becausethepointofaddinganytypeof lacefrontistomakethecommercial wiglookmorerealistic,itisimportant tounderstandwhathumanhairlines looklike: • normal(nonbalding)healthyhairlinesare avariationofahalfoval.
Figure 5-5 Basic hairline shapes.
• nohumanhairlineiseveraperfectsolid line.Allhairlineshavesomevariationof curvatureanddensity. • theshapeofhumanhairlinesisrelatedto gender,age,ethnicheritage,and occasionallytomedicalprocedures.in general,maleswithnortherneuropean ancestrytendtohavethehighest,squarest hairlines.thenarrowestandlowest hairlinesarefoundmoreofteninfemales withmediterraneanancestry.However,it ispossibletoindallshapesofhairlines
66 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
a
d
g
b
e
h
c
f
i
Figure 5-6
Chapter 5
w
Fronting and Other Adaptations of Commercial Wigs
a
c
e
b
d
f
Figure 5-7
67
68 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
andrelativelocationsontheforeheadof hairlinesonbothgendersandacross ethnicgroups.inthemeltingpotofworld travelandcross-culturalmarriages, predictingtheshapeofahairlinelong distanceistricky.goodmeasurements, tracingsandphotographsarecriticalto creatingthebesthairlineforawig. • Hairlineshavedifferentcurvatureaswell asdifferentrelativeproximitytotheeyes. classicalproportionsfortheidealadult humanheadincludeanidealforhairline placement.
CHANGING THE HAIRLINE inmanycases,awigmakerismakinga wigthatmatchestheperformer’s hairline.Atothertimes,thewighairline needstobemadeintentionallydifferent fromtheperformer’sownhairlineto helpcreatetheappropriatelookforthe character’sage,gender,andbackground. Becausefrontinglaceis95percent transparent,itisimportanttonotethat raisingthewighairlinetomakeit signiicantlyhigherorwiderthanthe
a
c
e
g
b
d
f
h
Figure 5-8 (a-b) Face divided in thirds from hairline to between the eyebrows to bottom of nose and finally to chin. (c-d) Normal hairline at the classical ideal location. (e-f) Hairlines higher than the classical ideal. (g-h) Hairlines lower than the classical ideal.
performer’sownhairlinewillrequirethat theperformer’sownhairbeconcealed withmakeup,asilkblender,orbaldcap. loweringahairlinegenerallydoesn’t requireanyspecialhairormakeup preparationforperformances.ifthewig hairisadrasticallydifferentcolorthan theperformer’sownhair,itmaybe possibletoseethroughthewighairto theperformer’sownhairline.whiteand veryblondeyak,human,andsynthetic hairareallsomewhattransparentand willletablackorvividredhairlineshow through.thedensityoftheknottingalso affectstheopacityofawighairline.the inerandsparsertheedgeofalacewig hairlineis,themorenaturalitappears. Butifitistoothinandthehairfrom beneathisvisible,itmaybedistracting totheaudience.ifaperformeris wearingawigthatallowsafewofthe performer’sownhairsshowthroughthe laceitwillbevisibleonilm,butnotina theaterwithalargeorchestrapit.
BUILDING THE FRONTS theirststepinaddingalacefronttoa commercialwigistocreateanew hairlineonablockoftherightsizeand shape.followthedirectionsfortaking measurementsandplastictracingsas discussedinthepreviouschapters. itisaverygoodideatoplacethe commercialwigontopoftheplastic tracingandmarkontotheplasticwhere thecommercialwigedgewillbe.(tryto
Chapter 5
w
Fronting and Other Adaptations of Commercial Wigs
69
VARIATION 3 • Pinand/ortapetheplastictoyourblock andlaythelaceandwigontopofthe plastic.
TRUING THE HAIRLINE
Figure 5-9 Tracing commercial wig line onto plastic.
Figure 5-10
avoidgettingmarkeronthewighair.)it isalsohelpfultotakemeasurements fromwherethewigstopstothecenter fronthairlineandtemplepeaks. therearethreewaystousethis plastictracingwhenaddingalacefront. VARIATION 1 • cuttheplasticwrapoffinfrontofthe desiredhairline. • Placeontheblockandtracetheedgewith pencil.
VARIATION 2 • Placetheplasticwrapontheblockand punchthroughalongthehairlinewithapin creatingarowofdotsinthemaskingtape.
Figure 5-11 Using a pin to punch hairline through plastic into masking tape.
thoughyouwilloftencreateawigthat hastheperformer’sownslightly asymmetricalhairline,therearetimes whenitwillbebettertocreatea symmetricalhairlineonthewig.thisis agoodchoicewhenthewigwillbe wornbymanypeople,orwhen buildingwigsforshort-termrental. inaddition,therearehairstylesthat lookbestwhenthehairlineistruly symmetrical.geishawigsand eighteenth-centurywhitewigsare bothstyledsymmetricallyandlookodd ifthehairlineisnoticeably asymmetrical.creatingasymmetrical hairlineiscalledtruingthepattern. “truing”istheprocessofmakinga patternsymmetricalandmore generic. truingahairlinecanbedoneby foldingtheplastictracinginhalfwhileit isofftheblock.thenholdtheplastic tracinguptothelightandmarkthe differencesinthehairlinewitha differentcolorofmarker. truingcanalsobedonebytracing thehairlinetwice: 1. theirstlinewillbetracedonto theblockwiththeplasticright sideout.
70 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
2. turntheplasticcapeinsideoutand placeitbackontheblock.tracethe hairlineagain. 3. removetheplasticandconnectthe dotswithacoloredpencilor indeliblemarker.seefigure5-12. ifthewighairlineandcolorare closetotheperformer’sown hairlineandcolor,thetruingcanbe donebycarefullycreatinganew linethatisinbetweenthetwotraced lines. ifthewigissigniicantlylighterthan theperformer’shair,itisbesttotruethe hairlineclosertothelinesthataremore onthefacesothatalltheperformer’s ownhairwillbecovered.
Figure 5-12 The orange line is the hairline traced right-side-out. The pink line is the hairline traced inside-out.
• markontotheblockwheretheedgeof thecommercialwigshouldbeplaced.
inaddition,itisveryhelpfultomark ventilatingdirectionsandwherethe directiontransitionswillhappen.
LACE DIRECTION AND HAIR GROWTH DIRECTION whenyouchoosetolaylaceforafront, theplacementwilldeterminewhich anglesyoucanventilateinandthe amountofstretchortensionyouwill get.whatdirectionsdoyouwanttobe abletoventilate?seefigures5-13 through5-22forexamplesofvariations ofgrowthdirection,lacegrainand ventilatingdirection.
Figure 5-13 Hair naturally growing back and down off face at a 45-degree angle. Notice the cowlick formed on the lower side of the part where forward growth meets the stream of backward growth.
Figure 5-14 Hair naturally growing down at the temple.
Figure 5-15 Temple hair growing back at peak, then down and forward just above sideburn.
Chapter 5
w
Fronting and Other Adaptations of Commercial Wigs
Figure 5-20 Forehead hair growth.
Figure 5-16 Long temple hair will follow growth direction if pulled back loosely.
Figure 5-18 West Side Story’s “Consuela”: Knotting on temple follows normal growth pattern of back and down at a 45-degree angle.
Figure 5-21 Forehead hair growth.
Figure 5-17 Hair pulled back with gel and held securely will appear to be growing straight back.
Figure 5-19 West Side Story’s “Velma”: Knotting on temple of wig goes straight back to aid styling. West Side Story wigs Designed by Mark Adam Rampmeyer; stylist: Jennifer Bullock.
71
72 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
a
c
b
d
Figure 5-22 (a) Center front of wig with lace stretched grain horizontal and hair knotted at diagonal. (b) Center front of wig with lace stretched grain vertically and hair knotted straight back for a geisha wig. (c) Center front of wig with lace stretched grain vertically and hair knotted straight back. (d) Center front of wig with lace stretched grain vertically and hair knotted both straight back and diagonally back.
• doyouwanttoduplicatethegrowthofa particularperson’shair? • doyouwanttoventilateina directionthatmakesthestylingeasier tomaintain?
whenlayinganyfoundation materialforanyportionofawig,
rememberthatyouareusingalat pieceofmaterialandtryingto makeititacurvedsurface.this includeslayingthefrontinglace. lacedoesstretchandforsmallareas willconformtothecurvatureofthe block.
forverydeepandverycurved foreheads,itmaybenecessarytocreate afewsmallpleatstohelpshapethelat pieceoflaceoverthecurveofthe forehead. whenstretchingthelacefora front,thegoalistohavethelacehug theheadanaverageof¾inchinfront ofthehairline,atthehairline,and¾ inchbehindthehairline. sometypesoffrontinglaceare heat-sensitiveandcanbestretched, shrunk,andshapedwithaheatgun.All heat-sensitivewiglacescanburnina splitsecond.Practicethistechniqueon scrapsoflacebeforeattemptingitona largepiecelaidonablock.Youcan heat-shrinkifafrontendsuptoobig. Youcanalsoheatandstretchlacewhile warmfromaheatgun.thisisvery tricky,andtakespracticeandpatience. ifyoutrytoshrinktoomuch,thelace condensesandthethreadsgetcloser togetherandthereforemorevisible.if youtrytopullandstretchtoomuch, thepatternofhexagonsdistorts signiicantly,affectingthedirection youcanventilate.
Chapter 5
a
Fronting and Other Adaptations of Commercial Wigs
c
b
d
w
e
Figure 5-23 (a) Stretching lace for front. (b) Tension of the lace is too high and vertical and is causing the lace to “shelf” over the forehead. (c) Tension of the lace is too low and horizontal and will cause bubbles behind the hairline and possibly make the wig too tight. (d) Tension of the lace is just right. It hugs the head in front of and behind the hairline. (e) Even in the best-stretched foundations, it is sometimes necessary to make small adjustment darts before adding hair.
73
74 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
QUICK FRONT: A STEP-BY-STEP EXAMPLE thisquickfrontisgoingtohaveacopy ofawighairlinethatisknowntoitthe performer: 1. thehairlineistracedbypunching holesintoalayerofmaskingtape.
Figure 5-25 Start with a doubled thread and put needle through loop. This will help ensure that the thread does not pop through the open-weave ribbon of the wig.
surethateachstitchcatchesboth thefoundationfabricofthe commercialwigaswellasthe frontinglace.somepeopleprefer touseastrongstraightneedle, thimble,andingerguard;others prefertouseacurvedneedleand pliers. 4. Ventilateverydenselyclosetothe commercialwighairline.makethe knotswithatleastthreehairs.this willhelpcreateanareathathas hairdensitysimilartothe commercialwig.thengradually decreasetosinglehairsandwider spacingatthefrontedgeof hairline.
Figure 5-24 Copying existing hairline by using pin to trace hairline into masking tape.
thisquickfronthasanarrow areabetweenthedesiredhairline andthehardfrontedgeofthewig. 2. thecommercialwigisplaced directlyoverthelaceandsecuredto theblock. 3. sewthecommercialwigtothe frontinglaceusingashortdiagonal stitch.keepstitchesshortandmake
Figure 5-26 Sew front edge of commercial wig to lace with short diagonal stitches.
Figure 5-27 Ventilating directions and transition lines drawn on block.
Chapter 5
w
Fronting and Other Adaptations of Commercial Wigs
75
foldededgemeetsthewighair. thismethodprovidesasmoother transitionfromlaceedgetobulkof commercialwig. 1. insomecases,theeasiestmethodis touseaseamrippertoremovethe ribbonbindingthefrontedgeofthe wig.thiswillusuallyrevealabout 1 /8inchoffoundationfabricthatis thenreadytohavethelaceapplied.
Figure 5-28 Closeup of completed quick front.
5. oncetheventilatingisinished, removethewigfromtheblock. turnashorthemunderandsew inplace.itisalwaysbesttohave tworowsofstitchingholdinga frontinplace.remembertokeep stitchestinysothattheywon’t catchonthepin-curlprepofthe performerasthewigisputonand takenoff. thewigisnowreadytosetand style!
Figure 5-29 Lace folded under and stitched.
STANDARD FRONT thisisthemostcommonmethodused toaddalacefronttoacommercial wig.whenaddingastandardfrontyou willbeadding1–3inchesofhairline byhand.oneofthedetailsthat distinguishesastandardfrontfroma quickfrontisthatthelaceisputontop ofthefoundationinastandardfront.it worksbestifyouremoveallhairfrom theedgeofthecommercialwigtocreate 1 /8–1/4inchofhairfreefoundation.the frontinglaceisthenplacedoverthe barestripofwigfoundation. thelaceisthensewntothevery edgeofthewigfoundation,turned under,andstitchedagainwherethe
Figure 5-30 Removing front edge ribbon from commercial wig foundation, revealing 1/8 inch of foundation that is free of hair.
However,oftenthewighasno realfoundationandismerelyvertical ribbonwithrowsofweftsewn horizontallyandarowofelastic providingthebackedge.
76 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
a
Figure 5-32 Lace overlapping the front edge of wig foundation.
Figure 5-31 Inside view of commercial wig showing weft sewn only to ribbon. Do not remove ribbon from this wig; only remove hair from ribbon. Then lay lace on top of “bald” ribbon.
ifoneremovestheribbonfromthe frontedgeofthisstyleofcommercial wig,thenthereisn’tafoundationleftto attachthelace.inthissituation,itis besttoleavetheribbonandremovethe weftasfarbackasnecessarytoprovide 1 /8–1/4inchoffoundationoverwhichthe lacecanbelaid. 2. oncethefrontedgeofthewig foundationisfreeofhair,pinthe foundationontotheappropriate block.makesuretolineuptheedge ofthewigwithmeasurementsor tracing.
b
3. stretchthelaceasdescribedearlier inthischapter. thelaceshouldextendabout /2inchbehindtheedgeofthewig foundation. 1
4. sewthelacetothefrontedgeofthe wigfoundationusingeitherregular needleandthreadorinvisible thread. 5. trimandturnunderthelacesothat thefoldededgelinesupwiththe irsthairs.sewthefoldededge down. 6. Ventilatehairintolace,includingthe portionthatoverlapstheheavy foundation.
Figure 5-33 (a) Lace sewn to foundation along front edge, (b) Fold back edge of lace under and stitch.
ingeneral,startventilatingatthe pointthatwillbe“underneath”whenyou areinished.forawigthatwillbestyled pulledbackofftheface,itisbesttodo theventilatingwherethelaceoverlaps thecommercialfoundationirst.then movetothesideburnsandworkupto thecenterfront.
Chapter 5
a
w
Fronting and Other Adaptations of Commercial Wigs
77
b
c
Figure 5-34 (a) Kristopher Irmiter as Don Giovanni, wearing a standard front wig. Opera Carolina/photo by Greg Cable. (b) Side view of wig on block. (c) Center front detail of wig.
78 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
DEEP FRONTS
a
5. trimandfoldarolledhemthatjust overlapstheirstrowofweftthatis visible.
manycommercialwigsinrecentyears havesolidplastictopsthataresupposed tolooklikeascalpifthewighairis parted.theseplastictopsarestiffand oftennotthecoloroftheperson’sskin. itcanbecheapertotakethetopoffand addlaceandhairtothetopandfront comparedtomakingafullwigfrom scratchwithweft.
thistypeofdeepfrontisgreat formen’snatural-coloredeighteenthcenturyponytailwigsthatwillhave asmallsidecurlortwo.itisalsoa goodwaytogetalattopofhead forverynaturalcavalierwigsfor women.
DEEP FRONT VARIATION 1
VARIATION 2
1. removeedgeribbonfromeartoear. 2. removeweftthatisontopofthe plasticwithaseamripper.Becareful nottotearthefabric,oftena stretchylace,belowtheplastic. 3. Placethewigontheblock.check againstyourtracing,measurements andhairlinetomakesurethatyou arecreatingtherightsizeandshape. oncetheplastictopandedge ribboncomeoff,itcanbeveryeasy tostretchouttheshapeandsizeof thewig.(itissometimehelpfulto staystitchthestretchlaceormakea rolledhem,especiallyiftheearto earmeasurementofthepersonis lessthan12inches.) 4. layfrontinglaceoverthehairline andextendbacktocoverandoverlap thestretchlacetop.itgenerallytakes atleasttwodartstomakethiswork. sewthedartsonbothsidesandthen sewthefrontinglacetothe foundationofthewig.
inthisversion,allofthewigfoundation onthetopandfrontedgeofthewigis removed.Aheavierlaceisplacedunder theremainingsectionofcommercial wig.finally,thefrontinglaceisadded overthefrontedge. VARIATION 3 b
Figure 5-35 (a) Remove plastic skin top from commercial wig. (b) Fronting lace over foundation fabric.
whenanaturalpartisdesiredwithlittle volumeonthetopofthehead,thebest waytoachievethisistoremoveallof thetopandfrontedgeandreplacewith onlyfrontinglace.seefigure5-36.
Chapter 5
w
Fronting and Other Adaptations of Commercial Wigs
79
hairtopullbacktightlyandholdthewig ontotheperformer’shairlesshead,but theside-curlstylingcancoverthe temples.seefigure5-37.
Figure 5-36 Plastic skin top is replaced with pieces of fronting lace. Three pieces were used to use up scraps. This can also be achieved with one piece of fronting lace. Courtesy UNCSA.
Figure 5-38
SILK BLENDERS
MINI FRONTS sometimestherejustaren’tenough skilledhandsortimeforeachpersonon stagetogetacompletelynewfront. somestylesonlyshowpartofthe hairline.forthesestylesitispossibleto getawaywithmini fronts.minifronts haveonlythevisiblepartofthehairline ventilated.thelaceisusuallycomplete acrosstheface. Astylethatthisworksforis eighteenth-centurywigswhenyouneed enoughlaceandventilatedforehead
Figure 5-37
Anotherkindofstylethatcanhavea minifrontarethosewithbangsacross theforehead,butthesideswillbepulled offtheface,asinthisiconicstyleofthe 1940s.seefigure5-38. forsuchastyle,afulllacecanbe laidbutinapinch,onlythesidesreally needtobeventilated.
therearetimeswhentheperson’s hairlineistooclosetotheeyesortheir hairistoodarkandwouldbeseen througheventhedensestofventilating. therearethreesolutionstothis problem: • Applyabaldcap. • Putlightermakeupintheperformer’shair (eithertomaketheperformer’sroots matchthelighterwighaircolorortolook liketheskintone). • Usewigsilktomakea“blender.”A blenderisanopaquefabricsewninto thefrontofawigunderthelace.Usually aspecialweaveofsilk,itcoversthe performer’shairandmimicsskin.
80 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
a
b
Figure 5-39 (a) Dark hair showing under white wig hair. (b) Dark roots of performer have been covered in makeup under pale blonde wig hair.
fullorpartialsilkblenderscanbe usedinprosceniumstagesituations,but neverforilm.wigsilkwillrelectlight differentlyfromskinormakeup.itis importanttocheckthecolorcarefully inperformancelightingandnotrely exclusivelyonworkroomlights. Ablenderisaddedtoawiginthe samewaythataquickfrontisadded.it canbeaddedatthesametimeasthe frontinglaceisaddedorafterthewigis completed. wigsilkisaspecialweaveandweight. wigsilkispurchasedwhiteanddyedif desired.thesilkwilldyeeasilytoan appropriatebeigeforcaucasian performersusingeitheradilutesolution oforangepekoeteaoranextremelydilute mixoftintexfabricdyeinbeigeandpink rose.forperformerswithdarkoliveor darkbrownskintones,amixofbeige, gold,orange,red,and/orbrowndyewill beneeded.theexactcolorneededmust bedeterminedbyhowthemakeup foundationcolororskintoneofthe performerlookscomparedunderstage lighting.sometimeswigsilkneedstobe pinkeranddarkerthanthefoundationof theperformer.thisoccursoftenunder bluishlighting.othertimes,underlowlevelbastardamberlight,anydifferences betweenthesilkandtheskinwillnotbe noticeabletotheaudience. itisalsopossibletocolorthesilk withfoundation.makeupalsoaddsmore opacitytothewigsilk.creammakeupis messyandwilltransfertotheunderside ofthelace,butitdoesaddabitofsheen
a
b
Figure 5-40 (a) Wig with silk blender worn by baritone Jeffrey Morrissey in La Traviata, the Atlanta Opera. (b) Wig with silk blender worn by John Muriello as KoKo in the Mikado, Opera Carolina.
Chapter 5
w
thatcanbehelpfulinrelectinglight. Pancakealsoworksandislesslikelyto transfertotheundersideofthewig. However,somebrandsofpancakewill changecolorifthewigsilkiswetwith sweat.Butonlyafterirstdressrehearsal willyouknowforsurehowthesilkis readingcomparedtotheskincolor.
Fronting and Other Adaptations of Commercial Wigs
a
NAPE LACE commercialwigsaremadetobeworn hangingdownwiththenapeofthe foundationcoveredbyhair.many periodandcontemporarylookshavethe napehairpulledup.thenormal everydaycommercialwigwasnotmade forthesestyles. sometimesallthatisneededfor thistypeofhairstylerequirescreative solutionstoconcealtheperformer’s
Figure 5-41 Standard inexpensive commercial wig with hair pulled up tight exposing the elastic and rounded shape of wig, compared to the square or W shape of a human nape.
Figure 5-42 Commercially made wig with elastic and weft styled to cover elastic edge of wig and the dark hair of the performer.
napehairandtheedgeofthe foundation.simplydrapingthehairinto thehairstyleandcuttingandcurling “napewispies”issometimessuficient. Addingarowortwoofwefttothe insideofthewigcanbequitehelpfulin concealingtheelasticandproviding morehairfordrapingandwisps.make surethattheelasticontheinsideofthe wigisstretchedoutbeforeyoustitchon thehair;otherwise,youmaymakethe wigtoosmall,becausetheelasticwill notbeabletostretchafteryouhave stitchedtheweftinsidethewig. sometimestheonlysolutionisto addanextrapiecetothenapeofthe wig.oneversionofthisisanape lace. ifyouhavetime,itisbettertobuilda
b
Figure 5-43 (a) Inside of commercial wig with extra weft sewn in and the elastic back stretched out. (b) Same wig with elastic relaxed to normal.
81
82 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
great-ittingwigwithashapednape. ifyouhavetoaddanapelacetoa commercialwig,followthesesteps:
a
b
1. startbytakingmeasurements,a tracing,orcuttingapaperpatternof theperformer’sneckandbackof head,asdescribedearlier. 2. Placethewigontopofthetracing andmarkwheretheedgeofthewig willsit. 3. laythelaceasyouwouldlayafront lace,leavingtheedgetowardthe neckraw. 4. Placethewigoverthelace. 5. sewthelacetotheedgeofthewig. seefigures5-44through5-46. Figure 5-44 (a) Paper pattern showing the shape of the lace to be added. (b) Tracing the location and shape of the commercial wig edge onto paper pattern. a
b
c
Figure 5-45 (a) Pattern transferred to block, lace stretched in place. (b) Sewing nape of commercial wig to lace. (c) Hair added to nape lace.
Chapter 5
w
Fronting and Other Adaptations of Commercial Wigs
rememberthatifyouaresewingto elastic,thewigwillnolongerstretchas muchwheresewntothewig.thisis whythetracingincludingtheedgeof thewigontheperformerissouseful. 6. Ventilatehairinthedirection desired. itisveryrarethatnapelaceis actuallygluedtotheperformer.the neckisfartoomobileforagluedlaceto staywell.Usuallythepin-curlprepor toupeeclipsprovideananchorspotfor thelacetobepinnedinto. whetherpinningorusingskin-grade adhesive,havetheperformerlooktothe leftwhileyousecuretherightsideofthe nape.thentheyshouldlooktotheright whileyousecuretheleftnape.thiswill
Figure 5-47 Variation with hard-edge addition to commercial wig nape. A trapezoidal piece of heavy wig lace is added and has hair added on the outside and weft added on the inside edge as well.
hopefullyprovideenoughgivethatas theperformermoves,thewigwillstay anchored.
Figure 5-48 Five Orders of Perriwigs by Hogarth. Image courtesy the Lewis Walpole Library Yale University.
PIECING TOGETHER WIGS
Figure 5-46 Nape lace complete and pinned in place.
Youcanpiececommercialwigstogether toquicklycreateperiodhairhairstyles. oneexamplethatwewillillustrateis creatingafull-bottomwig.(making afoundationandafull-bottomwig fromscratchwillbecoveredlaterin thebook.)Adecentstyleoflater seventeenth-andearlyeighteenthcenturyfull-bottomwigcanbemade usingseveralcommercialsyntheticwigs. Becauseresettingafull-bottomwigis time-consuming,weprefertousea
Figure 5-49 One of many styles of commercial synthetic wigs suitable for making full-bottom wigs. Style shown is “Posie” from Wig America.
83
84 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
a
b
d
e
c
f
Figure 5-50 (a) Inside of full-bottom wig made from two synthetic wigs. (b) Cut temples of wig 2 to create ear flaps of full bottom. (c) Cut out temple fragments sewn to bottom of temple of wig 1. (d) The center back portion of wig 2 becomes … (e) … the center back hanging tab of the full-bottom wig. (f) Full-bottom wigs in Man of Mode; wig designer Sarah Landbeck; photo.
Chapter 5
syntheticwigthatcomeswithafactory curltextureasclosetotheinishedstyle aspossible. Becauselong,curlycommercial wigsareusuallybeingsoldtowomenas hairreplacement,thesewigsaresized foranaveragewoman’sheadwithlittle ornohair.thesecommercialwigs willgenerallyitsomeonewitha 19.5–22.5inchheadcircumferencewith asmalltuckorsmallelasticpieceadded tothenapeback.theaverageopera baritoneheadissomewherebetween 23.5and24.5inches.whenthewigs needtoitaheadofthoseproportions, moresigniicantalterationsmightbe needed.Addingalacefrontoralace napewillallowyoutoaddquitea lotofsize.Butsometimesthewig needstoremaina“hardfront”and matchothersonstage.thishappens withoperachorusandsupersquite often.thesetwopicturesarejust twoofthemanywaysinwhichtwo inexpensivecommercialsyntheticwigs canbecutandpiecedtogethertoita 25-inchhead.
Figure 5-51 To make a larger hard front, wig 1 was split center-front (shown in yellow). Wig 2 (blue) was cut to overlap and stitched in place. The wig now fits someone with a 25-inch head.
w
Fronting and Other Adaptations of Commercial Wigs
85
This page intentionally left blank
CHAPTER
6
theword“foundation”referstothecap orbasetowhichhairisattachedto makeawig.customtheatricalwig foundationsforwigsthataresupposed tolooklike“real”hairgrowingoutofthe headareusuallymadeofspecial lightweight,open-weavefabricscalled laceornet.lacesandnetscomein manyweights,stiffness,densities,and levelsofstretch.sometimesspecial opaquesilkfabricsoratypeofleather calledchamoisareused. thechoiceofwhethertobuildafull wigortoadjustacommercialwig dependsprimarilyontheavailable labor.decent-qualityhairinboth humanandsyntheticisavailablein bulk,inacommerciallyavailablehand tiedwig,andinweft.itwilltakean experiencedwigmakeranywherefrom 24to60hourstobuildafullwig.the workgoesfasterifthefoundationis colored,thehairismediumtodarkin color,short,andthedensitymoderate. thelongerthehair,thelighterthehair, theinerthefoundationmaterial,and
Building a Wig from Scratch themoreexquisitetheworkmanship needstobe,thelongeritwilltaketo buildthewig.oneofthemost importanttimestohaveafullyhandtiedwigonacustomfoundationiswhen onlyonemaninacastwillbewearinga wig.ifthisonewigisnotbeautifully done,theactorwillstandoutlikeasore thumbandhiswigwillbeobvious.this isthemostdificultofsituations.thisis wheneverythingfromthehairprepto thefoundationmaterialtothelasthair knottedintothefrontcountstomake thewigappearcompletelynatural. Anothercriticaltimeforawigtolook completelynaturaliswhenaprincipal actorhastobereshotinamovieafter theyhavegoneontoanotherprojectand cutanddyedtheirhair.inthese situations,afrontedcommercialwigjust doesn’tlooknaturalenough. thefoundationyouchoosetobuild dependsonseveralfactors.wigmakers havedevelopedandadaptedfoundation patternsandassemblymethodstosuit production,performer,staff,and
companyneeds.thereisnoone “perfect”foundation.inthischapter,you willindexamplesofsomeofthemore
Figure 6-1 Fully hand tied wig over dark hair.
87
88 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
commonfoundationpatterns,materials, andmethodsalongwithinstructionson howtomakethemandadiscussionof theadvantagesanddisadvantagesof each.therearemanyvariationsof foundationsavailable.manyareshown attheendofthechapter.
a
Beforebeginningconstructingany foundation,askyourselfthese questions:
TYPES OF FOUNDATIONS Allfoundationsbeginwiththeconcept ofwrappinglatfabricaroundaround head.ifyouhaveevertriedtowrapa soccerballwithgift-wrappaper,youwill understandthepredicament.when makingalace-frontwig,theinelaceis addedtoafoundation“back.”inthis chapter,theterm“foundation”refersto thebackofthewig.wewilldiscussthe fourbasictypesoffoundations: 1.The circumference band foundation.Atraditionalfoundation. twopiecesoffabricareused,oneof whichisacontinuousbandthatgoes aroundthediagonalcircumference ofthehead.seefigure6-1b. 2. A nape-piece foundation. A foundationthatismadewitha shapedpieceatthenapeofthe neck.thisstylehasbecomemore commoninrecentyears.thistypeof foundationwillhaveanape,crown, andfront.insomecasesthecrown areamaybeintwoormorepieces. seefigure6-1c.
andcostumeforcenturies.see figure6-1d.
b
c
d
Figure 6-1 (a) One piece. (b) Circumference band. (c) Nape band. (d) Coif.
3. One-piece foundations. These foundationsaremadeofonepiece oflacethatisdartedandstretched aroundthehead.theserequirethat thefabriceitherbestretchedfrom lattoroundorbegatheredor dartedwhereverthereistoomuch fabric.seefigure6-1a. 4. The hatmaker’s coif foundation. thisfoundationideaistakenfrom theideaofaclose-ittingskull capthathasbeenusedinfashion
• • • • •
whatdoesitneedtolooklike? whatdoesitneedtodo? whatmaterialsdoihaveorcanget? whoisgoingtodothework? Howlongdoesitneedtolast?
Allofthesethingsarevery important,becausethe“best”wigfor theonlyactorinarealisticplaythat takesplaceinasmall250-seattheater isgoingtoneedtobeveryinehandtiedworkonaverythin,well-itting all-lacefoundationmadewithgoodqualityhumanhair.suchawig,while verynice-looking,isprobablynot practicalforthechoruswoman standinginthebackofacrowdscene of200,wearingalarge-brimmedhat overthewigandinvolvingaquick changeinandoutofthewigbyherself withavolunteerdresserforthe communityholidaypageantthat performsthreetimes.forher,amuch sturdier,less-expensivewigismore practical. foundationscanbegroupedby materialsusedintheconstruction,by thewaythepiecingandpatterningis done,andbythemethodof construction.
Chapter 6
Pattern Style
Lace Type
circumference nape
allinelace vegetableand caulnet onepieceback mediumweight laces coif fosshape other
Seam Style
Ribbon
Sewing Method
overlap,nofold singlefold overlap doublefold overlap frenchseam
galloon invisiblemesh ribbon twilltape
machinestraightstitch machinestitch zigzag handsewnstraight
bias tape
handsewndiagonal whipstitch invisiblethread “crochet”stitch invisiblethread straightstitch
buchram opaquesilk
none
w
Building a Wig from Scratch
2. laythesilkribbondownoverthe block.thesilkribbonwillfollow theedgeofthefoundation,where piecesofnettingwillbejoinedand whereveradditionalstabilityis wanted.makesuretoplacethesilk a
b
chamois felt Chart 6-1 For each foundation, pick one from each column.
BUILDING A CIRCUMFERENCEBAND FOUNDATION Herearethestepsusedtobuilda circumference-bandfoundationusing traditionalwig-makingmethodsand materials. VEGETABLE NET & CAUL NET/ CIRCUMFERENCE BAND/ RIGHT-SIDE-OUT/HAND SEWN inthisexample,thefoundationwillbe constructedright-side-out,orasitwill sitontheperformer’shead.thismethod iswellsuitedtocustomwigsthatneed toitverywell.inaddition,thistypeof foundationwillholdupformany performances.thisfoundationstyle issturdyandwillsupportmanyrows
ofweft.itisafoundationthatcan withstandhundredsofperformances withheavyhatspinnedonandoff duringquickchanges,becausethe vegetablenetonthetopissodurable. 1. establishthehairlinepatternonthe blockbyusingaplastictracingor measurementsasdescribedearlier inthebook.thenaddlinesfor thelocationoftheseamswhere materialswillchange.thevegetable netringwillgoallthewaytothe backedgeofthenape.the transitionfromfrontinglaceto vegetablenetcanbeanywherefrom 1inchto4inchesbehindthefront hairline.thevegetablenetcanbe anywherefrom1inchwideto 4incheswide.
89
Figure 6-2 The pattern of the foundation has been drawn on the head block (a). The types of lace used have been added in (b).
Figure 6-3 Silk ribbon held in place with points.
90 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
Figure 6-4 When you get to a corner, place a point on the outside of the ribbon at the very corner and then create the dart by folding the ribbon in without flipping over.
Figure 6-6 Hand-sew corner darts.
ribbonsothatitislatbutnotpulled sotightlythatitmightshrinkwhen removedfromblock. whenyouareworkingwiththesilk ribbon,youmaywishtowetitsothatit willstickslightlytothewoodenblockas youwork.Paycarefulattentiontothe cornersandcurves.
Figure 6-5 Around the ear curves, use points to hold the longest line in place. Later on, you will gather or dart the short edge and stitch.
3. Bracetheribbontotheblock.After sewingthecornerdarts,shortcurve gathers,andanyplaceswhereribbon needstobejoined,itishelpfulto switchfrompointsto“bracing threads.”Bracingthreadsareused whereveryouneedtoholdribbonor fabrictotheblockbutwhereapoint orapinwouldget“lockedin.”start
Figure 6-7 Point loop for bracing threads.
byputtingapointintotheblockin anareawherenolacewillbeplaced. thenfoldthepointoverandtapthe otherendintotheblocktocreatea smallloopor“eye”thatyoursewing needlewillbeabletogothrough easily.seefigure6-7 tomakethebracings,chooseabright colorofthreadthatwillbeeasytosee laterwhenitistimetoremovethe threads.doublethethreadandknotthe endstogethersecurely.next,gothrough thepointloopandsecurethethreadby takingtheneedlebackthroughtheloop ofthread.taketheneedleandcatchthe ribbonandgobacktooneoftheeyes. itwilltakesomepracticetoigureoutthe
Chapter 6
rightanglesoftensiontoholdtheribbon inplacewithbracings.thegoalistokeep theribbonfromslidingup,down,oroff theblock.Anchoroutsidecornersand tipsawayfromthefoundation.Anchor theearcurvesothatthecurveisheldup andawayfromtheear. 4. Placethecaulnetontheblockand securethecenterofthecrownwith apoint.gentlycontinuetosmooth thecaulnetandpointitinplace. ease,gather,orpleatanyfullness. itisveryimportanttosmoothrather thanstretchthecaulnetoverthe crownofthehead.ifthecaulnet isstretchedtootightlyonthe block,whenthefoundationis removedfromtheblockthecaul netwillshrinkbackandwillcreate
w
Building a Wig from Scratch
afoundationthatistoosmall.easing andgatheringwillcreateacrown thathasmoreforgivenessforpin curlsandbulkyhair.dartingcreates amoreform-ittingcrownthatwill hugtheheadunderlatstyles.
Figure 6-9 Darts in caul net.
Figure 6-11 Sewing caul net darts.
Figure 6-8 Bracing threads to hold silk ribbon in place once points are removed.
91
Figure 6-10 Easing caul net onto ribbon.
Figure 6-12 Sew the caul net to the edge of ribbon away from the center of the crown.
92 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
a
b
c
Figure 6-13 (a) Drape vegetable net over block. (b) A pattern for vegetable net circumference band made by cutting the plastic tracing. (c) Cutting net using pattern created out of plastic tracing.
5. sewthecaulnettotheribbon. iftherearedartsinthecaulnet, sewalongbothsidesofthedart. trimawayanyexcesscaulnet. 6. Placevegetablenetovertheblock. normallythe“grain”isplaced runningalongthelinefromcenter offoreheadtocenterofnape.
itispossibletoplacethe“grain” runningfromeartoear.this decisionismostoftenmadebased onthebestwaytogetthepieceout ofthefabric.itisbesttokeepthe vegetablenetsymmetrical.ifthe grainisdiagonalinanyway,the foundationwilltorqueonthehead. thevegetablenetcanbedrapedas
showninfigure6-13aorapattern canbecreatedbywrappingplastic orpaperovertheblock,orcutting uptheplasticheadtracingofthe performer,asshowninfigures6-13b &6-13c. wettingthevegetablenetwithplain waterwillmakeitmoremalleableand easiertoplaceontheblocksmoothly.
Chapter 6
7. Hand-sewthevegetablenettothe sidesofthesilkribbonsthatfaceeach otherirst:inotherwords,theinside edgeoftheouterribbonandthe outsideedgeoftheinnerribbon. 8. trimthevegetablenetandfold under.foldsothatonerowof vegetablenetextendsovertheribbon edge.sewfoldededgeofvegetable netalongribbonedge. 9. Addfrontinglace.stretchandlay yourlacefront,asdiscussedin previouschapters.inthisinstance, thefrontedgeofthevegetable nethasbeenleftrawtoprovidea minimalbulkwherethefronting laceandvegetablenetwilloverlap.
w
Building a Wig from Scratch
93
VARIATIONS ON CIRCUMFERENCE BAND FOUNDATIONS
Figure 6-15 Stitches have intentionally been made larger and in contrasting thread to help make more visible. When making a foundation, keep the stitches as small as possible and use thread that matches foundation fabric color.
Figure 6-17 This circumference-band foundation has ribbon and hemmed vegetable net all around its outside edge. It is now ready to have a lace front added.
Figure 6-14 Blue thread has been used to make it easier to see in the photo. When making a wig foundation, use thread that matches the foundation fabric.
Figure 6-16 Finished foundation on head.
94 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
b
a
Figure 6-18 (a) Circumference-band foundation for shaped edge hard front for eighteenth-century tie-back-style wig, profile view. (b) Circumference-band foundation for eighteenthcentury-style wig showing male pattern–shaped hard front edge.
a
b
c
Figure 6-19 (a) Lace-fronted circumference-band foundation made from vegetable net and lightweight dance power net. (b) The center back of this wig has power net to the nape edge to create a foundation that would stretch over the bulky prep of shoulder-length dreadlocks. (c) The front edge of the vegetable net has been folded toward fronting lace to create a smooth-finished inside edge.
Chapter 6
a
w
Building a Wig from Scratch
95
b
Figure 6-20 (a) Profile view of antique (1920) circumference-band foundation with hand-knotted caul net. (b) Top view of antique circumference-band foundation with silk parting and shaped front edge.
a
b
Figure 6-21 (a) Circumference band foundation made from dyed net lace. Nape corners have galloon covered stays. (b) Vegetable net nape showing center back split with elastic running through tubular galloon (silk ribbon) casing and covered stays to hold nape corners out.
Figure 6-22 Circumference-band foundation made from vegetable net with dyed silk back and flesh silk blender and lace front. Made for chorus and dancers in Turandot, Atlanta Opera. Dark silk was used for foundation back to completely cover blonde hair with minimal rows of weft.
Figure 6-23 Vegetable and caul net foundation with caul net gussets at nape corners to make pinning the nape easier.
96 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
a
b
2. coverthecrownoftheheadwithlace. Placeawigpointinthecenterofthe crownirst.thenplaceapointatthe centerfrontandcenterback,followed byapointneareachear.next,gently stretchthelacecreatingeaseordarts whereneeded.dartingoreasing shouldbesymmetricaltohelpthe foundationstayinplaceonthehead. a
Figure 6-24 Circumference band made from wonder lace with lightweight power net on crown. Ribbon around outside of nape only. c
Nape-Piece Foundation thereareseveralshapevariations commonlyusedinnapeband foundations. Anapebandfoundationcanbe createdoutofawiderangeofmaterials. itcanbecreatedusingthetechnique andprocessorderoftheprevious examplewithribbongoingonthe blockirst.thisexample,however,will notuseanyribbon,inordertoshow howtomakeafoundationwithout ribbon.
b Figure 6-25 (a) Ear curve nape band. (b) Trapezoid nape band. (c) Hairline tension nape.
1. nape-piecefoundationsstartwitha pieceoflaceatthenape.thispiece maybedrapedoverapatterndrawn ontheblockorpatterned.grainmay runupthecenterbackoracrossthe nape.Avoiddiagonalgrain,asit alwaystorquesonthehead.
Figure 6-26 (a) Creating pattern with plastic on top of padded block. (b) Free-draping net onto nape of block.
Chapter 6
w
Building a Wig from Scratch
97
3. sewthetwopiecestogetherbyhand witheitherastandardneedleand threadoraventilatinghookand invisiblethread.createtwoparallel linesandtrimbackthelacetothe sewing. 4. finishtheoutsidenapeedgeby turningnetupandsewing. 5. trimfrontedgeofcrownandstretch/ laythefrontinglace.refertoprevious chaptersfordetailedinformationon howtostretchlaceforafront. thenape-piecefoundationisnow readytohavethehairadded.
Figure 6-27 Crown covered in net.
Figure 6-29 Trim and fold around bottom edge to create a finished outside edge.
Figure 6-28 Two layers of net sewn together with invisible thread.
Figure 6-30 Fronting lace stretched over crown lace that is pinned.
Figure 6-31 Using the bracing technique to hold the front edge of the crown net in place if the pin heads get in the way.
98 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
VARIATIONS ON NAPE-PIECE FOUNDATIONS
Figure 6-34 Wonder lace nape and two part crown.
Figure 6-36 Foundation of super lace with monofilament ribbon.
Figure 6-35 Foundation made with three pieces of wig silk for nape, crown, and blender.
Figure 6-37 Foundation of super lace with single-layer seams and single turned edge.
Figure 6-32 Nape band made from net lace with film lace front. Ribbon used on outer nape edge only. Crown is in two pieces.
Figure 6-33 Caul net crown and net lace nape. Notice hair coming from both inside and outside of nape.
Chapter 6
w
Building a Wig from Scratch
99
Figure 6-38 Fine-lace nape-band foundation built by Bradley M. Look for Robert Englund as the Phantom of the Opera. Wig foundation was built in 4 pieces on rigid polyfoam copy of actor’s head. Arrows indicate location of lace to lace seams stitched with invisible thread.
100 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
One-Piece Back Foundation one-piecebackisthefastesttypeof foundation.thistypeofbackhasmore dartsthanthemultipiecedfoundations describedpreviously.thisexamplewill bemadeinside-outandpartially machine-stitched,butcanalsobe maderight-side-outandhandstitched.Allseamsandedgeswillbe coveredorfolded.thistypeof foundationisbestsuitedtohairstyles thathavehairhangingdownoverthe earsandtheneck.inthisexample,the typeoflaceavailableatlocalwig storessoldas“weavingcapmaterial” isbeingused.thistypeoffoundation canalsobemadeinlighter-weight laces. 1. Beginbyestablishingahairline ontheblockusinganyofthe methodsdescribedpreviously. (figure6-39) 2. layalargepieceofnet approximately15×15inchesover thecrownoftheheadandsecurethe center.seefigure6-40
Figure 6-39 Establish your hairline on the wig block.
3. Placepushpinsdowncenterline andoneitherside,payinggreat attentiontograinandsymmetry.see figure6-41 4. createdartswhereneeded.Your dartsshouldendupbeing symmetrical.iftheyarenot,check
Figure 6-40 A large piece of net has been laid over the back of the head and secured with points.
yourstraightofgrainandthe symmetryoftheblock.extrafabric atnapecornerswillhelpthe foundationholdshape.
Chapter 6
w
Building a Wig from Scratch
101
Figure 6-41
5. Placeribbonaroundthefoundation back,lininguptheoutsideedgeof ribbontolineonblock.Pinsecurely withsewingpins.seefigure6-42 6. trimtheedgebackto½inch beyondtheribbon.clipcurvesas needed.seefigure6-43 7. fold“hem”upandoverribbon.Pin. seefigure6-44 8. removethefoundationfromthe blockandmachine-stitchalong bothedgesofribbonusingthe narrowestzigzagstitchpossible. stitchthedartsbymachineaswell. seefigure6-45 Usingastraightstitchwillcausethe foundationtoshrinkslightly.Zigzag stitchingstretches,andistherefore bettertouseonwigfoundations.
Figure 6-42 The outside edge the of ribbon is lined up with the line on the block.
Figure 6-44 The hem of the lace is folded up and over the ribbon.
Figure 6-43 Trim to ½ inch and clip curves.
Figure 6-45 After removing the foundation from the block, machine stitch the edges of the ribbon with a narrow zigzag stitch.
102 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
VARIATIONS ON ONE-PIECE FOUNDATIONS a
NOTES ABOUT ADDING HAIR thefastestmethodofaddinghairisto sewrowsofweavingorweftthatyou buyfromahairsupplier.themost realistic-lookingmethodistotieeach hairindividually. itisinetomixbothweftandhandknottinghairintoawig.iftimeisa greatconcern,startbyhand-knotting thesectionthatabsolutelyhastobe hand-tied.thisisusuallyaround thefaceandthetopofthe head.theseareasmayalsoincludea centerbackstripforawigthatwillbe
braided.iftimerunsshort,theless importantareascanbeilledinwith weft.Perfect?notreally,butitis certainlyapracticalsolutionwhenyou havelimitedtime.seefigure6-47 ingeneral: • theshorterthehair,themoreimportant itistohand-tie. • themorenaturalthewigneedstolook, themoreimportantitistohand-tie. • themoremovementwantedinlong hair,themoreimportantitisto hand-tie.
b
a
Figure 6-46 (a) One-piece back made from beige net lace with monofilament ribbon around nape edge. (b) One piece back of white shantung silk with wig silk blender at front. The use of opaque fabric for the foundation makes it possible to have a white yak wig without seeing the shadow of dark hair under translucent white yak hair. Putting in enough white yak to provide the coverage with hair alone creates tremendous bulk in the wig.
b
Figure 6-47 (a) Wig with hand-tied front, top, and crown. Nape filled in with weft. Yellow line indicates where transition occurs. (b) Wig worn by Greg Wood as Cyrano de Bergerac with Allison McLemore as Roxanne, presented by the Pennsylvania Shakespeare Festival. Wig built by Ming-yen Ho and Ashley Hardy. Photo by Lee A. Butz.
Chapter 6
NOTE ABOUT SEAMS AND EDGES wherevertwopiecesofwignet overlap,thefoundationbecomes thickerandmoreopaque.rawwig netedgeswillfrayovertime. whichtypeoffoundationyou choosetomakedependsonyour needsforthewig: 1. thesturdiestfoundationwilllast thelongest.Afoundationmade withgalloon,foldedseams,and tightlystitchedwithdoublethread issturdierandmaylookelegant fromtheinside,butaddsabitof bulktothehead.
PARTS, CROWN SWIRLS, AND COWLICKS Parts,crownswirls,andcowlickscanbe putintoanystyleoffoundation.decide thedirectionsandlocationsofthese
a
b
Building a Wig from Scratch
103
hairquirksanddrawtheirplacementon theblockbeforeyoulaythewignet. thiswayyoucanmakesurethatthe seamsarenotgoingtoshowthrougha partandthatthedartswillnotmakethe crownswirlactevencrazier.
c
Figure 6-48 (a–c) Double-crown swirl visible in thinning hair.
or: 2.thethinnest,leastvisible foundationmadebyusingthe inestnet,single-layerseams,no ribbon,andsewnwithsingle invisiblethreadwilllookmore realisticonthehead,buthavea muchshorterlifespan.
w
a
b
c
Figure 6-49 (a) and (b) Example of ventilating direction drawn on block. (c) Closeup of crown swirl on lace over silk.
104 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
MISCELLANEOUS FOUNDATIONS eachsituationrequiresadifferent solution.Hereareafewmorefull-wig foundationswithuniquedetails.
Figure 6-50 Foundation of vegetable net with caul net pocket for wireless microphone pack.
a
b
Figure 6-51 Foundation built for Grandmother in The Nutcracker. The foundation was built with a hole in the crown to allow space for a bun, because the dancer had a quick change into a role that required a high bun in her own hair. The character wears a frilly cap that conceals the hole and the performer’s own bun.
c
Figure 6-52 (a) Foundation with silk insert running center back to create a clean part. Notice rows of weft aiming for the ear area for the braided pigtails. (b) Outside view of wig designed by Kelsey Contois and built by Bree Schaller, UNCSA. (c) Another parting built on silk.
Chapter 6
a
b
w
Building a Wig from Scratch
105
c
Figure 6-53 (a) Wolf from Sleeping Beauty. Wig, prosthetic, and makeup by Christina Grant, UNCSA. (b) Inside view of circumference band with extra-wide vegetable net at the top and extra silk ribbon sewn in to provide a stable place to sew ears. Over the vegetable net circumference band, stretch fur from National Fiber Technology was sewn. The same stretch fur from National Fiber Technology was also used on parts of the costume. (c) Side view of the Wolf wig, showing the hand tied human hair front blending into synthetic fur back.
BALDING WIGS Althoughwigsareoftenusedtoadd hair,therearetimeswhenthepointisto makesomeoneappearasiftheyhave lesshairgrowing.Abaldingwigcanbe wornoveralatex,glatzan,orballoon rubberbaldcap,oritcanhavesilkor chamoisbuiltintothefoundationto imitatetheskinunderthebaldingareas. Agreatdealofinformationisreadily availableonthesubjectofmalepattern baldness.theHamilton-norwoodscale wasirstdevelopedinthe1950sand thenrevisedin1975.(thecomplete articlecanbefoundinSouthern Medical Journal,november1975,Vol.68,no.11.)
Baldareasbeginintwoareasofthe head:thecrownandthefronthairline. insomemen,thehairrecedesfromthe fronthairlinewithminimallossofhair onthecrown.inothermen,thecrown thinsfasterthanthehairlinemoves back.eachpatternrequiresadifferent solutionfromthewigmaker. foundationsforbaldingwigscanbe madeusinganycombinationofthe materialsdescribedpreviously.in addition,chamoisisoccasionallyused forthecrownofatonsurewigorforthe baldingpate.mostbaldingwigsutilizea napebandfoundation.Justas foundationsmeanttohavefullheadsof haircanbemadewithorwithout
ribbon,socanbaldingwigs.itisalso possibletodrapethelacedirectlyonthe blockaswellascreateapatterntouse tocutthelace. whenmakingthinningorbalding wigswithlightersalt-and-pepper mixesorentirelyofwhitehair,usethe lightest-weightlaceoramedium-weight lacedyedtomatchtheskintoneofthe performer.Underscatteredwhiteor lightgrayhair,mostsinglelayerseams arenotnoticeable.oneofthemost commonmistakespeoplemakeis puttingtoomuchhairinabaldingwig. Howthepiecesgetsewntogetherisvery importantaswell.regularthreadthat matchesthefoundationorskintonewill
106 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
a
b
c
Figure 6-54 (a-c)
Figure 6-57 Possible patterns for the wig net piecing.
Figure 6-55
Figure 6-56 Basic male balding patterns.
Chapter 6
work.invisiblethreadworksbetterif donecorrectly.keepeithertypeof threadfreeoftension.Pullinginvisible threadtootightlywillcreatearidgethat willcatchthelightandactuallymakea lineofshadow.
Afringeisahairpiece,usuallyworn overabaldcaporshavedhead,that hashaironlyonthelowerback andsides.thistypeofwigleavesthetop oftheheadcompletelybare.
c
Building a Wig from Scratch
107
whenchoosingmaterialsand methodsconsiderallfactors:thetime andskillofthebuildingcrew,thetime andskillofthestylingcrew,whois runningtheshowandhandlingthewig eachnight,whatmaterialsareavailable atwhatcost(includingshippingor
FRINGES
b
a
w
d
Figure 6-58 (a) and (b) Gray wig on fronting lace foundation. Built by Tera Willis. (c) The same wig, laid over black to show darts and seams more clearly. (d) The wig as worn by Richard Pruitt (center) as Ben Franklin in 1776, presented by the Pennsylvania Shakespeare Festival. Also shown are Spencer Plachy as Thomas Jefferson and Richard B. Watson as John Adams. Photograph by Lee A Butz. a
b
c
d
Figure 6-59 (a) Silk foundation with lace front. (b) Thomas Hammons as Benoit in La Boheme, Atlanta Opera. (c) The inside of the wig. (d) Wig worn by Jonathan Patterson as Koko in The Mikado, Brevard Opera, styled by Tera Willis.
108 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
Figure 6-60 Inside view of fringe using net lace and fronting lace. Edges were left raw and glued to bald cap.
Figure 6-62 Styled samurai by Tera Willis, model Isaac Grnya, UNCSA.
traveltimetoshop),thedesignconcept andstyleoftheshow,andthelengthof therunareallfactorsthatwillinluence whatthe“best”wigmightbeeachtime.
SUMMARY
Figure 6-61 Inside view of samurai-style wig.
whatthe“best”choiceisforawigfora leadingladyinaBroadwayshowmay notbepracticalforaregionaltheater’s waitressinthebeehiveatthebackof theensemble.
CHAPTER
7
Anythingsmallerthanafullwigisa hairpiece.whatdistinguishesone hairpiecefromanotheriswhereonthe headitwillbeworn,howitismade, lengthofhair,orthehairstyleitisused tocreate.therearemanyvarietiesof hairpiecesforsaleatthelocalmall, beautysupplystores,andonlinewig stores.thebiggestreasonformakinga hairpieceorpartialwigisbeableto makeittheexactcolorandtextureto matchsomeone’sownhair.insome theatricallightingsituations,differences inthecoloroftheperformer’sownhair andthepiecemaynotbenoticeable.in ilmandtV,anydifferenceincolor betweenperformer’shairandthatofa hairpieceisveryevident. oneofthemostcommoncustom madehairpiecesisthetoupee. toupeesarepartialwigsmadetoadd hairtothecrownand/ortopofthe head.thereasonforaddinghairmaybe tocoverabaldingorthinningareaorto addlength,asinfigure7-1.
Partial Wigs, Toupees, and Hairpieces a
b
c
Figure 7-1 (a) (b) and (c) Lace Toupee worn by Shawn Patrick Tubbs. Photo by Mark Rutkowski for UT-A.
TOUPEE startbydeterminingwhatpartofthe headneedstohaveadditionalhair.for transformations,toupees,andmen’s fallsitisgoodtotakeaplastictracingas wellasafewmeasurements.
ifyouaremakingatoupee,besure tomarktheperformer’sownhairlineas wellasthedesiredthenewhairline.You willwantthebackedgefarenoughover intothehairofthewearerthatitwillbe possibletoattachwithtoupeeclips.
109
110 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
d
a
Figure 7-1 (d) Inside view of lace toupee.
GRAYING TEMPLE PIECES whitehairrelectslightdifferently thanhair-whiteningspraysandliquids. forsituationsinwhichaperformer mayhavetoageduringaquickchange, graytemplepiecesmaybethesolution. similartosideburns,theseincludea smallpieceoflacethathaswhiteora
Figure 7-2 Philip Cokorinos wearing hand tied temple pieces over his own dark hair as Capellio in I Capuletti e I Montecchi backstage at The Atlanta Opera. b
mixofwhiteandnaturalhaircolor tiedintothelace.thesearethen gluedandbrushedintothe performer’sownhair.
PULL-THROUGHS A“pullthrough”isanopenwork hairpieceswornonthetopofthehead toaddthicknessoracolorchange.Pull throughshaveafoundationofthreador monoilamentribbonontowhichhairis tiedortowhichweftissewn.figure 7-3ashowsapullthroughmadefora
Chapter 7
c
d
e
Figure 7-3 (a) Pull-through made on wig lace ribbon by Bradley M. Look. (b) Pull-through made by knotting human hair onto thread by UNCSA student Ming-yen Ho. (c) UNCSA wig student Michael Ferguson’s own dark hair. (d) UNCSA wig student Leeanne Catena pulling dark hair in between rows of gray hair. (e) lace front pull through secured in place.
w
Partial Wigs, Toupees, and Hairpieces
111
a
b
FALLS TYPE 1
womantoaddthicknessandhighlights. figures7-3b-eshowapullthroughwith lacefrontusedtoaddgreytoayoung fullheadofhair.
fallsareanothertypeofhairpiecethat canbepurchasedbutarealsooften custom-made.fallsandextensionshave muchincommon.Bothareusedtoadd lengthtohair. somefallsaremanufacturedwitha stiff,domedbasetohelpcreateliftat thecrownofthehead.thesewerevery popularinthe1960sand1970’s.this styleoffallisunsuitableforaddinghair formen’seighteenth-centurystyles.
Figure 7-4 (a) This style of commercial fall is built on a stiff, dome-shaped base that adds height at the crown of the head. (b) Dome-based fall and 2 switches used to create an 1865 style.
112 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
TYPE 2 A“ladder-back”fallisonethathas horizontalrowsofweftsewntovertical rowsofribbon.seefigure7-5c. 1. startbypinningaverticalribbonto ablockorcorkboard. 2. startingatthebottom-leftcorner, sewthebeginningofawefttothe left-handribbon. 3. takeacrossandsewtomiddle ribbonandright-sideribbonat#2. a
4. thenangleweftuptoleft approximately1inchabovethe startingpointandsewweftto ribbon,pullacross,andsew whereverribbonandweftmeet. 5. continueasdiagrammed.thiswill createa5×10-inch“base.” when20-inch-longhairweftisused andthehairpieceissewntothebottom ofawigwith20-inchhair,anadditional 10inchesofhairisaddedtototallength.
b
TYPE 3 Quiteoften,fallsaremadetoaddlength tomen’shairforeighteenth-century productions.men’sfallsforaddinglength to1770-styleponytailsaremadetosit fromthenapeuptotheocciputor crownwithoutaddinganyvolume.these canbemadeonwignetfoundationsor diamond-pattern“ladderbacks.”see figures7-6&7-7.
a
c
11
END
9
10
7
8
5
6
3
4
START
b
2
Figure 7-5 (a) This ladder-back fall with horizontal rows of weft is actually the center back section of a commercial weft wig. (b) This custom-made ladder-back fall uses 21-inch hair sewn to three vertical ribbons in a zigzag pattern. (c) Guidelines for making a ladder-back fall.
Figure 7-6 (a) Commercial weft sewn to toupee clips. (b) As worn onstage.
Chapter 7
w
Partial Wigs, Toupees, and Hairpieces
113
pointofattachment,weft,needles,and strongthread.Here’show: 1. securetheribbonorcordingtothe tableorcounter.ifyouplanon makinganumberofstemswitches, youmightconsiderbuyinga windingmachinefromawig-making supplyhouse. 2. twisttheribbonleftoverrightuntil ittwistsuponitself. a
Figure 7-7 Fall pulled into queue.
Figure 7-8 3/4 wig.
TYPE 4
SWITCHES
A3/4wigisatypeofhairpiecethatis similartoafallandtoawig.Afoundationofwignetismadeandhairis eithertiedintothewignetorweftis sewntothewignet.theuseofa foundationfabricgivethispiecemore stabilityandmorelocationstopinto thehead.seefigure7-8.
switch,pigtail,andponytailareterms usedinterchangeablyforanynumberof hairpiecesthathavesmallbasesand longhair. A stem switchisahairpiecemadeof weftwrappedaroundacentralribbon orcord.Bywrappingweftupacentral cordinaspiralpattern,itispossibleto givetheillusionofabraidorponytail thatislongerthanthelengthofthe actualhair.itiscommontoind“threestemswitches”thataremade speciicallytomakeatraditionalthreestrandbraid. tomakeasinglestemswitch,you willneedaribbonorcord,asecure
Figure 7-9a
3. foldtheendoftheribbonupand stitch.thenstitchtheendofthe wefttotheribbon. b
Figure 7-9b
114 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
4. slowlyuntwisttheribbonleftover right;simultaneouslytheweftwill wrapitselfaroundtheribbon.stop andsewthewefttotheribbonat eachfullrotation. 5. whentheswitchhasreachthe desiredlength,cutbothweftand ribbonwith1.5inchesleft. 6. foldtheribbonovertocreatea smallloop.
d
a
c
Figure 7-9d
KABUKI-INSPIRED LION WIG
Figure 7-9c
7. sewtheribbonloopandfoldand wrapremainingweftoverthe ribbon. 8. toinishthestemloop,coverwith button-holestitches.
oneofthemostpracticalusesfor makingaswitchismakingakabukiinspired“lionwig.” thefoundationforthelionwigwas madeentirelywithvegetablenetusinga napeband,shapedfrontedge,and piecedcrown.Additionallayersof vegetablenetandribbonwereaddedfor stability.staysareusedatthesideburns andnapecorners.Alacefrontwassewn ontoprovideextratension,asthiswig issoback-heavy. • rowsofweftwith12-inch-longhairare sewninacircularpatternevery{3/4} inch.
Figure 7-10a Inside of Lion wig.
b
Figure 7-10b Switch made on 1/2 inch thick cording for tails of Lion wig.
• three-stemswitchesarebuiltusingthe samegrayhumanhairweft,boughtata localwigstore. • thesidestemsareapproximately25 incheslong. • thebacktailhasastemof50inches.
Chapter 7
• thestemsare1-inch-diameternylonrope fromthehardwarestore.thiswaschosen forstrength,openweave,andprice.
ladder-backfallextensionsaremadeby sewingcommercialwefttovegetablenet rectangles.seefigure7-11.
c
Figure 7-10c
Figure 7-11 Inside view of far left wig in Figure 5-50f.
MAKING CUSTOM WEFT FULL-BOTTOM WIGS inadditiontocuttingupcommercial wigstomakemen’sfull-bottomwigs, thisstylecanbecreatedbyadding fall-likeadditionsorswitchestoa fullfoundationwig.inthiscase,the
whenmakingapartialpieceor planningextensionworkofanykind, themostimportantthingtoconsideris thecolorofthehair. thecolorofhairasitgrowsona humanheadistrickytoduplicatewith
w
Partial Wigs, Toupees, and Hairpieces
115
totalaccuracy.theaveragehumanhead hasfarmorecolorvariationthanmost peoplerealize.mostofushavefarmore thanthreecolorsofhairnaturally.take areallycloselookatseveralnatural, undyedredheadsandmediumblondes. Youwillseestrandsthecoloryouthink ofas“theircolor”plusstrandsmuch lighter,darker,andsometimeseven noticeablydifferentincolor.natural redheadswilloftenhavestrandsofthe basered,plusorange,yellow,andeven anash(almostgreen)darkblonde! inaddition,eachstrandcomesout oftheheadaspeciiccolorandmay changecolortowardthetipfromdye, bleach,nicotinestain,swimming poolchlorinedamage,sunexposure. Andtheycanevenvarybecauseof healthordietreasons. Hairalsovariesincolorfromone partoftheheadtoanother.longhairis likelytobedarkeronthenapethan aroundthefaceoronthetopofthe head.ifsomeonealwayshasapartin thesameplace,thehairnearthepartis almostalwaysnoticeablylighterthan thehairfromthenape. inaddition,mosthairdyesdonot comeintrulynaturalcolors.Anextremely skilledprofessionalcoloristcancreatea widerangeofcolors,butgenerallythe colorwillbemoreevenandlatterthan “nature-made.”medium-blondto medium-brownareparticularlyhardto match.thenaturalcolorsareusuallya mixofwarmbrownandalmostkhaki greenormuddygray.mostbrownhair
116 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
dyesappearredorpurpleincomparison tonaturalbrownhair,becausewhowants topaytohavehairthecolorofoldalgae? Askilledprofessionalcoloristhasaccess toprofessionalproducts,includingpure hueadditivestoadjustcolor.sometimes adipinfabricdyecanshiftthebrown hairbeingusedinthehairpiecetothe rightspotonthecolorwheel. finally,lightingcanplaytricks onyou:thehairpiecethatmatches perfectlyintheittingroom,dressing room,orwithdaylightstreaming throughthestudiowindow,canlook brightpurpleonstagenexttothe performer’sownnaturalbrownhair. wheneverpossible,testcolorinthe typeoflightingthatthepiecewillbe worn.ifitisforwearingtoworkunder luorescentlighting,thenmatchthe colorunderthesametypeofluorescent lights.ifitwillbewornonailmin daylight,thenmatchitindaylight. theeasiestwaytomakesurethata hairpieceandtheperson’shairmatch istocolorboth.thisisnotalways possible.sobeverycarefulaboutwhat partoftheheadyouaretryingtomatch andincorporatetherightcolorinthe rightplace. foranyhairpieceorwigmadeoutof weft,itispossibletousecommercial single-weft,double-weft,orhand-made weft.Herearethestepsforcreationof thesepieces: 1. startwindingthebobbinswith strongthread.Hymarkorother buttonorcarpetthreadsworkwell.
a
2. setuptheweftingstickswiththe knobontheleftandthebobbins ontheright.insertthebobbinsin threeholesshoulderheight.tieall threethreadstotheknobonthe leftpole.
a
b
b
c
Figure 7-13 (a) shows wefting stick set up. (b) creating a stop knot.
Figure 7-12 (a) Tying thread around a bobbin. (b) Tape the thread to the bobbin with masking tape to keep the thread from sliding. (c) Wrap the thread around the bobbin, using even tension. Be sure to wrap all three bobbins the same direction.
3. itishelpfultomakeasinglebuttonhole-styleknottocreatea“stop”in thethread.
Chapter 7
w
Partial Wigs, Toupees, and Hairpieces
117
6. slidethehairasfartotheleftas possible. 7. Bringtherootendoverthetop thread.Usingtheindexingerofthe lefthand,pushtherootendforward betweenthetopthreads.catchthis withtherighthand. 8. Pullhairdowninfrontofbottom twothreads. 9. slidethehairtotheleft.
a
Figure 7-15a d Figure 7-14 Wetting hair on sponge. b
thetensionofthethreethreads shouldbeequallytaut.ifplucked,each threadshouldsoundthesamenote.if thethreadsaretootaut,theywillsnap. iftooloose,theywilltwist. 4. Pullafewstrandsofhairfromthe drawingcardsandwetthehairby drawingoveraspongesittingin asaucerofwater.(Besuretowash thespongeandsaucerwith antibacterialsoapandrinse completelybeforeeachuse.this spongeshouldonlybeusedforthis purposeandneverforcleaning.) 5. Holdthehairbetweentheleft thumbandindexingerslightly behindthebottomthread.Usethe thumbandindexingeroftheright handtopulltherootendofthehair infrontofthemiddlethread.
ROOT
ROOT
Figure 7-15d
e
ROOT
Figure 7-15b
c
Figure 7-15e
Figure 7-15c
10. wraptherootendofthehair aroundandbehindthebottom threads.Bringitforwardbetweenthe toptwothreadsandwrapoverthe topthread.slidethehairtotheleft.
118 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
i
f
ROOT
Figure 7-15f
g
ROOT Figure 7-15i
12. well-madehandweftwillnotshow anyofthetopthreadbetweenhair loops.ifyouseethetopthread,you arenotpushingthehairtotheleft tightlyorfrequentlyenough.itis alsopossiblethatthethreadsaretoo looseandaregatheringbetweenhair loops.
Figure 7-15g
h
ROOT
j
Figure 7-15h
11.Repeat steps 7-15f & gifdesiredand inishbypullingtherootends behindthetopandbottomthreads butinfrontofthemiddlethread. slidethehairtotheleftandlock tightlybypushingwiththeright thumbnail.
Figure 7-15j
Figure 7-16 Fall made with both machine weft and hand weft. The bottom six rows of weft are commercial weft in the root color of performer’s hair. The top two rows are hand-made weft with the same base color, plus streaks of lighter brown and dark red to match the highlights in the performer’s hair.
CHAPTER
HAIR PREP Hairprepisimportanttohowawig looksandfeels.Hairprephelpshold
8
Wig Application and Removal andhidetheperformer’sownhair outofsight,andprovidestheanchor pointsthatthebobbypinsandwigpins gointotoholdawiginplace.the traditionalmethodistomakeaseries ofpincurlsaroundthehead. themostimportantlocationsto havepincurlsoranchorpointsare: 1.Center front forehead. This is importanttohelpkeepwigfrom slidingbackwards. 2. Over each ear.thesetwokeep thewigfromlappingatthe sideburns. 3. Corners of the nape of the neck.theseprovidesecurepoints, especiallyforveryshortwigsor wigsstyledupofftheneck. 4. Crown of the head (Martian antennae points).thesetwo providethebasicsecuritypoints. inquickchanges,theseareoften theonlylocationwigpinsare placed.
Figure 8-2
LONG HAIR longhairwillsometimesmakepincurls thatarebulkyandmakethehead unnaturallylargeunderawig.
Figure 8-1 Short hair in pin curls for wig.
119
120 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
Figure 8-3 Large sections twisted and clumped create lumps under a wig and can add as much as 2 inches to the circumference of the performer’s head. When this happens, the wig will not fit correctly.
Figure 8-4
Figure 8-6 Loose hair wrapped and secured with pop clips.
Figure 8-5 Loose braids crossed and securely pinned.
Figure 8-7
Abetterwaytopreplonghairisto wrapmostofitorbraidthehair: 1. sectionthehairintotwoorfour parts.loosebraidscanmakethis easier;however,braidsthataretoo tightwillcreateridges. 2. criss-crossthesections,securing withpopclips. 3. coverthehairwithawigcap.the colorofthewigcapshouldmatch eitherthehaircoloroftheperformer orthecolorofthewig.
Chapter 8
w
Wig Application and Removal
121
4. Pintheedgesofthecap.
Figure 8-10 When a wig cap sits behind the hairline, the lace and wig hair transition into a performer’s skin seamlessly.
Figure 8-11 Small rubber bands can create small secure spots in short hair. Figure 8-8 The front edge of a wig cap should be pinned securely behind the hairline. If this step is skipped, the cap can slide forward and become visible through the wig lace.
Figure 8-9 A wig cap placed too low in front of hairline, and thus visible through lace.
SHORT HAIR sometimeshairistooshort,ine,and/or straighttomakepincurlseasily.there areseveralwaystocreatesecureanchor points.Hairthathasextra-hold hairsprayorcementspikinggeliseasier totwistandfoldintopincurlsthan cleanslipperyhair.Beverycautious abouttheuseofconditioningpomades, becausetheycanmakethebobbypins sliderightoutofthehair.cheapfreezehairproductsandhair-cementglues workmuchbetterwhencreatinghair prepsforwigs. Hairthatisveryshortcanbeheld securelywithsmallrubberbands,pop clips,ortoupeecombclips.see figures8-11and8-12.
Figure 8-12 Toupee comb clips hold very short hair tightly.
122 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
a
evencheaperalternativestosports wraparebridaltulleandnylonnet. simplysecureoneendtohairorskin andwraparoundtwice.securesecond end.nylonnetisabitscratchy,and somesensitiveperformersmayobject. Butitdoescreateasortofhook-andloopconnectiontoshorthairandthe insideofawig.
Figure 8-13 Hair only half an inch long can still have toupee clips for anchor points.
b
whentherejustisn’thairtopincurl ortoupeeclip,itisstillpossibleto createsomethingtoanchorthewig. sportswrap,suchasaself-adhesive lightweightAce®, cobanorVetwrap bandage,worksverywellwhenthereis littleornohair.theadditionoftoupee tapehelpstheselfadhesivewraphug theheadmoresecurely.sportswrap comesinwhite,tan,black,andassorted brightcolors.itisfoundinirst-aid sectionsofmostdrugstores;thebright colorscanalsobefoundintackand veterinarysupplystores.
Figure 8-15 Nylon net bobby-pinned CF and then wrapped around the head to provide areas that will hold wig pins.
Figure 8-14 (a) Comb clips and toupee tape in place. (b) Sports wrap in place.
wigcapsmadeofnylon-stockinglikematerialserveseveralpurposes.in additiontoholdingallthehairin place,thecapsprotecttheinsideof
Chapter 8
thewigsfromsweatandfromthe performer’sownhair.Humanhairhas anoutsidelayerofcuticlethat functionslikelittleVelcro®.whenawig ismadeofvirginhumanhairthatstill hasacuticle,ifthewighairandthe performer’shairareallowedtorubup againsteachother,thecuticleswill grabon,thewaytwopiecesofVelcro® sticktogether.overtime,thisresultsin thewighairbeingpulledinsidethe foundation.thisiscalledreversing. Awigstockingcapcreatesalayer betweenthetwoandprevents reversing.soifpossible,useawigcap overthesportswraportulle.
a
b Figure 8-17
HOW TO HOLD AND PUT ON A LACE-FRONT WIG Herearedirectionsforputtingona lace-frontwig: 1. removealltheblockingpinsthatare holdingthewigtothecanvasstyling block. 2. carefullygraspthewigbyholding thebackedgeorotherportionof sturdyfoundationmaterial.donot carryaroundastyledwigbythehair orthelacefront.slipitofftheblock andholditopenwithtwohands. seefigures8-16a&b. 3. Positionyourselfbehindthe performer,aftersittingthe performerinfrontofamirror.
Figure 8-16
4. Placethe cflaceslightlyinfrontof thehairline.seefigure8-17. 5. onceyouhaveadjustedtheposition ofthewig,havetheperformerplace twoingersonthelacecfforehead. seefigure8-18.
Figure 8-18
w
Wig Application and Removal
123
124 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
6. gentlylowerthebackofthewiginto position.carefullykeepatinybitof spacebetweenthewigandthehead, sothatthewigdoesnotcatchon anypincurls.wheneverpossible, holdthewigfoundationratherthan thestyledhairorlacefront.
Figure 8-20
Figure 8-19
7. theirstpinsthatgointhewig shouldbethoseonthecrownofthe head.thesepinsholdthewigin positionwhiletheedgesgetglued andinishingpinsareattached.see figure8-20.
8. thefrontofthewigshouldget pinnedorgluedinplace.spirit gumgoesontheskinunderthe lace.gentlypinchthecflaceand liftthesidestoapplytheglue.for moststagesituations,onlyasmall portionofthefrontlaceneeds glue.forfilm,thefrontedgeis trimmedbackandtheentireedge isglued.
Figure 8-21
9. Pressthelaceintothespiritgumor telesisadhesivewhiletheadhesive isstillwetandtacky.withspirit gum,acleanvelourpuffwillpress thelacedownaswellasremoveany excessspiritgumfrombetweenthe lacethreads.Asmallpieceofreal chamoisorcleannylonstockingcap alsoworks.forilm,aporcupine quillisagreattoolforpressinglace downinbetweenthehairs.thisor anyotherpointyslenderobjectwill notmashthehairsintotheglue, whichwillbevisibleonscreen.
Chapter 8
a
w
Wig Application and Removal
125
APPLYING HARD-FRONT WIGS AND FALLS Anywigorfallthatwillhavethe performer’sownhairstyledoverthe frontisappliedinthesameway: 1. startbypreppingthehairwith pincurls,popclips,tinyrubber bands,ortoupeeclips.coverwitha wigcapifthesectionislargeenough towarrant.leaveoutthefronthair thatwillbeusedtocovertheedgeof thewigorfall.seefigure8-24.
Figure 8-22
10. theinalstepistopinthebackofthe wig.Alwayscheckthenapeofawig fromunderneath.rememberthatthe frontrowofthetheatreisusually lowerthanthestagetheaudience memberssittinginthoseseatswillbe lookingupatthewig.Havethe performerstandupwhileyousquat downtogettherightperspectiveon thenapeoftheneckasyoupinitin place.thecorrectwaytopinanape istoinsertahairpinthroughthe foundationaimingtheendstoward theearlobe.thenreversetheendsof thepinandpointthemtowardthe cBofthenape.donotplacepins withtheopenenduptowardthe ceiling,becausegravitywillpullthese outbeforetheendoftheirstscene.
b
Figure 8-23
Figure 8-24
126 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
2. Placethewigbehindthehairline butwiththefrontedgecovering thepincurls.Pinthecrownand frontedgeofthewig.thenpin thenape.
a
b
Figure 8-27 Figure 8-25
3. sometimesitishelpfultolightly teaseandspraytheundersideofthe hairtobestyled. 4. Brushovertheedgeofthewig.Pin andsprayasneeded.
REMOVING WIGS AFTER A PERFORMANCE
Figure 8-26
Attheendofaperformance,thereisa desiretoyankoffthewigandgetoutof thetheatreasfastashumanlypossible. thisisabadideaforboththeperformer andthewig.Awigshouldberemoved withthesamecareusedtoapplyitat thetopoftheshow.ifthesame locationsareusedeachnightforthe pinsthatsecurethewigtothehead,it willbeeasytoremove.
Chapter 8
1. reversetheorderandremovethe napepins. 2. Unpinorungluethefrontand/or napelace.Usethesafestbutmost effectivesolventtodothis.for standardspiritgum,99percent alcoholwillwork.fortelesis,usethe removersoldbythemanufacturer. Applythesolventtothelacewitha brush,cottonswab,orcottonball. Allowthesolventtosoftentheglue andthencarefullyruntherounded endofalargewigpinunderthelace tocheckthatitiscompletelyloose. donotrushthisstep.theperformer
needstohavealltheglueremoved fromtheskinandthewiglacewill needtobecompletelycleaned beforethenextperformance.An extrasecondortwoisallittakesto completebothtasksatonce. 3. removethepinsinthecrownthat areholdingthewiginplace. 4. slipyourhandsupfromthenape andcarefullyliftthewigupandslide itoffthehead.mostofthetime,the wigwillslidebackoffthehead easily.workslowly,justincasethe insideofthewighascaughtonto oneofthebobbypinsholdinga pincurl. 5. Placethewigbackonthecorrect blockandpin.
A WORD ABOUT QUICK CHANGES AND TAP DANCING
Figure 8-28
therearecharactersandstagingsthat requirethatthewigbepulledonduring aight.inthissituation,youshoulduse morepinsandmoreglue.thereare situationsinwhichaperformeris playingeightdifferentcharactersinthe courseofaplayandallofthemsimply walkaroundtalking.forthisperformer, itwouldbebesttouseonlyafewpins toholdthewiginplaceandperhapsa bitoftransparentdouble-sticktape. combineandadjustthetechniques describedinthischapterasneededto suittheneedsoftheperformance.
w
Wig Application and Removal
127
This page intentionally left blank
CHAPTER
9
Wig Styling Techniques ofdifferenttechniquesandskillsin ordertocreatethehairstyleyouwant. mosthairstylesaresomecombinationof fourdifferentelements: • • • •
straighthair wavyorcrimpedhair curlyhair Braided,coiled,ordreadlockedhair
Byknowinghowtocreatethesefour elements,youwillbeabletocreatean ininitenumberofhairstylepossibilities. theseelementsaretoolsthatwillwork forbothmaleandfemalehairstyles,and forbothperiodandcontemporarylooks.
A WORD OF CAUTION ON STYLING WIGS Figure 9-1 Jena Maenius models a wig with a 1930s style.
ELEMENTS OF A HAIRSTYLE Beforeyouattempttostyleyourwig, youneedtobeabletoperformavariety
Beforeyoubeginstylingyourwig,you mustknowwhatkindofhairisinyour wig.ifyouapplythewrongtechnique toyourhairiber,itcouldbemelted orruinedbeyondallrecognition.if youareunsureaboutthematerialof yourwig,thereareacoupleof
differentwaystocheckwhatitis.the mostobviousistocheckthetag. nearlyallcommerciallymadewigs haveatag,usuallylocatedatthenape oftheneck.ifitsaysanythingother than“100%HumanHair,”itmustbe treatedasasyntheticwig.otherterms youmightseeifyourwigissynthetic include“kanekalon,”“elurafiber,” and“Yaki,”oryourwigmaysimplybe labeledas“synthetic.”ifthelabelhas beenremovedfromthewigforsome reason,youcantestthehairbypulling outastrandandburningit.when doingthis,besuretoputouttheire beforetheentirestrandhasburned.if thehairburnsawayintoashandhasa distinctlyanimalsmell,itismostlikely humanhair.ifthehairburnsintoa hardbeadandhasachemicalsmell,it ismostlikelysynthetichair. ingeneral,humanhairisstyledby eitherapplyingsomekindofheat (hairdryer,curlingiron,andsoon)or bythoroughlywettingitanddryingit withheat.thesesameelementsof 129
130 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
heatwilloftenmeltasyntheticwig. syntheticwigsarestyledeitherby wettingthehairthoroughlyand allowingittoairdry(oftenatimeconsumingprocessthatdoesnotset thecurlassecurely)or,moreoften,by usingsteam.whenindoubt,always test a section of the hair before styling! takeatinysectionofhairfromthe undersideofthebackandtestout yourstylingmethod.thiswillsave youalotofheartacheandwigrepairs.
STRAIGHT HAIR straighthairisdeinedashairthat hangsinonedirectionwithlittleorno bendorshape.thereareseveral differentwaysofachievingstraighthair onyourwig. WETTING AND DRYING ifthehairyouareworkingwithis humanhairthatisnaturallystraight,all youhavetodotostraightenitiswetit andallowittodry: 1. makesurethatthewigissecurely blocked. 2. wetthehairthoroughlyandcomb throughitirstwithawide-toothed comb,thenwithaine-toothed comb.Anytanglesthatareleftinthe wigwilldryaskinksinthehair,so besurethatyourwigistangle-free. Besuretohandlethewiggently whileitiswet—thefoundation materialsmaystretchbecauseofthe
extrawaterweight.Youshouldalso beextracarefulwhenuntanglingthe hair—donotripthroughthetangles withyourcomb.rather,usethe combtogentlyunknotthetangles strandsofhair. 3. Placeyourwiginaplacetodryso thatthehairisfreetohangstraight whileitisdrying.forexample,do notplacethehaironashelftodry withthehairsittingontheshelf.if youdo,thehairwilldrywithalarge l-shapedkinkfromtheshelf. instead,placeyourwigwiththehair hangingstraightdownoffofthe shelf.Youcanalsoplaceyourwigin awigdryerwiththehairhanging downanddryitthatway.
FLAT-IRONING AND ROLLER SETTING ifthehairyouareworkingwithis humanhairthatisnaturallycurly, permed,orsimplyhaswavesorkinks thatyouwishtoremove,youcan straightenitwitheitheralatironor withlargerollers—rollersthatarelarger thanoneinchindiameter.thelarger theroller,thestraighterthehairwillbe. tolat-iron: 1. makesurethatthewigissecurely blocked. 2. washanddrythehairsothatitis totallydry.Applyafrizz-control hairstylingproduct. 3. separatethehairintosections.make twosectionsinthefrontbydividing thetopacrosstheheadfromearto
ear,nearwhereaheadbandwould sit.dividethissectioninhalfatthe centerfrontofyourhairline.make twomoresectionsbehindthesetwo sections.secureeachsectionby twistingitlooselyandholdingitwith alargeduckbillclip.leaveabouttwo inchesofthewighangingdown looseintheback. 4. Beginningwithhairhangingdown, takesectionsofhairslightly narrowerthanyourlatironand beginlat-ironing.startattheroot anddragthelatirondownward alongthehair.keeptheiron moving—donotletitsitonasection ofhairoryouriskscorchingthe sectionofhair.therearevarious productsavailabletoaidinlat ironing.theyareusuallyspeciically markedforthispurposeandmany ofthemhelptoprotectthehairfrom theheatofthelatiron. 5. continueironingandsmoothing sectionsofhair,workingfromthe backoftheheadtowardthefrontof thehead. 6. finishwithalightcoatofhairspray toholdthehairstraightandcontrol frizz. Youcanalsousealat-irononhuman hairthatisnaturallystraightifyouwant thehairtobesuper-sleek. toroller-setthehairstraight: 1. makesurethatthewigissecurely blocked. 2. washthehairorwetitthoroughly,if thehairisalreadyclean.
Chapter 9
3. takeasectionofhairatthecenter frontandrollitonanextra-large roller.securetherollerwithat-pin orcorsagepin. 4. continuerollingthehaironextralargerollers,workingfromthefront ofthewigbacktowardthenapeof theneck.dothisuntilallofthehair isrolled.therollersshouldall remainparalleltoeachother. 5. Putthewigintothewigdryertodry. 6. taketherollersoutandbrush throughthehair.thismethoddoes needyieldsuper-straighthair,but insteadhairthatismostlystraight withaslightamountofbend.thisis amorenaturalstraight-hairlook thanoneyouwillgetfromlatironinghair.
commercialclothingsteamer,butyou aremorelikelytoburnyourselfwith thesekinds.remember—steamisvery hotandcausesaparticularlypainful burn!whenyouareworkingwhile seatedatatable,putatowelacrossyour lapasanaddedbitofprotectionfrom drips.eventhebeststeamersdriphot wateroccasionally.Herearethesteps: 1. makesurethatthewigissecurely blocked.
w
Wig Styling Techniques
131
2. wetthehairanddivideit intosectionsinthesame wayasdescribedearlierforlatironing(figure9-2). 3. Beginningatthenapeoftheneck, holdthesteamerinfrontofthehair. makesurethatthesteameriscouple ofinchesawayfromthehair.with yourotherhand,useasmoothing brushorrat-tailcombtopullthe hairstraight(figure9-3).thisworks bestifyouholdasectiontautand thensteamit.thetensiononthe hairhelpsittostraightenout entirely.
STEAMING THE HAIR ifthehairyouareusingissynthetic,the bestwaytostraightenthehairistouse steam.steamheatsoftenstheplastic hairjustenoughsothatitcanbe reshaped.thenicethingaboutusing steamonsyntheticsisthatitsetsthe wigthewayyouhavestyledituntilyou steamitintoanothershape.smalltravel steamersaretheeasiesttouse,because theyhaveahandleandyoucancontrol whereyouaresteaming.Youcanalso steamawigwithatable-topsteamer (suchasthoseusedinhatmaking)ora
Figure 9-3 Pull the hair taut with a comb as you steam the length.
Figure 9-2 The wig is divided into sections before it is steamed.
4. continuestraighteningsections ofhair,workingfromthenapeof theneckforwardtothefrontofthe hair(figure9-4).
132 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
wavinghaircanbeachievedusing severaldifferentstylingtechniques.
FINGER WAVES/WATER WAVES thistypeofwavingcanbedoneon eitherhumanhairorsynthetichair.this typeofwavecanbestyledusingyour handsandacomb,oryoucanuse duckbillclipsorclippiestohelpyou holdthehairinplace.thehairstylewill beveryclosetothehead,withlittle volume.followthesesteps:
Figure 9-4 Work your way up to the front of the wig, straightening as you go.
5. onceallofthehairisstraight,you caneitherputthewiginthewig dryer(figure9-5)orallowitto air-dry.
WAVY HAIR wavyhairundulatesinaseriesofcurves fromtherootstotheends.wavyor
Figure 9-5 Wigs that have been steamed straight, drying in a wig dryer.
crimpedhairisoneofthemostversatile andvariedelementsofahairstyle. waveshavebeenusedinstylesranging fromAncientgreeklooksto1930singer wavesandagreatmanystylesin between.wavescanbelargeandloose, justenoughtogivemovementtohair,or theycanbesmallandverytight,in ordertocreatevolumeinthehair. Becauseofthevarietyinkindsofwaves,
1. makesurethatyourwigissecurely blocked. 2. thoroughlysoakthewigwith water—itmustbesaturatedin ordertogetgoodresultswiththis technique.Youcanalsoaddastyling productintothehairatthistime— settinglotionandgelaregood productstouseforthis.Astyling productwillhelpgetthecrisp lookthatisoftenseenin1930s hairstyles. 3. figureoutwhereyouwantthewaves tobeginatthehairline—determine whetheryouwanttohaveapartorif youwantthewavestobeginsoftly. comballofthehaironthewigin thedirectionthatyouwantthewave togo(figure9-6).itisimportant thatyoucomballofthehair—not justthesurfacelayerofhair.
Chapter 9
w
Wig Styling Techniques
133
(figure9-8);thisisthestartingpoint ofyourwave.onceyouhavecreated theirstwave,secureitwiththe ribbonbypinningitdownevery inchorso(figure9-9).
Figure 9-6 Comb all of the hair the direction you want to begin.
4. Placeyouringerorhandatthecrest (or“c”)ofthewaveyouhavejust combed(figure9-7).Holdthehair tightlyinplaceasyoucomballof therestofthehairbackintheother direction.Youwillprobablyneedto moveyourhandoringeralongthe waveasyoucombthewaveinto place—justbesuretoholdthehair goingintheirstdirectiontightly.if youdonot,youwillpulloutthe waveyouaretryingtocreate.donot bediscouraged—thistechnique takespractice! 5. ifyouwanttoemphasizetheridge betweenthewaves(suchasina 1930shairstyle),youcaneitheruse yourcombtopushbacktheridgeor youcanpinchtheridgebetween youringers. 6. whenyouaredoingthistechnique, thereisatrickyoucanusetocheata
Figure 9-7 After the hair is combed back in the other direction, use a finger to hold the wave in place. If you use your fingers to pinch the wave, it will accentuate the ridge.
littlebit.Asyouformthewaves,use eitherapieceofnarrowribbonora pieceofbiastapetoholdthewaves inplace.Anchortheribbonby pinningitdownatthehairline
Figure 9-8 Anchor the ribbon at the beginning of the first wave.
Figure 9-9 The first “c” of the wave has been pinned in place. Notice how the comb is being pushed to create a ridge.
Figure 9-10 The second, reverse “c” of the wave has been pinned in place.
134 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
7. continuewavingbackandforth aroundthehead(figures9-10and 9-11).whenyoureachthebottom, youcaneithercontinuewavinguntil yourunoutofhairoryoucaninish withsmallpincurls.(seelaterinthis chapterforinstructionsonhowto pincurl).
9. oncethewigisdry,removeany ribbonortapeholdingthewavesin place.makesureyoubeginremoving theribbonintheplacethatyou startedwithit,notwhereyouended withit(figure9-12).
techniquesigniicantlychanged hairstyling.Priortothistechnique,hair wascurledbywrappingitaroundhot curlingirons.grateaupioneeredthe ideaofturningthecurlingironupside downandclampingthehairinitinstead ofwrappingthehairaround.Hecreated aspecialkindofironwherethecenter wasabarrelwithacurvedplatethatit overit(figure9-13).
Figure 9-12 Remove the ribbon starting where you first pinned it in, not where the ribbon ended. Figure 9-11 A top view of a wig with continuous water waves going back and forth around the entire head.
8. ifyouareworkingonahuman-hair wig,allyouneedtodoisdrythewig thoroughly.thiscanbedoneina wigdryersetonhigh.ifitisa syntheticwig,youshouldsteamthe hairsothatitwillholditsshape. Usingahandsteamer,directthe nozzletowardseachsectionofhair forabout30seconds.Usetheendof arat-tailcombtoholdthewaves downwhileyouaresteamingthem. thewigmaythenbedriedinawig dryersetonlow.
ifyoupulltheribbonupwhereyou endedit,youwillbepullingagainst thedirectionofthewave,whichcan messupyourhairstyle.ifyouchoose tobrushoutthehair,thewavewillbe verysoft.ifyouleavethewavesas theyare,thewaveswillbeverylatand crisp.
MARCEL WAVES themarcelmethodofwavinghairwas introducedin1872bymarcelgrateau,a frenchhairdresser.Hisironsand
Figure 9-13 Two modern Marcel irons, on which you can see the barrel and the curved plate.
inordertodothismethodofstyling, youwillneedamarceloven,ametal comb(oraplasticcomb,butmetalis lesslikelytomelt),andmarcelcurling irons.theseironsaredifferentfrom newercurlingironsinthattheydonot havetobepluggedin.theovenis pluggedininstead,andtheironsare placedinsidetoheatup.newercurling ironshaveatemperatureshut-off
Chapter 9
point—theywillonlyevergettoaset temperature.marcelironswillgetmuch hotter.Always test the temperature of your Marcel iron before using it!Youcan testitintwoways—eitherdirectlyona sampleofthehairyouareusingoron tissue.Useasingle-plypieceoftissue (mosttissueistwo-ply,soyouwilllikely needtopeelthetissueapart).ifthe tissueturnsbrownwhenyouclampthe irononit,theironistoohot.marcel ironslosetheirheatveryquickly,so youwillneedtoputtheironbackinto theovenfairlyoften.thesehightemperaturecurlingironscausedmany headstobesingedinthe1800s,sotest yourtemperatureoften.(seechapter4 formoreinformationaboutmarcel irons.)thistechniqueshouldonlybe doneonhumanhair—theironswill quicklymeltanytypeofsynthetic hair.Here’showtocurlhairwitha marceliron: 1. makesurethatyourwigissecurely blocked. 2. Heatupanironthatisthesizeyou wantthewavetobe.testits temperature. 3. takesectionofhairandclampthe marcelironintoitveryclosetothe rootsofthehair.makesurethe barreloftheironisonthetopand thecurvedpartoftheironisonthe bottom. 4. gentlypushtheironinthe directionthatthewaveispointing.
w
Wig Styling Techniques
135
Atthesametime,useametal comb(theheatwillmeltaplastic comb,soifyouuseplastic,be careful)topushthehairjustbelow thecurlingironintheopposite directionfromthewayyouare pushingtheiron(figure9-14).this helpsthewaveshapetobestrongly deined.
Figure 9-15 Flip the iron over and approach the section you are waving from the opposite side from where you started waving.
Pushtheironinthatdirection. Usethemetalcombtopushthehair justbelowtheironintheopposite direction(figure9-16).
Figure 9-14 Push the hair (using a comb) and the iron in opposite directions to define the wave.
5. removethemarcelironfromthe hair.fliptheironoversothatthe barreloftheironisonthebottom andthecurvedpartoftheironis ontop(figure9-15). 6. clamptheironintothehairinthe oppositedirectionoftheirst sectionor“c”shapeofthewave.
Figure 9-16 Turn the iron upside down and insert it from the opposite side of the wave you are creating, pushing in the opposite direction with the comb.
136 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
7. Afterdoingthis,youshouldhave completedtheirst“s”shapethat makesupthemarcelwave. continuingalternatingtheiron andthewavingdirectioninthis manneruntilyoureachtheendsof thehair.
1. makesurethatyourwigissecurely blocked. 2. decidewhereyouwanttheirstwave tobegin.thehairshouldbe thoroughlywet.stylingproduct,such assettinglotionorgel,isveryhelpful. sectionoutapieceofhairthatis approximately1inchby1inch square.combthesectionofhair smoothlyinthedirectionofthewave:
Figure 9-19 Grab the section of hair about 2 inches from the roots.
wrapthehairaroundyouringers,using yourthumbtoholdthehairtogether eachtimeyouwinditaroundyour ingers: Figure 9-17 The finished section of hair after Marcel waving.
8. todocontinuouswavesaroundthe head,makesureyoufollowtheexact samepatternthatyouestablished ontheirstsectionofhairallthe wayaround.Becarefultolineup eachwave. PIN CURLS likeinamarcelwave,theideaofapin curlistocreatec-ors-shapedwaves. thisstylingtechniqueisparticularly successfulonlayeredhair.Pincurlscan bedoneonhumanorsynthetichair:
Figure 9-18 Comb the hair in the direction you want the wave to go.
3. Holdyouringersabout2inches fromtherootsofthehair:
Figure 9-20 Wrap the hair around your fingers. Use your thumb to hold the hair in place.
Analternativemethodfordoingthis istowrapthehairaroundasmoothrod insteadofyouringers(figure9-21).
Chapter 9
Figure 9-21 An alternative method is to wrap the hair around a smooth rod.
Apieceofbroomstickordowelrod thathasoneendsandeddownsothatit tapersisidealforthisprocess.this resultsinaverysturdy,perfectlyround pincurl.Byusingdifferentsizesof woodenrods,youcanachievesmaller orlargerwaves.
pincurl.gentlyslideyouringersout ofthepincurlwhileholdingthecurl withyourotherhand(figure9-22). rotatethehairuntilyougettheroot andplacethecurllatagainstthe head. 5. onceyouhaveformedthecurl, secureitwithaclippie.(Youcanalso usebobbypinsorhairpinstohold thepincurlinplace.)Pincarefully— youneedtomakesurethatallofthe hairisclippedorthepincurlwill unravel(figure9-23).Also,tryto avoidpinninginsuchawaythatyou willleavemarksfromtheclippiesin thehaironcethesetisdry. 6. divideoutthesectionofhair immediatelybesidetheirstpincurl. formthepincurlandpinitinthe samewaythatyoudidtheirstcurl (figure9-24).continueworkingina horizontalline.
4. whenyoureachtheendofthehair, tucktheendsintotherestofthe
Figure 9-22 Slide your fingers or the rod out of the pincurl and place it flat against the head.
Figure 9-23 The pincurl is secured with a clippie.
w
Wig Styling Techniques
137
Figure 9-24 Make the next pincurl directly beside the first one.
7. whenyouarereadytomovedown onthehead,divideoutasectionof hair.combitstraightintheopposite directionfromtheirstsectionof curls.rollthehairupintheopposite direction(figure9-25).forexample, ifyourolledtheirstrowofhairfrom theleft,youwilldothenextrowof hairfromtheright.
Figure 9-25 The second row of pincurls should be rolled in the opposite direction from the first row.
138 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
8. continueworkingaroundthehead inhorizontallines,alternatingeach line’sdirection. 9. onceyouareinishedpincurlingthe hair,drythewiginawigdryerseton highifitishumanhair.ifitis synthetichair,steameachpincurl for30seconds,thenputitintoawig dryersetonlow. 10. whenyoucomboutthehair,itwill looklikeaseriesofs-shapes.Youcan reinforcetheshapeofthesewaves witheitherduckbillclipsorbypinning thehairinplacewithbiastape (figure9-26),asdemonstratedinthe section“fingerwaves/waterwaves.”
Figure 9-26 A pincurled wig, using bias tape to reinforce the waves.
WAVING AND CRIMPING IRONS wavingandcrimpingironsareafairly newtooltouseinwavinghair.itis
easiesttouseatriple-barreledcurling iron,whichislikeacurlingiron,but withthreebarrelsinsteadofjustone. crimpingironsusuallyhaveplateswith multiplewaveshapes—theseshapescan berounded,triangular,orsquareand aresmallerandclosertogetherthana wavingiron.thisresultsinatighter, frizzierwave.Becausethesetoolscurl usingheat,theycanonlybeusedon humanhair.Do notusetheseon synthetic-iberwigs!Herearethesteps towave/crimphair: 1. makesurethewigissecurely blocked. 2. dividethehairintosections.doa centerfrontsection,asectionover eacheargoinguptothecenterof thetopofthehead,andfour sectionsinback.securelyfasten eachsectionsothatitisoutof yourway. 3. Beginwavingthehairatoneofthe sectionsthatisatthenapeofthe neck.Placethewavingironas closetotherootofthehairasyou can.clampittightlyandholdfor 15secondstomaketheirst sectionofwave.theironcanbe usedeitherhorizontallyorvertically, dependingonthelookyoudesire. Usingtheironverticallymakesthe undulationofthewavesmore visible. 4. carefullylineuptheironbelowthe irstwaveyouhavemade.Becareful
Figure 9-27 Using a triple-barrelled curling iron so the waves go side to side.
thatthewavescontinueinaregular patternandthatyoudonotbreak upthewavewithpoorplacementof theiron. 5. continuemakingthewavesuntil youreachtheendsofthehair (figure9-27). 6. waveeachsectionofhair,working yourwayupthebackofthehead untilyoureachthefront.
Chapter 9
thismethodofwavingrequiresvery littlecomb-out.Justrunyouringers throughthehairtobreakupthewaves. Anybrushingorcombingwithaine combwillresultinfrizz.
Wig Styling Techniques
139
thehair.thisensuresthatthecurlgoes evenlyallthewaytotherootsofthehair. • Forward of base—hairthatissetby pullingthehairforwardbeforeputtingthe rollerin.therollerthensitsontopofthe rootsofthehair,latteningthemforward alittlebit.thistechniqueisusefulforany hairstylethathasapompadour.
CURLY HAIR curlyhairisdeinedashairthathasan evenlyroundshapefromroottoend. withnaturallycurlyhair,theshapeof thehairshaftitselfisdifferentfromthe hairshaftofnaturallystraighthair. curls,likewaves,comeindifferent shapesandsizes,soyouwillneedto employavarietyoftechniquesinorder toachievetheresultsyouwant.
w
Figure 9-28 The section of hair you roll should be no wider and no deeper than your roller.
Beforeyoubeginrollersetting,itimportanttounderstandacoupleofterms: • On base—theprocessofsettingawigso thatthecurlerisevenwiththerootsof
ROLLER SETTING rollersettingisanytechniqueusedto sethairinvolvingrollersorcurlers.Use endpaperswhenyousethairwith rollersinordertomakethecurllook naturalallthewaytotheendsofthe hair.onehugebeneitofsettingwigsis thatyoucanuset-pinsorcorsagepins tosecuretherollers.thisgivesyoua muchtighter,neatercurl.Justdon’tuse thismethodonreallivehuman beings—theytendtoscreamwhenyou jampinsintotheirscalps!Another commonmistakepeoplemakewhen theysethairwithrollersistryingto forcetoomuchhairintoeachroller.the sectionofhairyouseparateshouldbe nowiderthantherollerandnodeeper thantheroller(figure9-28).
Figure 9-30 Forward of base.
• Off base or set with “drag”—hairthatis setbypullingthehairbackwardsbefore puttingtherollerin.withthistechnique,
Figure 9-29 On base.
Figure 9-31 “Dragged” back from base.
140 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
5. foldonesideoftheendpaperover towardsthecenter:
thereareusuallyabout2inchesof straighthairbeforethecurlbegins.thisis veryusefulwhenyouaretryingtocontrol thevolumeinthehairstyle.
Properrollingtechniqueisas follows: 1. makesurethatthewigissecurely blocked. 2. divideouttheirstsectionofhair (figure9-32),dependingonyour desiredstyle.whenroller-setting, beginatthefronthairlineandwork yourwaydowntothebackofthe wig,endingatthenapeoftheneck.
Figure 9-33 Hold the hair out from the wig, maintaining tension.
4. Placetheendpaperacoupleof inchesfromtheendofthehair:
Figure 9-35 Fold one side of the end paper over towards the center.
Figure 9-32 Divide out the first section of hair.
3. wetthehair.combthroughthe sectionuntilitiscompletelytanglefree.Holditonbase,forwardof base,oroffbase.makesureyou keeptensiononthesectionofhair sothatitistauttheentiretimeyou areworkingwithit(figure9-33).
Figure 9-34 The end paper is placed a couple of inches from the ends of the section of hair.
Chapter 9
6. foldtheothersideoftheend paperovertowardsthecenterand spritzitwithwater.thiswillhelp allsidesoftheendpaperstick together:
8. Puttherollerattheendpaper andbeginrollingittowardsthe scalp:
w
Wig Styling Techniques
141
losingthetensionwillresultina loppyormashedcurl.whenstyling, youwillnearlyalwaysrollthehairunder (puttherollerbehind/undertheend paperandrolldown).Youwillrarelyroll thehairupunlessyouaretryingto createsomesortoflip. 9. whenyoureachthehead,securethe curlerwithat-pin:
Figure 9-36
7. slidetheendpapertowardstheends ofthehairuntilalloftheendsare containedinside:
Figure 9-38
itisespeciallyimportanttokeepthe tensiononthehairduringthisstep:
Figure 9-40 Secure the roller with a T-pin that is turned in the direction of the hair.
makesurethatthepinisturnedinthe directionofthehairs.thiswillavoid snaggingthehairandleavingany indentationsonthehairwhenitdries.
Figure 9-37
Figure 9-39
10. continuerollingsectionsofhair untilyouhavesettheentirewig.the patternyousettherollersinwillbe determinedbythestyleyouwant. formoreinformationaboutsetting
142 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
patternsandhowtoigurethemout, pleaseseechapter10. 11. ifthewigishumanhairoryakhair, dryitinawigdryersetonhighfor 60to90minutes.ifthewigis syntheticiber,steameachcurlfor 30seconds.thenputthewigina wigdryersetonlowfor60to90 minutes. Paycarefulattentiontothehair whentakingouttherollers.starttaking outtherollersatthenapeoftheneck andworkyourwayforwardtothefront hairlineofthewig.carefullyunrolleach curl.onceagain,theamountof combingorbrushingthatyoudo dependsonthedesiredlook.ifyou wantthehairtoremainverycurly, simplypulleachcurlapartwithyour ingersintotwoorthreesections.fora softerlook,brushthecurlsoutwitha wide-toothedcomb.thesemethods workbestifyouaretryingtoachievethe lookofnaturallycurlyhair.onethingto watchoutforisrollerbreaks,whichare theareasorgapsbetweeneachroller.if thewighasbeensetproperlyand neatly,thesegapswillsometimesstillbe visiblewhenalloftherollershavebeen takenout.sometimesyouwillevenbe abletoseethefoundationofthewig throughthesegaps.obviously,wedo notwanttoseethefoundation.Youmay needtogoinwithasmoothingbrushor acombandjustcombtheinchortwo ofthehairclosesttotheroottobreakit
upandmakeitworktogether.ifthe rollerbreaksaresevere,youmayeven needtolightlyteaseorbackcombthe sectionstogetherattheroot. Anothermethodoftenusedwhen stylingarollersetwigistobrushthe entirethingoutandthenreshapethe curlsaroundyouringers.thismethod ismostusefulforcreatingperiod hairstylesandhairstylesthataremeant tolooklikesethair,notnaturallycurly hair.Usealargewoodenhairbrushand brushthroughallofthecurls.thiswill seemscaryandlikeyouaredestroying allofthecurlinthewig—donotbe afraid.thecurlwillcomebackifyou havesetthewigproperly.Asyou arrangeeachpieceofhair,usea smoothingbrushtobrushthecurl aroundoneortwoofyouringers, dependingonthedesiresizeofthecurl. Youcantheneitherletthecurlhang downorpinitintowhateverclusteror arrangementyouwish.
1. makesurethatyourwigissecurely blocked. 2. divideoutasectionofhair.when settingasausagecurl,useavertical sectionofhairinsteadofa horizontalsection.wetthehair andcombthroughthissectionso thatitisfreeofanytangles.ifyou wantareallycrispcurlthatlasts, addsettinglotionoranother stylingproductatthispoint.comb throughthehairafterapplying theproductsothattheproduct isevenlydistributedthrough thehair. 3. Applyanendpaperusingthe sametechniquedescribed previously. 4. Holdtherollervertically,parallel tothesectionofhair.Beginrolling
ROLLER SETTING: RINGLETS/ SAUSAGE CURLS Hairstylesfrommanydifferentperiods inhistoryfeaturethesausagecurlor ringlet.thistermreferstoacurlthat hangsinasolidcoil,asopposedto beingaloosecurlthathasbeenbrushed out.settinghairinordertoachievea sausagecurlisslightlydifferentfrom settingaregularcurl:
Figure 9-41 Roll a sausage curl from the bottom of the roller up.
Chapter 9
withtheendsofthehairandthe endpaperatthebottomofthe roller.rollingthecurlerinthe directionyouwantthecurltofall, workthehairupthecurlerby layeringthehairoverthehairbelow itbyhalfofitswidth.thisway,there willbenogapsinthecurler. 5. continuewrappingthehairupwards ontherolleruntilyoureachthe roots(figure9-41).Pintherollerin placewithat-pin.continueadding rollersuntilyouhavesetallthehair youwant. 6. ifthehairishumanhair,dryiton highfor90minutes.ifthehairis synthetic,steameachcurlfor30 seconds,thendryitonlowfor 90minutes. oncethecurlisdry,youarereadyto removetheroller.carefullyunrollthe hairintheoppositewayfromwhichyou rolledit.(Youwillessentiallybe removingtherollerbyunwindingit downward.)ifyouaresatisiedwiththe appearanceofthecurl,youcanleaveit asitis.ifyouwouldlikefortheringlets tonotlooksocrispy,useaslightly differentmethod.Afteryouunwindthe curl,brushoutthesectionofhair.then recurltheringletbybrushingitaround youringeroranappropriatelysized dowelrod(figure9-42). gentlyremoveyouringerfromthe ringletandthensetthecurlwith
w
Wig Styling Techniques
143
roottotip.weusetwodifferenttypes ofspiralrolls—onewecallthe“sprocket set”andonethatwecallthe “medusa”set.
Figure 9-42 Recurling a ringlet around a dowel rod.
hairspray.makesuretospray underneathaswellsothathairspray getsinsideoftheringlet.Another helpfultip:donotstoretheringletsso thattheycanhangdownifyouwant themtoremaintight(example:storinga wigonshelfwiththeringletshanging overtheedge).theywillstretchoutand becomeloosecurlsifyoudothis.either makesuretheringletsarerestingona latsurfaceoruseahairnettoholdthe ringletsinplacewhenthewigisnot beingworn. ROLLER SETTING: SPIRAL ROLLING TECHNIQUES spiralrollingtechniquesareusedwhen thedesiredcurliseveninsizefrom
Sprocket Set wecallthissetthe“sprocketset” becausewhenitisinished,therollers arestickingoutallovertheheadlikethe spokesonawheel.thistechniqueis bestforcreatinganaturallycurly-haired look.Becausethehairisrolledstarting attheroot,itlookslikethehairis growingoutofthescalpcurlyinsteadof hairthathasbeensetintocurls.Proper techniqueincludesfollowingthese steps: 1. makesurethatthewigissecurely blocked. 2. divideoutasectionofhairthat issquare—nobiggerthan1inch by1inch.wetthissectionand combthroughitsothereareno tangles. 3. Placetherollersothattheopen endisactuallyrestingonthe scalp. 4. Beginrollingthehairattheroot upwardsaroundtheroller(figure 9-43).Youarerollingthisinthesame wayasthesausagecurl,butyouare rollingthehairupandawayfrom therootsinsteadoftowardsthe roots.
144 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
Figure 9-45 The finished sprocket set. Figure 9-43 Wrap the roots of the hair around the base of the roller and work your way up.
5. ifthehairiswetenough,theendwill usuallysticktotherestofthewethair. ifitdoesnotstick,secureiteitherby wettingitorbyusingaclippietohold theendinplace.securetheroller withat-pin.(thiscanbealittle tricky.itsometimestakesseveralstabs togetthet-pintoholdtherollerat thecorrectangle.)(figure9-44)
Figure 9-44 Note the placement of the clippie and the T-pin for anchoring this roller.
continueaddingrollersuntilyouhave setallthehairyouwant. 6. ifthehairishumanhair,dryiton highfor90minutes.ifthehairis synthetic,steameachcurlfor30 seconds,thendryonlowfor90 minutes.
oncethecurlsaredry,therollers canberemoved.Unrollthemfromthe root,unwindingthemandpullingthem awayfromthescalp.Becauseyouare tryingtoachieveanaturallycurlylook withthisset,justpulleachcurlapart withyouringerstostyle.
Chapter 9
w
Wig Styling Techniques
145
3. twistthehairsothatitistwisted fromclosetotherootdowntothe ends(figure9-47).donottwistthe sectionsotightlythatitbeginsto loopbackuponitself.Putanend paperontheend.
Figure 9-46 Paul Hebron (wearing a comb over a hairpiece) and Suzanne Curtis (wearing a wig that was set with a sprocket set) in Season’s Greetings, presented by the Alabama Shakespeare Festival.
MEDUSA SET wecallthissetthe“medusaset” becausethecurlslooksortoflikesnakes whentherollersaretakenout.thisset isbestforachievingawavycurlthathas moreofans-shaperatherthana perfectlyroundcurl.thissetisvery similartothesetforasausagecurl:
1. makesurethatyourwigissecurely blocked. 2. divideoutasectionofhairthatisno largerthanthesizeoftheroller.wet thehairandcombthroughitto removeanytangles.likethesausage curlset,useverticalsectionsofhair forthistechnique.
Figure 9-47 Twist the hair before rolling it on the roller.
4. Holdtherollerparalleltothetwisted sectionofhair.Beginwrappingthe hairaroundthebottomoftheroller. continuerollingupwards,keeping thecoilsofhairtouchingone another(figure9-48).whenyou reachtheroot,securetherollerwith at-pin.
146 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
whenthehairisdry,unrolleachcurl fromtherootdowntotheends.ifthe snakylookiswhatyouwant,leavethe hairasitis.forbeautiful,evenwaves, pullthecurlsapartwithyouringersor carefullycombouteachsectionwitha wide-toothedcomb.
BRAIDS Braidsareaverysecurewayofholding hairinplace.Becauseofthis,theyhave beenusedthroughouthistoryin hairstyles.Havingagoodsetofbraiding techniquesinyourarsenalwillserve youwell.
Figure 9-48 The twisted hair wrapped around the roller, starting from the bottom.
continueaddingrollersuntilyouhave setallthehairyouwant. 5. ifthehairishuman,dryitonhigh for90minutes.ifthehairis synthetic,steameachcurlfor 30seconds,thendrythewigonlow for90minutes.
Figure 9-49 Betsy Cummings as Annabel Lee in Still Life with Iris, presented by the University of Texas. Her wig was styled using the Medusa set.
Chapter 9
STANDARD BRAID
FRENCH BRAID
REVERSE FRENCH BRAID
w
Wig Styling Techniques
147
Figure 9-51 Cross the outside section over the middle section.
3. crosstheoppositeoutsidesection (section3)overthemiddlesection (nowsection1):
REVERSE FRENCH BRAID DONE IN A CIRCULAR PATTERN
ROPE BRAID
HERRINGBONE/FISHTAIL BRAID
Figure 9-50 Examples of different types of braids.
THE STANDARD BASIC BRAID Abraidorplaitconsistsofthreesections ofhairthatarewoventogether: 1. dividethehairintothreesections.
2. crossoneoftheoutsidesections (section1)overthemiddlesection (section2).thiswillmovethe outsidesection,causingittobecome thenewoutsidesection:
Figure 9-52 Cross the outside section from the other side over the new middle section.
4. continuealternatingsectionsuntil youreachtheendsofthehair. securewitharubberband.
148 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
FRENCH BRAIDS frenchbraidsarebraidsthesitvery closelytothescalp.thisisbecausethe hairisaddedtothebraidgradually,so thatthebraidcanstartrightattheedge ofthehair. 1. decidewhereyouwantthebraidto start.dividethehairintothreesmall sectionsasclosetotheedgeofthat sectionasyoucanget. 2. Beginbraidingasyoudidwiththe basicbraid.crosseachoutside sectionoverthemiddlesectiononce. 3. thesecondtimeyougotocrossthe outsidesection,pickupalittlemore hairandaddittosection1(figure 9-53).crossitoverthemiddle section.ontheoppositeside,pickup
alittlemorehairandaddittosection 3.crossitoverthemiddlesection. 4. continueworkingyourwaytothe endofthebraid,addingalittlemore hairtoeachsectionasyougoalong. whenyoureachtheend,securethe braidwitharubberband.
3. twistthesecondsectionofhairin thesamedirectionastheirst sectionofhair(figure9-54).for example,ifyoutwisttheirstsection ofhairtotheleft,youmustalsotwist thesecondsectionofhairtotheleft.
Becausethebraidisessentially containedontheinsideofthehair,this isagoodbraidtouseonlayeredhair. thebraidwillholdtheendsofthe layerstighttothescalpandkeepthe hairfromfallingoutofthebraid. REVERSE FRENCH BRAID inareversefrenchbraid,thebraidis actuallyvisiblefromtheoutside;itlooks asthoughitissittingontopofthehair. toachievethisbraid,followthesame stepsastheregularfrenchbraid,with oneexception:insteadofcrossingthe outsidesectionoverthemiddlesection, crossitunderthemiddlesection.do thiseachtimeandthebraidwillendup ontheoutsideinsteadofontheinside.
Figure 9-54 The two sections of hair are twisted in the same direction.
4. twistthetwosectionsofhairaround eachotherintheoppositedirection fromthedirectionyoutwistedeach
ROPE BRAIDS ropebraidsarebraidsthatare madewithtwosectionsofhairinsteadof three.thesebraidsaresometimes referredtoas“renaissance”braids:
Figure 9-53 Small pieces of hair are picked up and added to each section as you work.
1. dividethehairintotwosections. 2. twistonesectionastightlyasyou canwithoutthehairloopingback ontoitself.
Figure 9-55 Twist the two sections of hair together in the opposite direction.
Chapter 9
section(figure9-55).forexample,if youtwistedthesectionsofhairtothe left,twistthemtogethertotheright. 5. continuetwistingthehairtogether, makingsurethehairstaystwisted. Youmayhavetotwistthehairalittle bitasyougoalonginordertokeep thecoilstight.whenyoureachthe end,securethebraidwitharubber band.
3. takeasmallsectionofhairfromthe outsideoftheothersectionand crossitovertotheinsideoftheirst section.continuedoingthisuntil youreachtheendsofthehair. securewitharubberband. thisbraidissimple,buttimeconsuming.thebraidlooksvery intricatewhendonewithsmallsections ofhair.itjustrequirespatiencetokeep goinguntilyoureachtheend.
HERRINGBONE BRAIDS theherringbonebraidisanotherbraid createdusingtwosectionsofhair.itis sometimesreferredtoasaishtailbraid. followthesesteps:
DREADLOCKS sometimesitisusefultoknowhowto createdreadlocksinawig.wehavea
w
Wig Styling Techniques
techniquethatcanbedoneonly on a syntheticwig.Awordofcaution—once youhaveputdreadlocksinawig,itis extremelydificulttoremovethem.most ofthetime,removingthedreadlocks ruinsthewig.thistechniquehasbeen mostsuccessfulonafullyventilated syntheticwigthathasalotofhair. Becauseyouwilllosesomelength,start withawigthatisafewincheslonger thantheinalresultyouwant: 1. divideoutasmallsquaresectionof hair.startatthenapeoftheneck andworkyourwayupthebackof thehead.
1. dividethehairintotwosections. 2. takeasmallsectionofhairfromthe outsideofonesection;crossitover totheinsideoftheoppositesection (figure9-56).
Figure 9-56 Take a small section of hair from the outside of one side and cross it over to the inside of the other side.
149
Figure 9-57 Anna Fugate as the Goddess of Mercy in 410[GONE] at the University of Texas, wearing a dreadlocked wig. Photo by Mark Rutkowski.
150 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
2. startattherootandtightly tease thehairalongtheentirelengthof thehair(figure9-58).
Figure 9-60 As you begin applying steam to the end of the twisted hair. The hair will begin to twirl and lock itself in place.
Figure 9-59 Twist the teased section of hair.
Figure 9-58 Tease the section of hair.
3. twisttheteasedsectionofhair (figure9-59). 4. Holdtheteased,twistedsectionof hairinoneandahandheldsteamer
intheotherhand.Beginsteamingat theendofthehair,beingcarefulnot toburnyouringers. thehairmagicallybeginstotwist itselfuptowardstherootofthehair (figure9-60).wedon’tknowwhythis works,butitgetsthejobdone.
5. continuelockingeachsectionuntil youareinished. 6. Afterdreadingthehair,sometimes theendswillbealittlemessy.ruba littlebeeswaxbetweenyouringers andusethemtotwisttheends togetherandtuckinanystrayhairs. Youcandothesamethingwith elmer’sglue. Practiceallofthesestyling techniquesuntiltheybecomesecondnaturetoyou.onceyoumasterthese methods,youwillbeabletocreatean ininitenumberofhairstyles.inthenext chapter,wewilldiscusshowtoput thesetechniquestogetherinorderto createdifferentlooks.
CHAPTER
10
Creating a Hairstyle
ofacomplicatedhairstyleandfreakout. thestylemayseemimpossibleto achieve.donotworry—youhaveallof thetoolsneededtoputtogetherany styleyoucandreamup.
BREAK THE HAIRSTYLE DOWN INTO SECTIONS Anyjobseemseasierafteryoubreakit downintosmall,moremanageable tasks.thisisalsotrueofwigstyling.
FRONT S I D E
S I D E
CR
FRONT
OW
N
SIDE BACK/ NAPE
insteadoflookingatthehairstyleasone bigblob,lookatitasmanypiecesofa whole.Breakallstylesdownintoive sections(figure10-2): • Front—thisisthecentersectionofhair abovetheforehead,infrontoftheearsin thecenter.thisareaisusuallythewidth oftheeyebrows. • Right and left sides—thisistheareaon eithersideofthecenterfrontsection. itstartsovertheearsandmovesforward tothehairline. • Crown—thisistheareaonthetopofthe head.itcoverstheheadbehindtheears ontoptojustbelowwheretheheadbegin toslopedowntotheneck. • Back/nape—thisistheremaininghair. thissectioncoversallofthehairleftbelow thecrownsection;thebackofthehead.
Figure 10-1 Beauty Thibodeau, Kara Meche, Tiffany Knight, and Amanda Ramirez model wig styles from different historical periods.
nowthatyouhavemasteredallofthe stylingtechniquesinchapter10,how doyouputthemtogethertocreatea hairstyle?manypeoplelookatapicture
Figure 10-2 Break your hairstyle down into these sections.
151
152 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
UNDERSTAND THE HAIRSTYLE onceyoustartseeingthesectionsofthe hairstyle,planningyourattackshould becomeeasier.Awaytorefertothe methodofbreakingastyledowninto partsisbycallingitthe“mr.Potato Head”theoryofwigstyling.Justasthat toyhasfacialpiecesthatcanbe reconiguredinhundredsofwaysto createmanyfaces,theelementsof styling(waves,curls,braids,smooth hair,rolls,andclusters)canarrangedin waystocreateanininitenumberof styles.lookatthepictureyouaretrying torecreate.whatisthefrontdoing—isit curly,marcel-waved,orslickedback? Arethesidespinnedoffthefaceor rolledintosausagecurls?istheback hanginginloosecurls?Aretherebraids wrappedaroundthecrownofthehead? makesureyouunderstandyour hairstylebeforeyoudoanystyling.try tounderstandwhereallofthehairis comingfromandgoingto.ifthepicture youareworkingfromisahistorical reference,considerwhatpiecesofhair mayhavebeentheperson’sownhair andwhatpiecesmayhavebeenadded onforfashion.Youmayhavetoadd otherhairpiecestoyourwiginorderto achievethedesiredlook.Also,inmany referencepictures,itisimpossibletosee whatisgoingonintheback.Youcando researchtodeterminewhatthestyle wouldlikelylooklike.thiscanalsobea placeforcreativity—youcandecide
exactlyhowthebackofthestyle shouldlook!
INTERPRETING RESEARCH whenplanningouthairstyle,itisvery importantforyoutobeabletointerpret yourresearchaccurately.Youmusttrain youreyestoanalyzeapictureandgain
asmuchinformationasyoucanfromit. therearetwomainkindsofresearch: • A primary resource—informationthatis theoriginalthing.forexample,anactual wigfromahistoricalperiodisaprimary resource.Aphotographofanactual hairstyleisalsoaprimaryresource (figure10-3).
Figure 10-3 An example of a primary resource is this photograph of Martha Ruskai’s mother, father, aunt, and uncle, which was taken in 1942 at the time of their marriage.
Chapter 10
• A secondary resource—aninterpretation ofaprimaryresource.forthepurposesof wigresearch,thiswillusuallymeanan artisticrepresentation,suchasapainting, sketch,orsculptureorahairstylethatwas createdfromlifeofthewaythatthe personlookedatthetime(figure10-4). Anotherwayofdeiningprimaryresource isthatitwascreatedbyanobserverat “themomentintime.”
Photographsoforiginalportraitsare alsoconsideredsecondaryresources. onemustalwaysbecarefulwhen lookingatperiodartthathashumansas subjectmatter.therearemany examplesofanartistpaintingan imaginaryorfantasyimage.Artists havealwaystriedtolattertheperson payingthem!
Figure 10-4 An example of a secondary resource. Nicolas de Largilliere, Portrait of a Man, circa 1715, oil on canvas. Courtesy of the Blanton Museum of Art, the University of Texas at Austin, the Suida-Manning Collection. Photograph by Rick Hall.
w
Creating a Hairstyle
153
• A tertiary resource—analyzesorinterprets theinformationfromasecondarysource.
examplesofsecondarysourcesfor wigstylistsarethewonderfulline drawingsdonebyrichardcorson infashionsinHair:thefirstfive thousandYears;georginedecourtais inwomen’sHats,Headdesses,and Hairstyles:with453illustrations, medievaltomodern;andbyruth turnerwilcoxinthemodeinHatsand Headdress:AHistoricalsurveywit 198Plates.thesedrawingsweredone bylookingathistoricalportraits (asecondaryresource).
Figure 10.5 A plate from The Mode in Hats and Headdress: A Historical Survey with 198 Plates by Ruth Turner Wilcox. This is a tertiary resource.
154 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
Amovie,nomatterhowwelldone, cannotbeconsideredaprimarysourcefor anytimeotherthantheyearinwhichit wasilmed.therearemanyilmswith historicsubjectsthathavefabulous hairstyles.Buttheseareinterpretedbya contemporarydirector,designerandstylist andmustbestudiedthroughthatilter.
DRAW YOUR SETTING PATTERN nowthatyouknowwhatyouaretrying todo,putyourplandownonpaper.Use thisblankformtosketchoutthe placementofallrollers,pincurls,braids, andsoon. indicatewhatdirectioneachroller shouldberolledinandifanyshouldbe setoverbaseorwithdragonthehair. makeanynotesthatwillhelpyouasyou work.figure10-7isanexampleofa completedsettingpattern.
Figure 10-6 Copy this blank setting chart to use when planning out your wig styles.
Chapter 10
w
Creating a Hairstyle
155
willalsohelpthecurltohold.whenyou inishsettingthewig,useaspraybottleto completelywetthewigagainbeforeyou putitintothewigdryer.(theirsthairyou setwillalreadybepartiallydrybythetime youinishsettingallthehair.)setthewig dryeronhighforatleast60minutes. • For synthetic wigs—thecurlissetinthe hairbysteam.Youcandampeneach sectionofhairasyousetit(forcontrol) butitdoesnothavetobedrippingwet. Afteryouareinishedrollingandpinning allofthehair,steameachroller,pincurl, andsoon,withasteamerforatleast 30seconds.Youwillbeabletoseethe hairmoveslightlyasitmeetsthesteam. onceyouhavesteamedthewig,sprayit withwaterandputitinthewigdryeron lowforatleast60minutes.
COMB OUT THE SET
Figure 10-7 A sample wig-setting diagram.
SET YOUR WIG Blockyourwigonacanvasblock,get outthepinsandrollers,andbegin setting.followthepatternyouhave plannedoutanddrawn,settingfrom thefronthairlinedownthebackofthe head,endingwiththehairatthenapeof theneck.thiswillmakesurethehairis evenlydistributedintherollers.(seethe
restofthissectionformoresettingand stylingtips.)Animportantnote—the materialyourwigismadeofwill determinethemethodyouusetosetit. • For human hair and animal hair wigs— thecurlissetinthehairbyacombination ofheatanddrying.Youmustcompletely wetthehairasyouseteachpiece.Usinga stylingproductsuchasgelorsettinglotion
oncethewigiscompletelydry,allowit tocooltoroomtemperature.thiswill helplockthesetintothehair.Yourcurls willloosenabitifyoutakethesetout whilethehairisstillwarm.testa sectionofhairbeforeyoubeginstyling. Atthenapeoftheneck,unrolla roller—ifthehairseemsdamp,rollit backupandstickitbackinthewig dryerforanother30minutes.whenthe wigisreadytobestyled,begintaking outyourrollers,pincurls,andsoon fromthenapeoftheneckup (figure10-8).thisistheopposite directionfromtheoneinwhichyouset thewig.Unrolleachroller.
156 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
TEASING AND STUFFING
Figure 10-8 Begin removing your rollers at the back nape of the wig.
Figure 10-9 Use your fingers to pull apart the curls.
Youmayindthatyouneedtotease(or “backcomb”)awiginorderforittohave theamountofvolumeyoudesire.lightly teasinghaircanalsobeagoodwaytoix rollerbreaks.toteasethehair,beginwitha smallsection.Useyourteasing/smoothing brushtocombthehairdownwardstoward thescalpwhileyoucontinuetogripthe sectionofhair(figure10-10). repeattheprocessuntilallofthe hairinthesectionispackeddownnear thescalp.spritzwithhairspray,andthen movetothenextsection.itisimportant tobesprayingthehairconstantlywith hairsprayasyouwork.ifyouonlyspray theoutermostlayer,theteasedhair insideandunderneathwillcollapseand notgiveyouthelookyouwant.once youhaveinishedteasingthehair, smooththetopsectionsothehairstyle looksneat.Useyourteasing/smoothing
startyourstylingatthefrontofthe wig,becausethefaceofyourperformer iswhattheaudienceshouldbelooking at.itismucheasiertoconceala shortageofhairorgapsinthewiginthe backthanitisatthefrontofthewig. startbygentlycombingthroughthewig withawide-toothedcomb.thishelps getridofanyrollerbreaks(gapsinthe stylecausedbytheset).iifyouare tryingtoachievethelookofnaturally curlyhair,youcansometimesgently pullthecurlsapartwithyouringersand bypassthecombentirely(figure10-9).
next,beginsmoothingthehair, braiding,curlingthesectionsaround youringer,rollingitintosausagerolls, orwhateverelseyouneedtodoto achievethestyleyouwant.securethe hairasyougoalongwithbobbypins. thesewillholdyourhairsecurelyin place.Yourwigshouldalwaysbeableto withstandanyactionbyaperformer. whenyouareinished,takethewig blockandgiveitacoupleofirmshakes. ifasectionorclusterofcurlscomes loose,youknowthatyouneedtopinit moresecurely.
Figure 10-10 To tease the hair, hold a section taut and comb the hair towards the scalp with a teasing comb or brush.
Chapter 10
brushtojustlightlybrushthetoplayer ofhairsinthedirectionoftheinalstyle. finishwithaerosolhairspray. ifthehairstyleyouaretryingto achieverequiresahugeamountof teasingtogetthevolumeyouwant,it maymakemoresensetousearat instead.Aratisanysortofhairpador stufing(figure10-11). Youcanbuypremaderatsormake yourown.Youcanmakearatby collectingloosebitsofhair,formingit intoaball,andwrappingahairnet arounditseveraltimes.tousetherat, pullthehairawayfromtheareayouwant theratandbobby-pintherattoyourwig whereyoudesirevolume.formx-shapes withyourpinstoirmlyanchortheratin place.lightlyteasethehairthatisgoing tolieontopoftheratandsmoothitover. Pinthehairovertheratsothatitstays hidden.finishwithhairspray.
Figure 10-11 An example of a homemade hair rat.
w
Creating a Hairstyle
157
WIRE FRAMES somehistoricalhairstylesaresolarge thanmereteasingorstufingwillstill notyieldyoutheresultsthatyouwant. inthesecases,itmaybebettertobuild awireframetoattachtoyourwig.You canthendressthehairovertheframe andeasilyachieveagreatdealof heightorwidth.theframewillalso allowyourwigtobelightweightonyour performer’shead.millinerywire(sturdy wirethatiscoveredinclothorpaper) makesanexcellentframe.Bendthe millinerywireintotheshapeandsize youwant.makeyoureinforcetheinside ofthewirestogivetheframestrength. onceyouhaveblockedoutyourframe, connectthewireswherevertheyoverlap bystitchingthemtogetherwiththread (figure10-12).thenwraploraltape aroundeachjoin. covertheframewithinexpensive nettinginthesimilarcolortoyour inishedwig(figures10-13and10-14).
Figure 10-12 Join the wires where they cross with stitching and floral tape.
Figure 10-13 Front view of the completed wire frame covered in netting.
Figure 10-14 Bottom view of the wired frame covered with netting.
158 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
Afterseparatingoutthehairthatwill covertheframeandgettingitoutofthe way,useacurvedneedletostitchthe frameontopofyourwig(figure10-15). notethatitmaybehelpfultosetthe wiginrollersirst,allowitdry,remove therollers,andthenattachtheframe. theframemaymakeyourwigsolargeit won’titintothewigdryer!stylethehair upontotheframeandsecureitintothe netting(figures10-16and10-17). finishanddressthewig. Figure 10-15 Stitch the frame directly to your wig using a curved needle.
Figure 10-18 The finished and styled wig with a frame.
Figure 10-16 The hair has been set on rollers before the wire frame has been attached to the wig.
Figure 10-17 Styling the hair onto the frame.
Chapter 10
STYLING MEN’S WIGS Youmustbeextra-carefulwhenyouare stylingawigthatisgoingtobea contemporarymen’sstyle.ifthewigis toocurlyortoovoluminous,the performerwilllookasthoughheis wearinghisgrandmother’swig—nota
w
Creating a Hairstyle
159
goodlookforaleadingman!Planto stylethehairwithverylittlevolume.An effectivewaytoachievethisistouse ingerwavesandpincurlstoaddbody andmovement,butnotexcessive height. noticehowt-pinshavebeenused toholdthewavesinplace.
Figure 10-19 Michael Sullivan as Rogozhin in The Idiot, presented by the University of Texas. He is wearing a realistically styled short men’s wig. Photograph by Amitava Sarkar.
Figures 10-20 and 10-21 Front and side views of an example setting pattern for a men’s wig.
160 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
Figure 10-24 T-pins have been used to hold the waves in place. Let the wig sit with the T-pins in place overnight.
settinglotionhasbeenusedtohelp holdthestyleinplace.tinypermrods havebeenusedbehindtheearsandat thenapetomakethosetinycurlsor lipsofhairthatoftenshowupasa man’shaircutbeginstogrowout.
WIG SETTING AND STYLING TIPS
Figures 10-22 and 10-23 The set has been combed out and styled.
1. firstandforemost,awigisnota headofhair.nomatterhow beautifullythewigismade,itwill needtobestyleddifferentlythanif youwerestylinganactualperson’s hair.thismustbefactoredintothe inalstyle—seeingtheedgeofthe wigquicklygivesawaythefactthat itisawig.considerboththehairline andthebackedgeofyourwig.if yourwigisnotfullyventilated(and
mostarenot),therewillbeasection wherethehairissewnoninstripsor wefts.Youwillhavetostylethewig sothatthegapsbetweenstripsare notseen.Also,keepinmindwhether thewigisactuallysupposedtolook likerealhairorifitneedstolook likeawig. 2. itiseasiertostyleawiginsections— nevertrytohandleallofthehairat once.evenifyouarepullingthehair backintoasimplebun,thehairwill laysmootherifyoupullthebackof thehairintoaponytailandthenpull thefrontsectionsintothebun separately.don’tbeafraidtouse rubberbandsontopofotherrubber bands.(Andifyouareusingrubber bands,don’ttrytopullthemoutof thehair—cutthemoutanduseanew oneifyouneedtoredothestyle.) 3. inordertolooknatural,thewig musthugtheheadsomeplace.when youcannotseetheshapeoftheskull anywhere,thewigoftenlooksvery artiicial.(Anexceptionisteased 1960sstyles—naturalwasnotthe desiredlook.)thestyledoesnot needtobetightallover—asmall sectionstyledclosetotheheadwill goalongway.commonplacesfor thewigtohugtheheadareoverthe ears,atthenapeoftheneck,orright atthehairline. 4. onlace-frontwigs,atleastasmall pieceofhairshouldbreakthe hairlineontotheforeheadorface
Chapter 10
(figure10-25).thisdrawsattention awayfromthewiglaceandalso looksmorenatural—peoplealmost alwayshavealittlebitofhair hangingintheirface.thisis especiallyimportantonshort men’swigs. 5. don’ttrytomakeyourstyletoo perfect.Peoplearerarelytotallyneat orperfect.iftheirhairstyleistoo neat,itwilldrawattentiontoitselfas awigbycontrast.thisdoesnot meanstyleyourwigsloppily—itjust meansavoidingstylingyourwigtoo rigidly. 6. theaudiencedoesnotwanttosee theeffortthatwentintoyour hairstyle.itshouldnotlooktortured, lacquered,sprayed,tugged,and pinnedwithinaninchofitslife (evenifthisisactuallytrue).make sureyouconcealallofyourpins,
Figure 10-25 The hair in the front of the wigs dips down to break the exposed hairline.
usetherightcolorofpins,andavoid anyobviouscombmarks.the hairstyleshouldalwayslook graceful. 7. Hairnetsareyourfriend.onewayto avoidthetorturedlookinahairstyle istousehairnets.Also—don’tfeel limitedtousingjustone—different sectionsofthestylemaybeneit fromseveralsmallhairnets.when usinghairnets,however,pinthemin suchawaythatthehairnetcannot
Figure 10-26 An improperly pinned hairnet—it forms a dome around the style.
w
Creating a Hairstyle
161
beseen.thismeanstonotonly concealtheedgesofthehairnet, butalsotoputsomepinsintothe middleofthehairnetsowedo notseeadomecoveringastyle (figure10-26),butrathertheshape ofthestyleitself(figure10-27). Hairnetsalsokeepastylelooking smoothandstayingtogethermuch longer;thisisespeciallyhandyifyou areworkingonalongrunofashow withalotofwigs.
Figure 10-27 A properly pinned hairnet, following the shape of the hairstyle.
162 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
8. ifthewigyouarestylinghastobe wornwithahat,youmuststyleit withthehatinmind.trythewigand thehattogetherontheperformer beforeyougettodressrehearsalso youcanmakeanyneeded adjustments. 9. makesureyourinishedstyleis reasonablybalancedandnottoo heavy.takethisintoconsideration asyouareworking.themorebobby pinsandhairpinsawighasinit,the heavieritwillbeontheperformer. wigsthatarebackheavymaytugat anactor’shairandbevery uncomfortabletowear. 10. therearelotsofnewtemporary stylingproductsout.thesecanhelp youachievesomegreat,washable
effects.sprayglitter,temporary colors,waxes,andpastesallhave theirplace.makesuretokeepthem outofthelaceofyourwig. 11. considertheoverallbalanceofwigs andnaturalhaironstageina production.ifeveryoneiswearinga wigexceptforoneperformer,the performerwithoutawigmay stickoutlikeasorethumb.ifonlyone ortwocharactersarewearingwigs, thenthosewigsneedtobestyledvery naturallysoasnottostandout. obviously,thereareexceptionstoallof theserules.makesureyouchooseto breaktherulesforareason.thechoice todosocansayalotaboutthe characterortheworldyouarecreating.
theworldisfullofpeoplewithmessy hair,overlystiffhair,friedhair, ridiculoushair,suspiciouslyperfecthair, otherworldlyhair,orplainandsimple hair.makeuseofyouravailabletoolsto achievetheexactlookyouwant.
FROM SET TO STYLE: EXAMPLES toaidinyouindevelopingyoureye fromastylefromsketchtoinished product,wehaveincludedacoupleof examplesofwigsfromthebeginning settingpatternthroughtheendofthe stylingprocess.Pleasevisitthe companionwebsiteathttp://booksite. focalpress.com/companion/ruskai/wig/ foradditionalstyles,photos,andstepby-stepinstructions.
Chapter 10
w
Creating a Hairstyle
163
EXAMPLE 1: COSETTE IN LES MISERABLES
Figure 10-29 Left side view of Cosette’s set.
Figure 10-30 Back view of Cosette’s set.
Figure 10-28 Front view of Cosette’s set.
Figure 10-33 Left side view of Cosette’s finished style. Figure 10-32 Front view of Cosette’s finished style. Figure 10-31 Right side view of Cosette’s set.
Figure 10-34 Back view of Cosette’s finished style.
Figure 10-35 Right side view of Cosette’s finished style.
Figure 10-36 The wig onstage in Les Miserables at the Pioneer Theatre Company. Trista Moldovan as Cosette and Gregg Goodbrod as Marius. Costume design by K.L. Alberts. Wigs by Amanda French.
164 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
EXAMPLE 2: 1930s HOLLYWOOD MOVIE-STAR LOOK
Figure 10-38 Front view of the wig set.
Figure 10-39 Top view of the wig set.
Figure 10-41 Back view of the wig set.
Figure 10-42 Right side view of the wig set.
Figure 10-44 Back view of the finished style.
Figure 10-45 Left side view of the finished style.
Figure 10-37 Research for a 1930s Hollywood hairstyle.
Figure 10-40 Left side view of the wig set.
Figure 10-43 Anna Fugate models her finished style.
CHAPTER
11
therearemanytypesof“hair”available tomakewigs.sometimesthehairis availablethatlooks,feels,andbehaves exactlythewayitneedsto.othertimes thehairneedsworktolook,move,and holdthestyleoveralongrun. mohair(Angora)istheinestofthe hairstraditionallyusedinwigmaking.it isawool,and—likeitscousinusedin clothing—issoft,ine,andluffy.forthis reason,itisoftenusedinwigsforvery youngchildren;wispy,thin,baldingwigs; andeyebrowsforwomenandchildren. mohairhasanunevensurface,is opaque,anddoesnotholdacurlorwave. ittakesmosttypesofdyeverywell.
Choosing, Cutting, Coloring, and Perming the Hair
Unprocessedhumanhairfrom peoplewithgenetictiestonorthern europeisamongthethinnestofthe humanhairs.whenhealthy,thecuticle liesflatandthehairissomewhat shiny.
Figure 11-3 Yak hair magnified 300 times.
Horsemaneandtailhairismuch largerthanyak.itwillcurlbutresists bendingevenwhenwet.itisused
Figure 11-2 Unprocessed human hair from FrenchAmerican, magnified 300 times.
Figure 11-1 Mohair magnified 300 times.
Yakhairisthicker,stiffer,and coarserthananyhumanhair.itlacks cuticleandsorarelytangles.itisalso incrediblyshiny.Yakwilltakemostdyes quickly.Yakcurlseasilywithwateror heat.whiteyakdoesscorchiftheirons aretoohot.
165 Figure 11-4 Horse hair magnified 300 times.
166 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
mostlyforhistoricBritishlegalwigsand forspiky-hairedaliens.Horsetakesmost dyesveryeasily.itdoeshaveacuticle andthehealthandcareofthehairwill determineshineorlackthereof. syntheticibersaremadeby extrudingplastic.thesizeoftheiberis determinedbythesizeoftheextruder.
theshineoftheiberisdeterminedby theshapeofthesurface.syntheticsare solidacrylicornylon.mostareheatsensitive. thegeneticbackgroundofthe humanhairinluencesthestrength, curl,anddiameteroftheindividual hairs.italsoinluencesthenumberof hairsthatgrowonthehealthyhead. whatwedotothehairalsoaffects howitlooks,moves,andfeels.genetic factorsplayahugerole.Hairsfrommost peopleofAfricandescentarecurlyor kinky.thistypeofhairisusuallyquite thinandveryfragile.Becauseofthe fragility,itisrarelyusedinwigmaking.
Figure 11-8 Asian hair that has been bleached and permed into irregularly curled hair; it has a warped shape, and the cuticle is mostly absent.
whenhumanhairisbleachedor permed,thecuticlebecomesmore visibleandirregular.
Figure 11-5 Fiber from normal “Elura-blend” wig magnified 300 times.
Figure 11-7 Healthy unprocessed Asian hair.
Figure 11-6 Fiber from very inexpensive bulk braids, sold at most wig stores for $0.99–$3.00, magnified 300 times.
HairfromsoutheastAsiaisusually strongandthickerthaneuropeanor Africanhair.forwigmaking,thecuticle isstrippedoff,thecolorbleachedout, andthehairisoftengivenachemical curl.ifmishandled,thehaircanchange shape.
Figure 11-9 Bleached and colored Eastern European hair.
mostofthehumanhairsoldforwigs isAsianhairthathashadthecuticle completelyremovedbyanaggressive bleachingprocess.Byremovingthe
Chapter 11
Figure 11-10 Cuticle-free processed Asian hair.
cuticle,thediameterofthehairismade smallerwhichmorecloselymatches thatofgeneticallyeuropeanhair.
DYEING WIGS AND WIG FIBERS Allhairusedinwigsandhairpiecescan bedyeddarkerwithbothtemporaryand permanentcolor.notallwigiberscan belightened. thecolorofanyobjectisamixof thepigmentswelearnedaboutin basicgrade-schoolcolorwheels.How weseeitonstageisacombinationof thecoloroftheobjectandthecolor ofthelight. UNIVERSAL HAIR COLOR SYSTEMS therearetwonumericalhaircolor systemsusedtodescribehaircolor. one,theJ&L color ring,hasbeenused bywigmakersandhairbrokersforover acentury.manycommercialwig
w
companiesstillusethiscolorsystem intheircatalogsandwebsites.the secondsystemisusedbyAmerican cosmetologiststodescribethehair colorofpeopleandhairdye.Atirst glance,thesystemslookliketheymight bethesame,butthisisnottrue.so whenworkingwithsomeone,makesure youarediscussingthesamecolor system!werecommendstudying cosmetologytogainacomplete understandingofhairdyeandother chemicalprocesses.thepurposeofthis chapteristohelpyouunderstandhow andwhatispossiblesothatyoucan communicatewithaprofessional coloristintheeventthatyouneedto usecommercialdyesonyourwigsor hairpieces.
Choosing, Cutting, Coloring, and Perming the Hair
167
classicsystemanda12inthe cosmetologysystem. color12intheJ&lclassiccolor systemisclosertoan8neutralAshin thecosmetologysystem.thisdifference isfurthercomplicatedbythefactthat colorswatchringsareonlyaguideand therealcolorswillvarywithcompany andwithdyebatches.Andcolor swatcheschangewithexposuretolight. therealityisthatonesimplyhasto learnbothsystemsasdifferentandnot wasteanytimetryingto“match” themup. fabricdyescanbeusedtocolorwig hair.thesedyesopenupamuchwider rangeofcolorstoadjustwighaircolor. thesedyesaredescribedinrelationship tothestandardcolorwheel. TYPES OF HAIR COLOR PRODUCTS
AMERICAN COSMETOLOGY HAIR LEVEL SYSTEM tothis12-numbersystemareadded colormodiiers:gold,copper,red, Violet,andAsh. Asyoucansee,bothsystemsassign 1toblackandthenumbergetslargeras thecolorgetslighter.Butthesystems matchonlyforthelowestnumbersand darkestbrowns;1–blackthrough4–dark brown.After4,thecorrelationfalls apart.J&lclassicwigcolor 27–strawberryBlondematchesupto approximately9–goldneutralinthe Americancosmetologysystem.the palestbleachblondeis613intheJ&l
Temporary color productssimplycoat thehairwithsomethingthatcanthen bewashedout.Permanentcolorswill bindtothehairthrougheithera physicaladhesiveorachemicalprocess. thetwomostcommonlyused temporaryproductsaretheatricalcolor spraysandbrush-inproducts.these coatthehairshaftwithamixture ofpigmentsuspendedinafastevaporatingsolvent. thesegenerallyaddweightand stiffnesstothehair.excessive applicationresultsinanartiicial, crunchylook.thebestwaytousethese productsistoapplytheminlayersand
168 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
Classic Color Chart (Also known as J&L color ring) Blacks 1-Black 1B-offBlack Browns 2-darkestBrown 4-darkBrown 6-chestnutBrown 8-lt.chestnutBrown 10-medgoldenBrown 12-lt.gldreddishBrown 14-lt.gldBrown 17-medAshBrown 18-lt.AshBrown Reds 15-gldreddishBlond 19-lt.strawberryBlond 27-strawberryBlond 27A-lt.Auburn 27c-lt.ginger 30-medAuburn 33-dkAuburn 118-winere 30-foxred 131-Burgundyred Blonds 16-HoneyAshBlond 22-champagneBlond 24-lt.gldBlond 24B-lt.Butterscotch 25-goldenBlond 26-medgldBlond 144-Yellowgold 613-PaleBlond 613A-whiteBlond
Whites & Platinums 60-white 101-Platinum 102-PearlPlatinum Gray Mixes 280-Black+5%gray 281-dkst.Brwn+5%gray 34-chestnutBrwn+25%gray 36-lt.chestnut Brwn+25%gray 38-lt.gldreddishBrwn+35% 44-dk.Brwn+50%gray 48-lt.chestnut Brwn+50%gray 51-gray+25%dkst.Brwn 56-gray+10%chestnutBrwn 59-gray+5%Black 456-mixof44-51-56 Frosted 16/22-HoneyAshBlond+ champagneBlond 17/101-mediumAshBrown+ Platinum 18/22-lt.AshBrown+ champagneBlond 24/14-lt.goldenBlond+ lt.goldenBrown 24B/613-lt.Butterscotch+ PaleBlond 27/30-strawberryBlond+ mediumAuburn 27/33-strawberryBlond+ darkAuburn 27c/29-lt.ginger+cinnamon 8/27-lt.chestnutBrown+ strawberryBlond
Figure 11-11 Classic color chart, courtesy Wig America.
Highlights 8-H16-lt.chestnutBrown+ HoneyAshBlond Highlights 10-H16-med.golden Brown+Honey AshBlond Highlights 24-H613-lt.golden Blond+Pale BlondHighlights 27-H613-strawberry Blond+Pale Blond Highlights 27c-H24B-Butterscotch Tips 1BtPurple-offBlack tipped w/Purple 2-t130-darkestBrown tippedw/foxred 4-t144-darkBrowntipped w/Yellowgold 4-t131-darkBrowntipped w/Burgundyred 8-t613-lt.chestnut Browntipped w/PaleBlond 8-t26-lt.chestnutBrown root,tipped w/med.golden Blond 8-t124-lt.chestnutBrown root,tippedw/lt. goldenBlond
12-t16-lt.golden reddishBrown root,tipped w/HoneyAsh Blond 15-t613-goldenreddish Blondroot, tippedw/Pale Blond 17-t101-mediumAshBrown root,tipped w/Platinum 18-t12-lt.AshBrownroot, tippedw/lt.golden reddishBrown 18-t22-lightAshBrownroot, tippedw/champagne Blond 1B/130tP1B-offBlack+fox redroot,tipped w/offBlack 24B-Bt27-lt.Butterscotch root,w/lt Butterscotch+ strawberryBlond 27-t613-strawberryBlond root,tipped w/PaleBlond 30-t613-med.Auburn root,tipped w/PaleBlond 31-t130-Auburnroot, tippedwith foxred 31-t27c-Auburnroot,tipped withlightginger
Chapter 11
Choosing, Cutting, Coloring, and Perming the Hair
169
touseatemporarycolorrinseon humanoryakhair,applytheliquid directlyfromthebottletodampordry hairdependingonthedegreeof changedeterminedbythetest sample.thetintedhaircanthenbeset wetwithrollers,drip-dried,orforcedried.
American Cosmetology Color System 1 black 2 verydarkbrown 3 darkbrown 4 mediumbrown 5 lightbrown 6 darkblonde 7 mediumblonde 8 lightblonde 9 verylightblonde 10 lightestblonde 11 superlightblonde 12 ultralightblonde
DYEING PROTEIN FIBERS
Figure 11-12 Basic Cosmetology color system.
brusheachlayerafterdrying.then stylethehair.thegrayandwhite coatingcolorsarevaluablewhen creatinganeighteenth-century powderedlook. Anothertemporaryproductlinethat isveryusefulinthetheaterforadjusting haircolorofawigforashortrunis rouxfancifulrinse.fancifulisavailable atmostbeautysupplyanddrugstores. thisisaliquidthataddsathinlayerof inepigmenttothehairshaft.thereis littlebindertothistypeofrinse.this meansthatverylittleweightisaddedto theshaftofhairandthehaircontinues tomovenormally.However,theporosity ofthehairdirectlyaffectshowmuch changeincolorcanbeachieved.most syntheticibersareplasticandthecolor rinsesjustdon’tstick.
w
Figure 11-13 Ben Nye Hair White brushed into performer’s hair and 3/4 wig.
Human,yak,andmohaircanbedyed permanentlywithawiderangeof products,includingcolorproducts meantforhumanhairaswellasmost fabricdyes.Humanhair,yak,and mohairareallprotein-basedibersand anycolorproductmeantforuseon humanhairorwoolfabricwillwork well.Humanhaircanalsobelightened, althoughthismayresultindamageto thehairandshouldbedoneonlywhen absolutelynecessary.mosthairusedin wigsisalreadydyedandpermanently wavedandadditionalchemicalprocess mayresultinexcessivedamage. syntheticibersareabittrickiertodye. standardhumanhairdyeswillnotaffect synthetichair.itisnotpossibleto lightensyntheticibers.
USING FABRIC DYES
Figure 11-14 Color products by Ben Nye Co.
fabricdyescomeinawiderangeof brandsandpurposes.formoredetailed informationonthefullrangeoffabric dyesanddyesafety,seeFabric Painting and Dyeing for the Theatrebydeborah
170 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
dryden(Portsmouth,nH:Heinemann drama,1993). Always follow safety precautions provided by the MSDS from the manufacturer. This usually includes wearing rubber or vinyl gloves and a dust mask or using a dye box for mixing. Always use separate containers for dye and store away from all food containers to avoid accidental mix-ups. Wear protective clothing and splash goggles and be sure to use caution when heating dye baths to avoid burns caused by splashing hot water or steam. Unionorhouseholddyesare actuallyamixofdyesmeanttoworkon mostfabrics.ritandtintexareboth uniondyes.inpowderedform,union dyesarenotgoodfortherespiratory tract.ifyoucan,useritinliquidform, becausethiswilleliminatetheneedfor adyebox.Uniondyesworkverywellon humanhair,yak,andmohair.some syntheticswilldyewithuniondyes. dispersedyeswilldyemany acetates,nylon,acrylic,andpolyesters. Human,yak,andmohairalsorespond welltodisperse-typedyes.dispersedyes canbehazardoustotheeyesand respiratorytract.Pleasefollowallsafety precautions. Human,yak,andmohairareprotein ibersanddyeveryeasilywithjust aboutanyproductevertried.Union dyes(tintexandrit)workverywellon yakandmohair.Anytypeofdyethatis listedforuseonwoolwillusuallywork
quitewellonyakandmohair.inmany cases,colorchangecanbeachieved withroom-temperaturedye.intense colorsmayrequireheating.
a
PREPARING HAIR BUNDLES FOR DYE tossingloosestrandsofanytypesofwig iberintoapotofdyelikeyou’re cookingspaghettiisnotrecommended. Althoughthiswouldgivethemosteven color,theiberswilltangleintoabirds nestandbetotallyuselessafterwards. whendyebulkorloosewigibers,the strandsmustbesectionedintosmall, pencil-sizedbundles.thenthe“root end”mustbetightlyboundtoholdthe strandstogether. whenplacedinthedyebath,the boundportionwillnotdye.Buyhair 2incheslongerthanyouneedtoallow forcuttingofftheundyedportionatthe rootend. itissafesttodyehuman,yak,and mohairatmoderatetemperatures. excessiveheat—beyond200°f—can causedamagetotheibersaswellas increasetheriskofsteamburnsor hotwatersplashburnstothepeople. mostcolorswillfadewithrepeated washing.Althoughhumanhaircan bedyedwithfabricdyes,itisimportant torememberthatfabricdyesshould neverbeappliedtohairthatis attachedtoahumanhead!Usefabric dyesonlyonhumanhairthatisalready cutoff.
b
Figure 11-15 Yak hair dyed with a union dye. Wig, prosthetics, and makeup by Bradley M. Look, model Clayton Stang.
Chapter 11
Figure 11-16 Royal blue and fuchsia hair added to black human-hair wig front.
DYEING SYNTHETIC FIBERS syntheticwigsandhairpiecesare actuallymadefromarangeofibersthat includemanydifferenttrademarked acrylic,modacrylic,polyester,andnylon blends.forthisreason,adyethatworks wellononewigorhairpiecemaynot workatallonsomethingmarkedwith thesamename.infact,iberswithinthe samewigmaytakecolorfromthesame dyebathverydifferently.trialanderror
w
isreallythenameofthegamewith syntheticwigibers.thebestresultswill beachievedwithuniondyeslikeritor tintexandwithdisperse-typedyessuch asAljoAcetate-nylon.Afewsynthetic ibersmaytakecolorwithbasicdyes. Polyesterdyesaddcolor,butinmost casesalsoruinthehair.theaddition ofpolydevelopertopolyesterdyes createsagummysyntheticiberthatis totallyuseless,asthesmellis overwhelming,sothistypeofdye shouldbeavoided. dyesthatwilldyeacrylicandnylon requirehightemperatures—near boiling—towork.syntheticibersare veryeasilydamagedbyexposuretohigh heat.thegoalistoindthelowest temperatureandtypeofdyethatgives theintensityofcolorwiththeleast damagetotheiber.insomecases,a muchstrongerpercentageofdyeto weightofiberthanrecommendedby themanufacturerisneededtodye syntheticwigibers.theadditionof aceticacidmaycauseasubtledifference incolorcomparedtosamplesdyedina lessacidbath.theadditionofacetic acidtothedyebathshasnotmadeany differencetothedepthofcolorortothe washfastnessofthecolorinany syntheticwigiberstestedbythe authorstodate.Becausesyntheticwig ibersarerapidlychanging,testsamples areamust. largedouble-boileranddyevatsare thebesttouse,becausetheyprotectthe
Choosing, Cutting, Coloring, and Perming the Hair
171
syntheticiberfromcontactwiththe partofthepotwheretheheating elementtouches.intheabsenceof thesetypesofpots,usethelargest, deepestdyepotyoucanandcreatea systemthatkeepsthesyntheticiber suspendedinthewaterwithout touchingthesides.
Figure 11-17 Box for safely mixing powdered dyes.
Figure 11-18 An enamel dye pot with steamer insert protects wigs from melting on the bottom of the pot.
172 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
1. Prewashthesyntheticibersto removeanyoilsorconditionersthat mightinhibitanevendye. 2. keeptheibersinawarmwetbath whilewaiting. 3. mixdyepowderinadyeboxwhile wearinggloves. 4. Addthedesiredamountofmeasured dyetoasmallamountofwarm waterandmixtoanevenpaste. 5. Adddyetowarm-waterdyebath. 6. Addthesyntheticibertothedye bath,makingsuretostirthedye aroundandalsotomovethe ibersaroundinsuchawaythat encouragesevendyeing.when dyeingacompletesyntheticwig,lift thewigupthroughthedyebath withtongstomakesurethatthedye ismovingfromroottotip.Avoidany movementthatresultsintangling theibers. whenyouwillbeusingweftoffofa hairpiecetomakeawig,itisbestto removetheweftfromthehairpieceto allowthedyetoreachtherootsandtips evenly. Heatthedyebathtoboilingwith care.eachcombinationofdyecolorand syntheticiberwillworkattemperatures slightlybelowboiling.Because temperaturesover200°fsigniicantly increasetheriskofdamagetothe syntheticibers,alwaysraisethe
a
b
c
d
e
Figure 11-19 (a) Original undyed swatches. Left to right: Kanekalon, 100-percent synthetic bulk braid, modacrylic, Toyokalon, modacrylic, keratin hair, yak. (b) Aljo Acetate-Nylon yellow. (c) Aljo Acetate-Nylon Red. (d) Aljo acetate-Nylon Emerald green. (e) Rit Dark Green.
temperatureslowly.oncethedesired colorisreached,thereisnoreasonto raisethedyebathtemperatureany higher. mostdyemanufacturersand theatricaldyersuggestleavingtheibers inthedyebathatthe“optimal temperature”for30minutes.teston mostsyntheticwigibersshowthatthe maximumintensityisachievedin 5–10minutesafterthemagic temperatureisreached.washfastness alsoseemstobethesameat10minutes asat30minutes.whendoinglarge batches,morethanonewigatatime, thecolorwasmoreevenwhenleftinthe dyebathfor30minutes. 7. removedyedwigorbundlesand washwithshampooandwarm water.continuetowashandrinse withlukewarmuntilthewaterruns clear.Aslongasbodytemperature rinsewaterhasdyecoloration,there isriskofthedyerunningwhenthe personsweats. 8. steamandbrushtostraightenout anyoddkinksandcurlscreatedby thehotdyebath.
PERMING WIGS AND WIG FIBERS ifnaturallycurlyhairisn’tavailable,wig haircanbepermed.Humanandyak
Chapter 11
haircanbepermanently(chemically waved)beforeorafterthewigis constructed.itiseasiertoventilatewith straighthairandpermafterthewigis completed.Permingafterawigis inishedalsoprovidestheopportunity tocompletelycontrolthedirectionof thecurlandwavemotionaroundthe face.However,itisriskiertoperma inishedwig.Becausethechemical processesinvolvedinpermanentwaving involvepotentiallyharmfulmaterialsit isimportanttohavealicensed experiencedcosmetologistperformany chemicalprocessonawig,including permanentlywaving. Permingthehairbeforethewigis constructeddoesprovideasafety net—ifthehairistoodamaged,it doesn’thavetobeused. mosthumanhaircansafelybe permanentlywaved.Hairthathasbeen bleachedandstrippedofcuticlewill damageveryeasily.Useproducts suggestedforcolortreatedhairanddo morethanonetestsamplebefore perminganentirewig.Yakwillperm, butspecialattentionneedstobepaidto thetiming.thereisverylittleroomfor errorbetweenthehairtakingthecurl andtotallydisintegratingandturning intojelly. goodresultscanbeachievedwith bothacidandacid-balancedperms. oneofthetrickstogettinggoodperm resultsisaneven,tightwraponthe
rollers.thisoftenrequiresextensive pinningoftheweftorfoundationtothe block.Anothertipforpermingwigsisto rememberthatpermanentwaves assumeabitofbodyheatcomingup fromthescalpofaperson.endothermic permsolutionsrequiretheuseofan outsideheatsource.Awigsittingona blockisroomtemperature,usually30°f coolerthanthepermwasdevelopedfor.
w
Choosing, Cutting, Coloring, and Perming the Hair
173
endothermicareusuallyacidwavesand gentleronhairthathasalreadybeen processed.forthesereasons, endothermicpermsoftenresultina bettercurlonawig.tosolvethispreheatawigdryerto98°fandplacethe wiginthedryeronceitisrolledandhas solutionadded.makesuretherolledwig hasaplasticbagoverittokeepitfrom dryingout.turnoffthedryerafterafew minutestoavoidoverheating.
CUTTING WIGS
Figure 11-20 UNCSA actors Joshua Morgan and Chris French as convicts in Our Country’s Good in wigs made with permed hair. Wigs designed by Tera Willis, built and photographed by Raquel Bianchini.
thecutsneededtocreateagiven hairstyleonawigarethesamehaircuts neededtocreatethathairstylewiththe hairthatgrowsoutofthehumanhead. thedifferenceisinhowtodealwiththe wigontheblockasyoucuttoensure thatthehaircutwillworkwhenitisput onthehumanhead. wigsthatarecompletelyhand-tied ontononstretchyfoundationscanbe cutjustasyouwouldcuthairona humanhead. wigsthatarehand-tiedonastretchy foundationcanbecutjustasyouwould cuthaironahumanhead,aslongas thefoundationispinnedsecurelyevery 2inches. wigsthataremadeofweftneedto becutwithextracaretoensurethatthe resultissmooth.itisveryeasytoend upwithchoppyends.Avoidbluntcuttinganyweftwig.wigsmadefrom
174 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
weftarebestcutby“tipping,”razorcuts, orwiththinningshears. Allwigsshouldbecutonablock identicaltotheperson’sheadshapewith hairprep,souseawell-paddedplastic tracingorchooseablockwiththeright shape. Pinthewigsallovertheheadat smallregularintervalstoensurethatthe foundationisstablewhencutting. Figure 11-23 Hair pinned securely for cutting.
Figure 11-21 Caul net and other stretchy foundations will pull out of shape when the hair is pulled out for cutting.
Figure 11-22 By pinning weft and foundation at 2-inch intervals, the foundation will remain hugging the block and ensure a more accurate haircut.
Figure 11-24 Human-hair hand-tied wig with silk part. Built, cut, and styled by Isaac Grnya, UNCSA.
CHAPTER
12
Figure 12-1 Nylon rope wigs made by Sarah Bahr for The School for Scandal, presented by the University of Minnesota-Duluth. Costume design by Bill Brewer.
Hair that Isn’t Hair: Wigs Made from Other Materials
nowthatyouhavefronted,ventilated, andstyledbeautifulwigs,itistime foryoutoputasidethatinformation andturnyourattentiontoavery differentkindofwig:awigthatisnot madeofhair. why,youask,wouldsomeonewant todosuchathing?designingwigsthat aremadeofalternativematerialsopens upawholenewrealmofcreative possibilities.differentmaterialsallow youtoachievenewandinteresting looks,and,insomecases,evenhelpyou solveproblems.forexample,Allison lowerywasworkingonproductionof stephensondheim’sInto the Woods.in thismusical,severaldifferentfairytales arewoventogethertoformonelarge story.twoofthecharactersare rapunzelandthewitchwhokeepsher lockedinthetower.inthisproduction, thedirectorwantedrapunzel’shairto bebothextremelybrightyellowincolor andtobeabletoactuallybeclimbedby thewitchandthePrince. Afterlookingatdifferentsolutions,it wasdecidedthatbright-yellowsafety
Figure 12-2 Amanda Chubb as Rapunzel in Into the Woods, presented by the University of North Carolina School of the Arts.
175
176 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
ropefromthehardwarestorewouldbe theidealproducttouse.Afteritwas unraveled,theropehadalovelywavy textureandwasstrongenoughtohold theweightoftheactorsplayingthe witchandthePrince.(theactress’s headandneckwerenotstrongenough, however,sosomeofthe“hair”was secretlyanchoredtotheset.) differentmaterialsalsolend themselvestosomeverystylized, magical,orotherworldlylooks.ifyou wantedacreaturetolookasthough theyarepartofaforest,whatbetterway thantohavethemwearhairthatis actuallymadeofvines,plants,bark,or moss?ifyoudesiredaveryartiicial doll-likelook,whynotmakethewigas artiicialaspossible,perhapsbymaking thehairofribbons,satin,orpaper?the possibilitiesareendless.inthischapter, wewilltouchonsomebasictechniques ofmakingnon-hairwigs.letyour imaginationrunfreeinordertoexpand thesetechniquesandbeinspiredto makeyourowncreations.
BASES AND FOUNDATIONS manymaterialsthatyoumaychooseto useinawigwillneedtohavea stronger-than-usualbaseorfoundation tosupportthem.forlightermaterials, youcanuseatypicalwigfoundation likethosediscussedinchapter6,but thereareacoupleofothertechniques youcanusetobuildastrongerbase.
oneofthebasesthatiscommonly usedisthebuckram/feltbase.tocreate thisbase,youwillneedafelthoodand buckram(bothavailablefromhatmaking/millinerysupplycompanies): 1. takeaplasticwraptracingofthe personyouarecreatingthewigfor andpadoutacanvasorwoodhead blocktotheexactshapeofthe person’shead. 2. Useanindustrialsteamerto thoroughlysaturateyourfelthood withsteam.Youwillseetinydroplets ofcondensationformontheoutside ofyourfelthood.makesureto steamallareasofthehood—thiswill makethehoodbecomesoftand pliable.Be careful when handling the hood—the steam makes the felt hood very hot! 3. Havesomepushpinsandelastic handy.oncethehoodisfully steamed,removeitfromthesteamer. Pullthefelthoodoverthehead block.makesureyoupullandtugon thefelthooduntilitiscompletelylat ontop,withnobubbles,puckers,or creases.thefelthoodshouldbesnug againstthetopoftheheadblock—no airshouldbetrappedunderneath. Youwillneedtoputalotofyour bodyweightintothis—makesurethe headblockisonasecurewigclamp. tietheelasticaroundthebottomof thefelt.Usetheelastictolattenthe shape.Usethepushpinspinnedinto theelastictosecurethefeltaround
Figure 12-3 The felt hood has been pinned in place.
thebottomoftheheadblock (figure12-3).startbyplacingoneat thebottomofthecenterfrontofthe head.thesecondthumbtackyou shouldplaceatthecenterbackofthe head.continueworkingfromsideto sideuntilyouhavepinnedalat shapeontotheheadblock. 4. cutasquareofbuckramlargerthan youthinkyouwillneed.Beforeitis wet,buckramisaverystifffabric, almostlikecardboard.onceitis wet,itbecomesaverysoft,gluey material(figure12-4).
Chapter 12
Figure 12-4 Buckram, after it has been thoroughly soaked with water.
wetthesquareofbuckraminwarm water.Pullthebuckramoverthefelton theheadform,usingthebiasdirection formaximumstretch.likeyoudidwith thefelthood,pullthebuckramastight asyoucansothatitlayssmooth.tiethe elasticaroundthebaseverytightly (figure12-5).smooththebuckram downundertheelastic. Youmayhavetopleatthebuckramin orderforittotaketheshapeofthehead form.cutouttheextramaterialinthe
w
Figure 12-5 Smooth the buckram over the felt hood and secure with elastic.
pleatinordertoeliminatesomeofthe bulkoftheinishedbase.thensmooth theremainingbuckramdownuntilitis aslatandsmoothaspossible.Afterthe buckramissmoothed,pintheelasticin placewiththepushpins(figure12-6). 5. Allowthebuckramandfelttodry. Youcanputtheblockintoawig dryerinordertospeedupthedrying process.oncethefeltandbuckram aredry,cutoffanyexcessthatis hangingpastthetacksandelastic.
Hair that Isn’t Hair: Wigs Made from Other Materials
177
Figure 12-6 The elastic is held down with push pins.
6. slowlybegintoworkthefeltand buckramoffoftheblock.Youwill likelyneedtotrimaroundwherethe facewillbe—justbesuretoleave plentyofexcess.takeyourtime—the baseyouhavemadewillbe narroweratthebottomthanatthe widestpartofthehead.trimback thecapuntilyoucangetifoffthe block.itmayalsohelptocutaslit upthecenterback;thisalsohelps thewearergetintoandoutofthis baseeasily.
178 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
7. onceyouhavethecapoffofthe block,bastethetwolayerstogether withheavyweightthread.Bastea linefromcenterfronttocenterback ofthehead;basteasecondline goingfromeartoearoverthetop. 8. fitthepersonwhoisgoingtobe wearingthiscap(figure12-7).Usea pencilandsketchoutwherethecap needstobetrimmedinorderto matchupwiththeirhairline.Again, workslowly—italwaysbettertocut toolittlethantocuttoomuch.
9. oncethecapitstheperson perfectly,youcanbeginmakingyour non-hairwig.thecapareabletobe coveredbesewingthefabricofyour choiceontheoutside.Boththe buckramandthefeltareabletobe sewnthrough—justbesuretousea sturdyneedle.
FOSSHAPE™ BASES fosshapeisanotherexcellentmaterial tousewhenmakingnontraditionalwig bases.itisasoft,pliablefabricthat respondstosteamordryheat.onceit hasbeentreatedwithheat,ithardensto maintaintheshapeoftheformithas beenplacedover.itcanbetrimmedinto shapeandcanbepainted.itisvery lightweightanditremainsbreathable whenithardens,soitisvery comfortabletowear.
Figure 12-8 Draping a square of Fosshape over a block.
1. therearetwowaystobeginyour fosshapebase.Youcaneitherdrape asquareoffosshapeoverahead block(figure12-8)orpiecetogether acap(figures12-9and12-10).ifyou piecetogetheracap,useatight zigzagstitchonthemachinetosew thepiecestogether.trimyourseams ascloselyaspossible.
Figure 12-7 Fitting a buckram and felt cap on actress Molly Evensky.
Figure 12-9 The pieces of Fosshape before they are stitched together.
Chapter 12
w
3. onceyourbasehascooled,thisbase isreadytobeitonyourperformer. trimthehairlinetothedesired shape.Youmayindithelpfulto wiretheedgeofthecapwith millinerywire.thiswillallowthe captobeadjustedtocloselyit thehead.
•
•
Figure 12-10 Stitch pieces of Fosshape together to form a skull cap.
2. Applysteamtothefosshape (figure12-11).ifyouhaveseamsin yourcap,worktheseamsirst,going fromthetopdowntothebottom. Youcanalsouseaheatguntoapply theheat.onceyouaredone applyingtheheat,leaveyourbaseto coolandharden.
Hair that Isn’t Hair: Wigs Made from Other Materials
Figure 12-12 A finished wig base made of Fosshape.
•
OTHER TYPES OF BASES thebuckram/feltbaseandfosshape basesarejusttwoexamplesofabaseto gounderyournon-hairwig.depending ontheamountofsupportyouneedfor yourhairmaterials,youcanchooseone ofseveraloptions:
Figure 12-11 Steaming the Fosshape in place.
• foraquick,lightweightbase,simplycut thebilloffabaseballcap.theadjustable baseballcapsarebetter,becausethis willgiveyouawigbasethatisadjustable aswell.remember—abaseballcap usuallyleavessomeofthesideburnarea
•
179
andthenapeareaexposed—besure toconsiderthiswhenusingthistype ofbase.thisbaseisalittleonthe limsyside. foraverysturdy,thickbase,youcanuse ahardhat.theinsideofahardhatholds theshellawayfromtheheadand balancestheweightverywell.itisalso possibletoremovetheinnardsofthe hardhatandusethemtoconstructyour wigbaseifyoudonotwishtousethe outershell. forabasethatwillholdaverylargeor heavywig,abicyclehelmetisagood choice.themultiplestrapsontheinside andunderthechinwillallowyouto fastentheendproductverysecurelyon thewearer’shead.Allofthestrapswill alsokeepthewigstableonthe performer’sheadifitisbeingwornduring alotofactivity,suchasdancingorstage ighting. Anotherlightweightbaseoptionisto sewatraditionalwigfoundation(see chapter6)usingsturdierfabricsthatcan befoundinyourlocalfabricstore. crochetednetfabric,muslin,canvas,and lannelareoptions. thebuckram/feltbasecanalsobemade usingeitherjustthefeltorjustthe buckram.whenmakingthebaseoutof justfelt,youwillneedto“size”thehood onceitisdry.(“sizing”referstoapplying hatsizing,astarch/glue-likeliquid,tothe felthood.thesizingdrieshard,like shellac.)whenusingjustabuckramcap, youwillneedtolinetheinsidewithasoft fabriclikelannel;thebuckramhasrough edgesandascratchytexture.
180 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
COVERING THE CAP
Figure 12-13 Kara Meche creates a craft wig base out of felt. The pockets on the top of the cap will hold battery-powered strings of lights.
Figure 12-14 Kara Meche’s finished wig. Model: Rachel Myhill. Photograph by Shannon Soule.
theirststepaftermakingthecapisto coveritwithafabricthatiscloseincolor toyourinalproduct.thiswillnotonly makeyourcapblendinwithyour product,butwillalsobindofftheedges thatyoutrimmedandaddtothecomfort ofthewearer.selectanappropriate fabricanddrapeitoverthecap.Youmay needtocutandpleatthematerial,just asyoudidwiththebuckramwhenyou weremakingthebase.sewthepleatsor dartsinplace.next,stitchthroughthe fabric,buckram,andfeltalltheway aroundtheouteredgeofthecap;dothis aquarterofaninchfromtheedge.once thatisinished,trimawaytheexcess fabric,leavingenoughfabrictoturn undersmoothly.sewtheturnedunder edgeontheinsideofthecap.Youcan alsopaintyourcapinsteadofcoveringit withfabric.fosshapebasestakepaint especiallywell. whenarereadytodecorateyourcap, assembleyourdesiredhairmaterials together.“mockup”thewigbeforeyou beginattachinganythingona permanentbasis.todothis,pin everythinginplace(bepreparedtousea lotofpins!),thenstepbackandtakea lookatitbeforeyoubeginsewing, gluing,orotherwiseattachingthe materials.Alwayskeepinmindrealhair growthpatternswhenyouarelayingout yourmaterials.Yourwigwillbemore believableifitmimicswhatoccurson theheadnaturally.onceyouaresatisied withtheplacement,begintoattachyour
materials.foranysortoffabric/ribbon/ yarn/rope/anythinginalongstrip material,goodold-fashionedsewingis usuallythebestwaytoafixthem.Usea curvedneedletodothis,becauseit allowsyoutogoinandoutofthecapin onestep.Justbesurenottosewthebase totheblockyouareworkingon,ifthe blockiscanvas.nothingisasfrustrating astothinkyouareinished—onlytoind thatyouhavetocutyourwigfreeand startover.formaterialslikeartiicial lowersandplastics,acombinationof sewingandgluingmayworkbetter.Be carefulwithhotglue—somehotglue productspeelrightoffofwhateverthey aregluedtooncethegluehascooled. specialtygluescanalsocomeinvery handywhendoingthistypeofwork— therearegluesmadespeciicallyfor everythingfromfabrictostyrofoamto rhinestonestowood.chooseaglue productthatmatchesyourmaterials.
BUILDING A STRUCTURAL SUPPORT FRAME ifthematerialyouaremakingyourwig outofisveryheavy,youwillwantas muchofthewigtobehollowas possible—thiswillkeeptheweight downandmakewearingthewigeasier. ifthewigisexceptionallywideortall, youmayalsoneedtocreatesomesort offrametosupportthestyle.Aframe canbebuiltonanystyleofbaseorcap, especiallythebuckram/feltcapandthe fabriccap.Youwillneedseveral
Chapter 12
differentgrades(weights)ofwire,pliers, wirecutters,loraltape,andinexpensive nettingfromyourlocalfabricstore: 1. determinetheshapeyouwantyour frameworktobe.spendalittletime measuringsothatyouwillhavea clearideaofthescaleyouwish toworkin.
Figure 12-15 The cap is wired from behind the ears around the nape.
w
2. wiretheedgeofthecapfromthe topofoneeartothetopoftheother eardownaroundthenapeofthe neck.dothisbylayingthewire downalongtheedgeofthecapand whip-stitchingiton.Besureyousew throughalllayersofthecap. 3. inordertogetstronganchorpoints foryourbase,youwillwanttowire thecapinsuchawaythatthe weightofthehairmaterialsis equallydistributed.wirethecap fromeartoearacrossthetopofthe head.thenwirethenapeoftheneck diagonallyintothecorners(figure 12-15).Youshouldalsosewinawire thatendsateachsideburnarea.As youwork,besureyoucleanlybend theendsofthewiressothatnothing isstickingout.itisveryeasyfora performertobecomeinjuredbya smallpieceofwirepokingout. Bendthelastinchofyourwireover andclampittightlywithyourpliers. covertheexposedendswith loraltapetohideanyremaining sharpedges. 4. onceyouhavethecapwired,begin buildingyourframework.workin smallsectionsuntilyoureachyour desiredshape.constantlythink abouthowtomakeeachsection strongsothattheframedoesnot collapseonitself.Addanoccasional diagonalcrosspieceofwire.where eachwirejoinswiththenext,twist
Hair that Isn’t Hair: Wigs Made from Other Materials
181
Figure 12-16 Where the wires cross, stitch them together and then bind them together with floral tape.
thewirestogether,clamptightly,and securewithloraltape(figure12-16). 5. Aftertheframeworkisinished, covertheframewithinexpensive netting.thisnettingwillillinany emptyareasaswellasgiveyou somethingtoadhereyourhair materialsto.chooseacolorthatwill blendinwithordisappearbehind yourhairmaterials.whenindoubt, amediumordarkgrayisagood neutralcolor.Attachthenettingby whip-stitchingittothewire framework(figure12-17). oncethesupportstructureis completed,youcanstitchorglueyour hairmaterialstotheframe,andbewell onyourwaytoainishedproduct.(for moreinformationonwireframes,see chapter10.)
182 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
Figure 12-17 A wire frame, before and after being covered with netting.
COMBINING HAIR AND NON-HAIR MATERIALS sometimesyoumaywishtouseboth hairandnon-hairmaterialstogether. theeasiestwaytodothisistoselect materialsthatcanbesewnorventilated intoanexistingwig.forexamples, regularhairandyarncanbecombined toformanunusualdreadlocklook. mylarormetallicthreadscanbe ventilatedinthesamewayashairto createsparklingorshinyhighlightsina wig.(themylarthreadisespeciallynice tocombinewithsynthetichair—itwill
takethecurlwhenthehairissteamed.) othermaterials,suchasrope,ribbons, orlowerscanalsobesewnintoawigto enhanceitsappearance. othertimes,youmaywishtousea hairwig,buttohaveitappearstiffand rigid.thisisespeciallyusefulifyouare tryingtomakesomeoneappearlikea classicalstatueoraplasticdollwith moldedplastichair.onesimplewayto achievethisistostylethewigusing whiteglue.thisgluedriesclearand washesout(withpatience!)onceyou aredonewiththisparticularstyle.
Figure 12-18 The finished wire frame is covered with marabou feathers to create the look of a powdered wig. Wig made by Allison Lowery.
Bewarnedthough—thisstylingismessy. combthegluethroughthehairand shapeitthewayyouwant.toachieve roundcurlsorringlets,youcanrollthe hairaroundaplasticcurler.Allow thecurltodryandthenremovethe curler.oncethehairhasdried,itwill beverydificulttomove,sobesurethe hairisthewayyouwantittolook whenyoustopworking.Youcanalso usealittlewhitegluewhenyouare stylingatraditionalwig,especiallywhen youarecreatingspitcurlsàlaBetty Boop(foranexample,seefigure12-19).
Chapter 12
w
EXAMPLE OF THE STEP-BYSTEP PROCESS OF CREATING AN UNUSUALLY SHAPED WIG Asanexampleofthestepsthatone goesthroughtocreateanout-of-the– ordinarywig,wewilldescribethe stepsusedtocreatethewigwornby thecharacterofBottominA Midsummer Night’s Dreamafterthe characterhasbeentransformedintoa donkey.(forthisproductionatthe Universityoftexas–Austin,Bottomwas playedbyafemaleactor,latasha stephens.)
Hair that Isn’t Hair: Wigs Made from Other Materials
183
2. Afterbuildingatraditionalwig foundation,webeganaddingthe shapedpiecesasdeterminedbyour mock-up.Here,plasticneedlepoint canvas,heavy-gaugemillinerywire, andnylonnettingwereused:
1. thedesiredshapewasmockedupin craftpaperandotherdisposable materials:
Figure 12-19 Jena Maenius in Fefu and Her Friends, presented by the University of Texas. Her spit curls have been styled with white glue. Costume design by Susan Branch Towne. Photograph by Mark Rutkowski.
manymaterialscanbeusedtoform interestingandcreativewigs.Always thinkofthecomfortoftheperson wearingyourcreation—tryandavoidany extremelyheavyorscratchymaterials. Beyondthat,letyourimaginationroam free!considersuchmaterialsasfeathers, lowers,paper,curlingribbon,giftwrap, fabric,pipecleaners,ethafoamtubing, toys,birds,artiicialfruit,cottonballs, papertoweltubes,cardboard,tinsel, kitchenscrubbies,pompoms,beads, yarn,twine,rafia,coffeeilters… inspirationalmaterialsareeverywhere!
Figure 12-21
Figure 12-20 The shape has been roughed out in wire, craft paper, plastic canvas, and styrofoam.
Figure 12-22 A close up view of how the ears were attached to the wig foundation.
184 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
3. corsetboningwasusedtoadd strengthandsupporttothestructure:
Figure 12-23
4. morenylonnettingwasusedto coverthestructure:
Figure 12-24
5. weftingwasaddedtothestructure toformthedonkey’smane:
Figure 12-25
6. thecompletedmane:
Figure 12-26
7. theearswerethencoveredby ventilated“pockets”thatslipped overtheearslikeaglove.theeyes weremadebywrappingstyrofoam ballswithloosehair,sprayingthem, andthencoveringeachofthemwith ahairnet.sequinswereaddedto accentuatetheeyes. 8. thewigwasthenstyledsothatall ofthepiecesandpartswent together. 9. thecompletedwigonstage.
Chapter 12
w
Hair that Isn’t Hair: Wigs Made from Other Materials
185
Figure 12-27 LaTasha Stephens as Bottom in A Midsummer Night’s Dream, presented by the University of Texas–Austin. Costume design by Jennifer Madison; wig construction by Allison Lowery. Photograph by Mark Rutkowski.
186 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
GALLERY OF NON-HAIR/ FANTASY WIGS
Figure 12-28 Ribbon wig constructed by Tammy Potts-Merritt at the University of North Carolina School of the Arts.
Figure 12-30 A wired ethafoam wig, made for The Good Person of Szechuan by Christina Grant. Presented by the University of North Carolina School of the Arts.
Figure 12-29 A raffia wig on a Fosshape base, constructed by Bill Brewer for The Tempest, produced by the British Resident International Theatre.
Chapter 12
w
Hair that Isn’t Hair: Wigs Made from Other Materials
187
Figure 12-31 Felt and wire wigs made for The Good Person of Szechuan, presented by the University of North Carolina School of the Arts. Construction by Katie Ward.
Figure 12-32 Crayola® Model Magic™ wig with a felt and wig lace base. Constructed by Christina Grant for Don Giovanni, presented by University of North Carolina School of the Arts.
Figure 12-33 Nylon rope wigs created by Sarah Bahr for The School for Scandal, presented by the University of Minnesota–Duluth. Costume design by Bill Brewer.
188 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
Figure 12-36 Chamois foundation with Crayola® Model Magic™ for Commendatore statue in Don Giovanni, presented by the Atlanta Opera.
Figure 12-34 The cast of The Very Persistent Gappers of Frip, presented by the University of Texas, wearing wigs made of a variety of materials, including yarn, twine, horsehair, raffia, and wired piping. Costume design and photography by Candida K. Nichols.
Figure 12-35 Fosshape and hair-wefting wigs for The Mikado, presented by the UCF Conservatory Theatre. Design by Kristina Tollefson.
CHAPTER
13
How to Get a Show into Production theultimategoalofgoodwigand makeupdesignishelpingtotellthe storytoldbythescript.ifyourdesign distractsfromthestorybeingtoldor doesnotitintotheworldcreatedby theplaywright,director,andother designers,yourdesignwillnotbea success.knowinghowtounderstand andanalyzeaplay(oroperaormovie) isvitaltodesigningappropriate charactersandhavingthemliveina worldthatmakeslogicalandaesthetic sense.
ANALYZING AND UNDERSTANDING THE PLAY
Figure 13-1 Kate deBuys as Titania in A Midsummer Night’s Dream, presented by the University of Texas. Costume design by Jennifer Madison; photograph by Mark Rutkowski.
whenapproachingaplayfortheirst time,itisoftenhelpfultoreaditstraight throughinordertoachievesomeideaof thelowoftheplayandtoallowyourself toformagenuineemotionalresponse. Afterdoingthis,goingbackand rereadingtheplayinordertobreakit downintoveryclearpiecesisessential. doingthisbreakdownhelpslayoutthe importantploteventsandstage
189
190 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
momentsthatareofcriticalimportance. onceyouseetheseeventsandmoments clearly,youcanmakeimportantdesign decisionsthatwillhelpthedirector, actor,andthedesignteamtovisually drawattentiontothesemoments.
FORMS OF DRAMA oneimportantthingtodetermineisthe kindofplayormovieyouare designing—inotherwords,whatgenre yourplayfallsinto.isitacomicopera? Ashakespeareantragedy?A contemporary,realisticilm?Anabsurd fantasy?knowingthegenreis important,becausecertaingenresare associatedwithbuiltinexpectationsor theatricalconventions.forexample, melodramasareexpectedtohaveavery obviousvillain;mostaudiencepicture thisvillaintwirlinghisdramatic mustache.Youdonotnecessarilyhave tofollowthesetraditions,butyoudo needtobeawareofthem.notusing theseconventionsshouldbea deliberatechoice,notanunfortunate oversightonyourpart.doyour research!Alistofdramaticformsall designersshouldbefamiliarwith includescomedy,tragedy,tragicomedy, blackcomedy,farce,vaudeville,musical, melodrama,drawingroomcomedy, commediadelarte,operabuffa, restorationcomedy,fantasy,comedyof manners,elizabethandrama,revenge tragedy,andmanyothers.
BASIC PLOT STRUCTURE nearlyallplaysandmoviesfollowa basicplotstructure(thisstructurehas beenvisuallyrepresentedinfigure13-2): 1. thereisan inciting incident;thisis aneventthatoccursbeforethe beginningoftheactionweseeon stage.thisistheeventthatkicks thingsintogear;itisthereasonthe playisnecessary.forexample,in williamshakespeare’sHamlet,the incitingincidentisthedeathof Hamlet’sfather.therecanbemore thanoneincitingincident. 2. oncethecurtaingoesup,theaction isunderway.theirstthingthat usuallyhappensisexposition. expositioniswheretheaudience learnsabouttheincitingincidentas wellasthegivencircumstancesof thecharacters—whattheywant, howtheyrelatetoothercharacters, howtheyitintotheworldofthe play.forexample,inHamlet,we learnthatHamlet’sfatherhasdied, hismothersoonafterhisfather’s deathhasmarriedhisuncle,Hamlet hasbeencalledhomefrom universitytoattendthefuneral/ wedding,andthatthereisalotof intriguegoingoninthecourtat denmark.expositioncancontinue throughouttheplay. 3. theactionoftheplayreallygetsset intomotionwiththepoint of attack. thisusuallyoccurswhensomeone decidestoactivelypursueagoal.it
cancomeearlyorlateintheplay.to determinethepointofattack,you havetoindtheeventthatmotivates theprotagonisttoact.inHamlet,the pointofattackoccurswhenHamlet decidestogetrevengeonhisuncle claudiusformurderingHamlet’s father.everythingHamletdoesin theplayafterthispointisleading towardHamletandclaudius’s confrontation. 4. Afterthepointofattack,the complications and conflictensue. thesearetheeventsthatchangethe courseofthestoryandmakethe playlastforlongerthantenminutes. therecanbeanynumberof complicationsinaplay;theaction continuestorise,fall,andchange direction.inHamlet,the complicationsincludeophelia’s madnessandsubsequentdeath,the accidentalmurderofPolonius,the double-dealingofrosencrantzand guildenstern,Hamlet’sconfused feelingsabouthismother,andthe desireoflaertestorevengehimself onHamlet. 5. The climaxofaplayisthehighest, mostexcitingpointofactionina play.itisarguablythesinglemost importanteventoftheplot.the climaxanswersthequestionthatis askedatthepointofattack.will Hamletrevengehimselfon claudius?Yes—Hamletkills claudius.
Chapter 13
w
How to Get a Show into Production
191
shakespeare’splays,whichclearly statetheact,scene,andline number. THERE’S A BOY IN THE GIRL’S BATHROOM BY LOUIS SACHAR
Figure 13-2 A diagram of the play structure of Hamlet.
6. Aftertheclimaxoftheplay,weareleft withtheresolution.thiswhereallof thelooseendsaretiedup.itendsthe actionoftheplay.sometimesthereis animpliedcontinuationoftheaction, butaftertheresolutioniswherethe audiencestopswatchingandgoes home.inHamlet,gertrudedrinksthe poisoneddrink,Hamletstabs claudius,Hamletandlaertesdiefrom poisonedstabwounds,andHoratio restoresordertothecourtofdenmark.
SCENE BREAKDOWNS inorderbothtounderstandaplayand tophysicallyproduceandrunashow, youneedtobreakitdownintopieces. thesebreakdownsmakeitclearwhere
theactionofeachsceneistakingplace, whentheychangelocations,whatthe weatherislike,whattimeofdayitis, whoisinwhatscene,andexactlyhow muchtimeyouhavetoquick-changean actorintoanewcostumeandwig.By natureofthewaytheyarewritten,ilm scriptsarealreadybrokenintoscenes andlocationsforyou.Plays,musicals, andoperas,ontheotherhand,canbe brokendownandorganizedinseveral differentways: 1.Location/scene changes as mentioned in the script.itisalways nicewhenthestructureoftheplay laysalogicalbreakdownoutforyou. thesescenesareusuallyseparated byachangeinlocationortimeof day.goodexampleofthisare
Scene
Pg.
Scene’s Starting Location
i.1
2
classroom
i.2
6
Bedroom
i.3
14
Hallway
i.4
36
schoolyard
i.5
30
Bedroom
i.6
33
carla’sofice
i.7
37
schoolyard
i.8
41
schoolyard
i.9
43
carla’sofice
i.10
49
neutralstagearea
ii.1
54
carla’sofice
ii.2
59
schoolyard
ii.3
62
Bedroom
ii.4
66
Hallway
ii.5
71
Bedroom
ii.6
76
schoolyard
ii.7
79
Boy’sBathroom
ii.8
86
Hallway
ii.9
91
Bedroom
ii.10
92
classroom
ii.11
93
carla’sofice
ACT II
Figure 13-3 A location/scene breakdown chart for There’s a Boy in the Girl’s Bathroom by Louis Sachar. Chart made by Jen Ash.
192 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
2. Scenes/musical numbers. This type ofbreakdowncanbedoneforboth operasandmusicals.thestructureis brokendownintodialogueand/or recitatives(inamusical,thedialogue isusuallyspoken;inanopera,the recitativeisalmostalwayssung);
songsorarias(sungbyoneperson); andsongsperformedbymorethan oneperson(duets,trios,quartets, rightupthroughfullchoral/ ensemblenumbers). 3. French scenes.Afrenchscenechart consistsofeveryentranceandexitof
acharacter.toclarify,ascenebegins wheneveracharacterentersorexits, nomatterhowshortofatimethey mightbeonstageorhowsmallthe character’spartis.frenchscenes movedirectlyintoeachother withoutpause.
ASSASSINS BREAKDOWN SCENE #
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
SONG
Everybody’s Got the Right
Ballad of Booth
How I Saved Roosevelt
Gun Song
Ballad of Czolgosz
Unworthy of Your Love
Ballad of Guiteau
x
x
cHArActer Proprietor
x
leonczolgosz
x
JohnHinckley
x
charlesguiteau
x
giuseppe Zangara
x
samByck
x
squeaky fromme
x
saraJanemoore
x
Johnwilkes Booth
x
Balladeer
x x
x
x
x x x
x
x
x
x
leeHarvey oswald ensemble
davidHerold
5bystanders, photographer
Figure 13-4 A scene/musical number breakdown chart for Assassins by Stephen Sondheim.
fairgoers, attendant,Pres mckinley
hangman, crowd
Chapter 13
w
How to Get a Show into Production
193
WAY OF THE WORLD—SCENE BREAKDOWN ACT 1
CHOCOLATE HOUSE
scene
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
PAgenUmBer
2
5
6
7
7
8
10
11
11
mirabell
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
fainall
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
witwoud Petulant
x
mrs.fainall mrs.marwood millamont
Figure 13-6 A sample makeup and wig rendering for Lydia in Pride and Prejudice. Rendering by Ariana Schwartz.
mincing foible waitwell sirwilfull Betty
x
x
x
x
x
Figure 13-5 A French scene chart for The Way of the World by William Congreve.
ORGANIZING YOUR SHOW NOTEBOOK Asadesigner,youshouldkeepallof yourinformationreadilyathandinyour shownotebook,oftenreferredtoasthe showbible.Havingallofthis informationwellorganizedwillensure thatyoudonotforgetanythingandcan easilylookuptheanswertoany questionstherestoftheproduction teammayhave.theinformationmaybe arrangedinanyorderthatseemsright toyou,buthereiswhatinformation shouldalwaysbeincluded:
1. contactsheetsandinformation— includenames,emailaddresses,and multiplephonenumbersforthe cast,crew,anddesignteam. 2. theproductioncalendar—makesure toincludeallrelevantdeadlinesfor alldepartments.(sometimesthere willbeprojectsonwhichmultiple departmentswillneedtocoordinate. knowingeveryone’sdeadlineswill makethisprocesseasier.) 3. thescriptandscenebreakdowns. 4. measurementssheetsofallofyour performers—yourmeasurement
sheetshouldincludeallhead measurements,haircolormatches, lengthoftheperformer’shair,and textureoftheperformer’shair. 5. thecostumerenderings. 6. Yourhairandmakeuprenderings. 7. research,notesfromthedirector— includepicturesfromthetimeperiod ofthescriptyouareworkingon, paintings,sculptures,inspirational magazineads,photographsofpeople fromtheperiod,clothingcatalogs fromthetimeperiod—anythingthat mightaidyourdesign. 8. Budgetinformation. 9. Planofattack—makeacompletelist ofallitemsyouwillneedinorderto produceandrunyourshow.makea listofwhereeachoftheseitemsis comingfrom—whatitemswillbe built,pulledfromstock,rentedfrom
194 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
anoutsidecompany,oralteredfrom existingpieces.don’tforgettoinclude thingslikehairpins,rollers,hairstyling products,blockingpins,hairbrushes, styrofoamheads,andsoon. 10. showcrewinformation—makea chartofwhochangeswigswhen, where,inhowmuchtimes.All informationabouteachperformer shouldbeincludedhere,evenifthey wearonlyonewigandkeepiton throughouttheentireshow.thisis especiallyimportantforperformers whowillbeplayingmultipleroles. Acrewmembershouldbeableto lookatthischartandknow,for example,thatatthetopofscene3,in thestageleftwings,susieActorwill needhelpchangingfromhercurly blondwigintoherraggedpeasantwig andthatshehassixminutestodoit. 11. Picturesofalloftheinishedstyled wigs,settingpatterns,andanyhow-to instructions—takeafront,back,left side,andrightsidepictureofeachwig inyourproduction.dothisforboth thesetofthewigandfortheinished product.thiswillallowyouto redothewigmultipletimeswhile maintainingaconsistentinishedlook. 12. listofresources—includeany informationaboutproductsthatyou arelikelytorunoutof,various peopleyoucancontactifthereisan emergency,andotherplacestoget neededsupplies. Agood,thoroughshownotebookis avaluableasset.thinkofthisbookas the“igothitbyabus”book—if
somethinghappenstothedesigner, thereshouldbealltheinformationthat acrewwouldneedtogettheshow onstagewithoutthem.
CHARACTER DESIGN Howdoesadesignercreatealookfora character?charactersandtheirneeds, desires,circumstances,quirks,and eccentricitiesarewhatmakeforlively stageaction.characterinteractionisthe sourceofconlictinmostplays;when characterswantdifferentthings,theyare goingtostruggleuntiloneofthem prevails.Asawigandmakeupdesigner, youmustknowyourcharacters.ifthe charactersareclearlyportrayed,the audiencewillhaveaclearinsightabout whoeachpersonis.thiswillmakeit easiertounderstandtheplay.Bold characterstatementscanalsobegreatfun intheirownright—thinkofthecharacters designedbyBobmackieforcarolBurnett on The Carol Burnett Showoraboutthe wackycharactersallplayedbymike myersintheAustinPowersmovies.You knewwhothosecharacterswerebefore theyeveropenedtheirmouthstospeak. manyofthesecharacterswalkedonstage oronscreenandhadaninstantimpact becauseoftheboldvisualchoicesan audiencecouldreadilyidentifywith. severalfactorsshouldcontributeto acharacter’slook: 1.Given circumstances.thesearethe concretethingsyouareactuallytold aboutacharacterinthescript.these
mayincludeage,physical appearance,socialstatus,marital status,environment,occupation, mannerisms,andspeechpatterns. thesethingsareeitherstatedinthe stagedirectionsoraresaidabout onecharacterbyanothercharacter. 2. Character types.traditional charactertypesallserveclear functionsinthescript.knowing differentcharactertypeswillhelpa designerplacethecharacterinthe world.somecommoncharacter typesnecessarytomostplays: • Protagonist.Alsoknownasthe leadingmanortheleadinglady. thischaractermustbepursuinga goal.Aplaycanhavemorethanone protagonist.theydonothaveto achievetheirgoal,buttheyhaveto pursueit. • Antagonist.thepersonwhois blockingtheprotagonist’swaytotheir goal.sometimesthispersonisthe villain;sometimestheantagonist’s roleisnotthatclear-cut. • Confidant.Afriendtotheprotagonist. itisthischaracter’sjobtohear(and throughtheconidant,theaudience alsohears)theprotagonist’sthoughts. theconidantoftengetstoadvisethe protagonist.theaudienceusually needstoliketheprotagonist;this charactershouldberelatableand familiartotheaudience. • Foil.Usuallyaminorcharacterthatsets offaqualityintheprotagonistbybeing theoppositequality.forexample,in shakespeare’sTwelfth Night,orsino andolivia(disguisedascesario)are
Chapter 13
w
How to Get a Show into Production
195
moreattractivetooliviaassuitors becauseofthesheerridiculousnessof sirAndrewAguecheek,whoservesas theircomicfoil. • Raisonneur.thevoiceofreason.they arethemoderatorsandpeacemakers; theyarealsooftenthecharacterswho expresstheplaywright’sownpointof view.theybringthesidestogether andtieupallofthelooseends.in shakespeare’sRomeo and Juliet,the Princeistheraisonneur. • Utilitarian characters.Peoplewitha jobtodo.theydelivermessages,drive thecarriages,andbringtheprincipal characterstheirdinner.
3. Historicaltimeperiod—allhistorical periodshavetheirownfashionsin clothingandhairstyles.Alldesigners shouldhaveathoroughknowledge ofcostumehistory,arthistory,and hairhistory.onceadesigneris familiarwiththegivenperiodin whichtheyaredesigning,theycan makeappropriatechoicesfortheir characters.whowouldhavethe mostelegant,chichairstylethatis theheightoffashion?whowould notcarewhattheirhairlookslike? whosehairwouldbeterribly overdone?itisimportanttorealize themanyoptionsavailablewithina timeperiod—thecharacterscanlook appropriatewithoutlookinglike clonesoneachother. intheabove,charlesdanagibsonhas renderedagroupofwomen,inone placeandtime,whosepersonalitiescan bedeterminedataglancebytheir
Figure 13-7 When Women Are Jurors, by Charles Dana Gibson. Note that although the women have very different looks, they all fit into the same historical period.
fashionandhairchoices.knowingthe relationshipsbetweenyoursetof characterswillhelpyoumakethese choices. 4. Audience expectation.Allaudiences, whethertheyrealizeitornot,come tothetheatrewithcertain expectationsaboutwhattheyare goingtosee.ifthedesigner’schoices aresofarawayfromwhatthe audienceexpects,thedesignwillnot haveasmuchimpactasitcould.for example,standardsofbeautyare constantlychanging.ifyougoback andlookatilmsfromthe1930sand 1940s,thewomenalwaysrelectthat
era’saesthetic,eventheilmis supposedtorepresentanearlier time.Anotherexampleistheilm versionofcleopatrathatwasmade inthe1960sstarringelizabethtaylor. Althoughtheilmissetinancient egypt,thereisstillacertain1960s feelingandlooktothehairand makeupchoices.wecannothelpbut beinluencedbythestandardsof beautyofthetimewelivein.
GROUP RELATIONSHIPS onceyouunderstandeachindividual character,youneedtoturnyour
196 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
attentiontohowthecharacterswork togetherasagroup.groupdynamics movetheplotforward.drawingout theserelationshipsonpapermakes themeasiertosee. weusetwodifferentmethodsto examinecharacterrelationships:the clustermethod(figure13-8)andthe linegraphmethod(figure13-9).forthe clustermethod,wewriteeach charactersnamearoundtheedgeofthe pageanddrawlinestoconnectthemto eachother.Usedifferentcolorsto
Figure 13-9 An example of the line graph method of group character analysis for Hamlet.
Figure 13-8 An example of the cluster method of analyzing character relationships for William Shakespeare’s Hamlet.
indicatedifferentrelationships—whois marriedtowhom,whoisinlovewith whom,whohateswhom,whoisrelated towhom,andsoon. forthelinegraphmethod,wedraw astraightlineandplacebasicqualities (old/young,ugly/beautiful,rich/poor, silly/digniied,comic/tragic,andsoon) andplaceeachcharacteronalineto showtheirplacewithinthosebasic concepts. itseemslikeasimpleconcept,butit maysurpriseyouhowdoingthisforces youtothinkaboutthecharactersin depthandmakedecisionsforthem.if Helenoftroyisn’tthemostbeautiful womanonstage,thestoryofthetrojan warstartstofallapart.
DESIGNING AN OVERALL LOOK FOR A PRODUCTION wheredoestheinspirationcomefrom thatleadstoanoveralldesignconcept foraproduction?itcancomefrom anywhere.Anydesignmustbeginwith thescript.learnallyoucanfromwhat theplaywrightorscreenwritergivesyou. Asyoureadascript,jotdownanyideas thatcometomind—don’tlimityourself towhatseemslogical.someplayswill requireastraightforward,realistic design,andthatisaperfectlyvalid choice.Butothershows(anddirectors anddesignteams)willlendthemselves tochoicesthatwillnotbesoobviousat irst.
Chapter 13
Figure 13-10 Matrex Kilgore and Ashley Hayes as Grotto and Gretta Good in Still Life with Iris, presented by the University of Texas. These characters were specifically designed to have a cold, hard, metallic look. Costume design by Ariana Schwartz; photograph by Mark Rutkowski.
Afterreadingtheplay,thenextstep isresearch.noshoweverhadtoo muchresearch.thoroughlyexamine thehistoricalperiodthathasbeen chosenfortheshow.(iftheperiodhas beenmadeupordoesnotmatter—in thefuture,onthemoon,underthe sea—researchwhatyoucan,suchas themoonorthesea.)lookforimages thatinspireyouthatdonotnecessarily haveanythingtodowiththetime period.Adesignershouldalwaysbe pickingupinspirationalimagesand keepingtheminaile.organizeyour imagesintocategoriesthatwillallow youtoindthemquicklywhen necessary.
next,youshouldhaveameeting withthecostumedesigner.exchange ideasandseewhattheyarethinking aboutthedesignoftheshow.talkabout howthewigscanenhancetheoverall look.showyourresearchtothecostume designer,andlookattheirs.Youshould inspireeachother. itisthentimetostartputtingideas onpaper.Brainstormwithwords(“what iftitania’shairlookedlikecottoncandy withtwinklingpinklights?”),andthen moveontopictures.Quickthumbnail sketchesallowyoutoexperimentwith differentideasandworkoutany potentialproblemsaheadoftime.An eficientwaytodothisistomake
w
How to Get a Show into Production
197
yourselfaformwithaheadshape alreadydrawnoutandcopiedmultiple timesthatyoucanquicklystartdrawing ontopof.Youshouldmeetwiththe costumedesigneragainatthispoint andcompareideas. onceyouhaveasolidsetofideas,it istimetomeetwiththedirectorand otherdesigners.Havinglotsofsketches andreferencepicturesforeveryone tolookatismuchbetterthantryingto describeideaswithnothingtoreferto. thecollaborativeworkthathappensat thesemeetingscanbewonderful—a pictureofyoursmayinspireanother designer,andtheirideasinturnmay inspireyouinadifferentdirection.first andforemost,theatre,television,ilm, fashion,andadvertisingare collaborativeartforms.working togethertotellastoryinawaythatit hasneverbeentoldiswhywekeep working. Aftermeetingwiththedesignteam andinalizingyourchoices,doinished renderingsofyourcharacters.oncethat isdone,thebudgetingandbuildingcan begin!
BUDGETING FOR A PRODUCTION whenthetimecomestobudgetforyour production,itishelpfultosetyour priorities.Afterdeterminingwhatyour idealvisionfortheshowis,youmust determinewhatispossible.(Youshould
198 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
dothisbeforepresentingyourideasto thedirector—youdonotwantthe directortofallinlovewithalookyou cannotactuallyachieve!)Beforeyou beginworkingonyourbudget,youmust knowhowlongyouhavetoputthe showtogetherandhowlongtheshow willberunning.knowingthiswillhelp youigureouthowmuchanypotential labororrentalwillcost. takeintoaccountwhatlaboryou haveavailable,whatwigstockyou haveaccessto,andwhatsuppliesthe companyortheatrekeepsinstock. thenmakealistofeverythingyou need—includeeverything.factorin wigs,hair,lacesandnets,pins,thread, styrofoamheads,canvaswigblocks, wigcaps,hairpins,hairspray,hairnets, spiritgum,spiritgumremover,hair accessories(flowers,jewelry,ribbons), andanythingelsethatyoucould possiblyneed.ifyouareworkingwith anestablishedcompany,itislikely thatmanyoftheseitemswillalready beonhand. ifthecompanydoesnothaveawig stock,indoutiftheyhavearelationship withawigrentalcompany.iftheydo not,youwillneedtomakesucha relationship.itisagoodideaforanywig designerorwigmastertodevelop relationshipswithacoupleofwigrental houses.someofthesecompanieswill alsosendthewigsprestyled—thiscan behelpfulifyouaredoingalargeshow withasmallwigcreworifyouhavea
shortamountoftimetomountthe production. makeachartofeverywig,hairpiece, andfacialhairpiecethatyouwillneed. foreachoftheseitems,makeseveral columns—pullfromstock,build,buy, andrent.determinewhereeverypiece iscomingfrom.thingsyoucanpull fromstockobviouslydonotcostyou anythingfromyourbudget,soyouwill wanttopullasmanyitemsasyou possiblycan.examineyourstock carefully—thingsthatmaynotappear appropriateatirstglancemaybeeasily adjusted(addingweftinthebackfor length,cuttingalayerofbangsin,and soon)sothattheyworkforyour production. whenyouhavedeterminedwhat youneedtobuy,disperseyourbudget appropriately.Youwillwanttospend moremoneyonthewigsforyour principalssincetheaudiencewillspend moretimelookingatthem.donot forgettoallowmoneyforexpendables suchaspins,spiritgum,andspiritgum remover.leavingadepletedshopwhen youinishajobwillmakeyoulesslikely tobehiredagain. makeanexpensechart.therearea lotofcomputerprogramsavailableto helpyoukeeptrackofallofyour expenditures—makeuseofthem. differentcompanieswillwantyouto handlemoneyindifferentways.some havecompanycreditcards,somewill wantyoutodothepurchasingand reimburseyou,andsomewillwantyou
tousepettycashandpurchaseorders. makesurethatyouknowaheadoftime howthecompanyyouareworkingfor operates.entereverypurchaseintoyour expensechartsothatyouknowhow muchbudgetyouhaveleftatalltimes. keepanenvelopeorpouchwithallof yourreceipts.makesurethatthe receiptshaveadequateinformationin caseyouhavetomakereturns. Attheendoftheproduction,settle yourreceiptswiththecompany.itisa goodideatosavealittlemoneyinyour budgetforthingslikecleaningorrepairs thatmaycomeupattheendofashow. Youmustberealisticwhenitcomes tothebudgetofyourproduction.Before acceptingajob,youmustindouthow muchtheyareexpectingandhowmuch moneyyouhavetodoit.lookatthe needsoftheshow.somecompanies dreambig,butdonothavethefunds, space,orlaborthatthosedreamswould require.ifitisnotpossibletodothejob withtheavailablefunding,sayso.do nottakeajob,nomatterhowappealing itseems,ifyouwillnotbeableto delivertheinalproduct.
WIG JOBS AND HOW TO GET THEM Howdoyougetthesewigjobsinthe irstplace?therearealotofdifferent specialtiesinthewigield.onceyou knowalloftheoptions,youcanpickthe nichethatitsyourskillsbest.Asitisa
Chapter 13
ieldthatrequiresveryspecializedskills, therearenottonsofpeopletrainedto performthesejobs.ifyouhavetheskills, manyopportunitieswillbeopentoyou. someexamplesofdifferentkindof wigandhairjobs: • Wig designer.wigdesignersfortheatre, opera,dance,ilm,andtelevisionmakethe artisticdecisionsforagivenproduction. theydeterminewhatthehairwilllook like,whatthehairaccessorieswillbe,and makeanyotheraestheticdecisionsrelated tothehair.theyusuallyworkcloselywith thecostumedesigner.sometimeswig designersarealsoinchargeofrealizingthe design;sometimesthereisaseparatecrew whodoesthat. • Wig master/mistress.thesepeopleare thepeoplewhomakethedesignareality. theyareinchargeofbuilding,buying, styling,altering,andtakingcareofthe wigsforaproduction.sometimesa companywillhireawigmasterjusttorun ashow;theyaretheninchargeof maintainingthehairstylesandputtingthe wigontheperformers.inother companies,theterm“wigmaster”is synonymouswith“wigdesigner.” • Wig run crew.thepeoplewhoputthe wigsontheactorsduringaperformance. Atmanytheatres,thispersonisalsoa memberofthewardrobecrew. • Key hair.thepersononailmwhois responsibleforstylingthehairand maintainingthecontinuityofthese hairstyles.sometimesthisposition appliesonlytothewomen’shair;the men’shairandfacialhairmayfallunder
•
•
•
•
themakeupdepartment.thisposition alsosometimesrequiresputtingwigson theperformers. Wig salon employee.manywigsalons employeesomeonewhospecializesin itting,styling,andrestylingwigsfor customers.thisjobmayalsorequire assistingcustomersinchoosingwhatwig willworkbestfortheirneeds. Wigs for hair-loss patients.thisperson willspecializeinworkingwithpatients withhairlossduetochemotherapy, alopecia,trichotillomania,orchemical damage.thesepatientsmayneedfull wigs,hairpieces,extensions,orsome combinationofalltheabove.Ashair-loss patientsmayhaveextrasensitivescalps, specialconsiderationwillneedtobe takenwiththecomfortoftheirwigs. Hair puncher.Apersonwhopuncheshair directlyintoheadsorbodiesmadeof silicone,latex,orothermaterial.thisis positionisusuallyfoundonilmand televisionproductions.fakeheads, bodies,oranimalsmaybeneededwhen usingtherealthingisnotpossible. Animalsmayneedtotalk,headsmay needtoexplode,andbodiesmayneedto beautopsiedforacrimedrama. Wigs for everyday.lace-frontwigsare enjoyingasurgeinpopularity.many celebrities(suchastyraBanksand Beyonce)oftenwearwigsonadaily basis.thesewigsarehigh-quality,lacefront,ventilatedwigs.wearingwigs allowsacelebrityormodeltoquickly andeasilychangetheirlookwithout sufferingthewearandtearontheir naturalhair.
w
How to Get a Show into Production
199
otherpotentialplacestoindwigand hairpiecejobsincludehistorical re-enactors,dragqueens,anime characters,cosplay,renaissancefairs, andHalloweencostumesupplyshops. therearesomanywaystoapplyhair work—indyourniche! onceyouhavefoundyourspecialty, youneedajob!therearemanywaysto getyournameoutthereandsourcesto aidyouinindingajob: • fortheatrical,dance,andoperawork, therearepublicationsandwebsites dedicatedtoadvertisingjobs.ArtSearch is apublicationthatliststhesejobsfor manytheatresandoperacompanies. theyalsohavelistingsfortouringjobs. Youmustpayayearlyfeetoaccessthese listings.theyarepartoftheatre communicationsgroup(www.tcg.org). otherwebsitesincludewww.playbill.com andwww.backstagejobs.com,andthere aremanyothers.searchonlinetoindthe bestonesfortheareawhereyoulive. • majorjobwebsitesmayhavelistingsfor wigandhairjobs.checklistingsunder salons,beauty,orgeneralemployment. • craigslist.comcanbeagreatresourcefor yourcity,especiallyforfreelanceartists. theylistmanyone-timejobsunder “gigs.”thesegigsareagreatwaytobuild contactsinyourcommunity. • ifyouareamemberofatheatricalorilm union,therewilloftenbecallsheets availabletoyoulistingwhatjobsare availableforagivenperiodoftime. • moststateshaveailmcommission. contacttheilmcommission(mosthave
200 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
websites)andaskabouttheirjob postings. • makebusinesscardswithyourcontact informationandspecialtyandtakethem toappropriateplaces.Youmayleave someatcommunitybulletinboards,wig salons,cancercenters—anywhereyou mightindpotentialclients.Alwaysbe suretoaskifyoucanleaveyourcard irst. • contacttheatresorotherplacesand volunteeryourservices.thiscanbea goodwaytogetyournameoutthere, especiallyifyouhavemovedtoa newtown.
Astimegoesby,ifyourworkisgood, wordusuallygetsoutaboutyouand jobsmaystartindingyou.itis importanttobeproactivewhenyouare establishingyourself,however;waiting forjobstocometoyoumightleaveyou unemployed.wordofmouthisprobably thenumberonewaytoind employmentinthewigindustry.Benice toeveryoneandalwaysdoyourjobina professionalandpleasantmanner. Peoplewillalwaystalk—don’tgivethem anythingbadtosayaboutyou!
CHARGING FOR YOUR WORK onceyouhaveajob,youhavetoigure outhowmuchtocharge.thiscanbe extremelyconfusingforpeoplejust
startingoutinwigwork.therearea coupleofwaystodeterminehowmuch yourworkisworth: 1. doyourresearch—lookonthe internetatsitesforwigcompanies andseehowmuchtheyarecharging fortheirproducts.Anaverageof thesepriceswillgiveyouanidea whatthegoingrateisforthings. differentareasofthecountrywill likelyhavedifferentrates—whatyou sellacustomwigforinnewYork citywillbemoreexpensivethan whatyouareabletosellitforina smallmidwesterntown. 2. chargebythehour—sometimes, chargingbythehouristhebestway toapproachpayment.thisis especiallytrueifitisanunusual projectthatisnothinglikeanything elseyouhavedonebefore.guess howlongitwilltake,sothatyoucan atleastgiveacompanyanestimate. ifyoubeginworkanditseemslike yougreatlyunderestimatedthetime involved,contactthecompany immediately.theymaywishtoind adifferentsolutiontothisproblem orhaveyoucontinuewiththewig projectasplanned,buttheyneedto benotiied.Awordofcaution— chargingbythehourcanbackireif youareveryslow.Acompanyshould nothavetopayforyourlackof
speed.inthiscase,itmaybebetter todetermineafeeaheadoftime. 3. chargebysupplies—oneformula thatcanbeusedtopriceaprojectis todeterminehowmuchthesupplies foraprojectwillcostandthen doublethatnumbertoindyour laborcharge.forexample,ifthe suppliesforaprojectcost$100,then thelaborwillcost$200,bringingthe totaloftheprojectto$300. 4. chargebystockusefulness—this methodisusedwhenyouhaveawig stockthatisrentedouttocustomers. theirstfewtimesyourentouta stockitem,itisinprimecondition andwillcosttherentermore.You willneedtochargeanappropriate pricetopayforthesuppliesand laborthatittooktomakethewig.As thewiggetsusedoverandover again,itwillbegintoshowsome wearandtear.Youwillthencharge lesseachtimeyourentoutthewig. wigjobsrequireattentiontodetail, consistentwork,speed,apleasant demeanor,sensitivitytoinsecurities, andlotsoforganization.Usethetoolsin thischaptertobuildareputationasa wigpersonwhocanbecountedonto putashowonstageordoanywigjobat hand.Usetheskillsintherestofthis booktobuildareputationforexcellent high-qualitywork.
CHAPTER
14
Care and Maintenance of Wigs CLEANING WIG LACES Beforeyouleaveanyproductionatthe endofthenight,youshouldmakesure thatthelaceforyourwigsandfacial hairpiecesareclean: 1. Afterremovingthepiecesfromyour performer,placeyourwigona block. 2. gotoawell-ventilatedarea.Puton chemical-resistantglovesanda properlyittedrespirator. 3. gathertogetheryourcleaning supplies.Youwillneedaglassbowl,
Figure 14-1 Backstage between shows of the Broadway production of West Side Story. Wig designer: Mark Adam Rampmeyer.
openingnighthaspassed,theirstday ofshootinghascomeandgone,andall decisionshavebeenmade.whatnext? Becauseeveryaudiencedeservestosee asgoodashowasopeningnight
(includingthebeautifulwigs),youmust careforandmaintainthewigsyouhave created.Andonceyourproductionhas wrapped,youshouldcleanandstore yourwigsforfutureuseorreshoots.
Figure 14-2 Gather together your lace-cleaning supplies.
201
202 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
atowel(youwillprobablywantto keepacoupleoftowelsthatareused onlyforcleaninglacepieces),a wooden-handledtoothbrushor stencilbrushwithnaturalbristles, andeither99-percentrubbing alcoholoracetone. 4. Pourasmallamountofthealcohol oracetoneintothebowl.donot pouralot,becauseitevaporates veryquicklyandyouwillendup wastingit.
Figure 14-3 Place the towel underneath the wig lace.
5. slidethetowelundertheedgeofthe lacewherethespiritgumresidueis (figure14-3). 6. dipyourbrushintothealcoholor acetone.oncethebrushiswet,push thebristlesintothewiglacefromthe outside,goingintowardsthetowel (figure14-4).Alwaysworkfromthe rightsideofthewigin,becauseyou arepushingtheglueresidueoffof thelaceandontothetowel. donotscrubatthelacewiththebrush. theremoverworksbydissolvingthe
Figure 14-4 Push the spirit gum residue from the wig to the towel.
glue,soyouwillhavetobealittle patient.worktheremoverintotheglue bygentlypressingthebristlesintothe holesofthelace,andthenwigglingthe brusharound.scrubbingthespiritgum offofthelacewilleventuallyweakenthe laceandmakeitmorepronetotearing andfraying.dipyourbrushintothebowl andaddmoreremoverasnecessary. 7. continuemovingthetoweltothe areaswherethereisspiritgum residueuntilallofithasbeen removed. sometimestherewillstillbemakeupon thelaceevenafteryouhavecleanedoff thespiritgumresidue.ifthereis,take analcoholpreppad(soldintheirst-aid aisleofanydrugstore)andrunitalong theundersideofyourwig.thiswilltake offanymakeupthathasbeenleft behind.Youmayalsoindthatthewigis dampwithsweataftertheperformer haswornit.ifso,gentlyplacethewig onitsback(withtheinsideofthewig faceup)andletitairoutabit.ifitis trulysoaked,youmayevenneedtodry itwithahairdryer.don’tleaveittosit ontheheadallnightwhileitis damp—itmaynotdryintimeforthe nextperformance.ifthewiggets smellyfromthesweat,misttheinside withalcohol(mint-scentedalcoholis especiallygoodforthis).oncethewig isclean,replaceitontheheadyou havingbeenusingforstorage.many companiesstoretheirwigson styrofoamheadsoncetheyarebeing
Chapter 14
wigiscreasedorhasaringletthathas gonelatbecauseitwassmashedunder thewig.
CLEANING FACIAL HAIR 1. Putonyourchemical-resistant glovesandrespiratorandmovetoa well-ventilatedarea.gatheryour suppliestogether. 2. Placethefacialhairpiecehairside-uponatowel. 3. dipyourbrushintotheremoverand pushthebristlesintotheholesof lace.wigglethebrusharoundand lettheremoverdissolvetheglue. Pushthespiritgumresidueontothe towel.itisespeciallyimportantto cleanfacialhairwiththerightside
w
Care and Maintenance of Wigs
203
up.ifyoucleaneditwiththelace sideup,thedissolvedspiritgum residuewouldrundownintothe hairandcausethefacialhairto becomestiffwhenitdries. ifyoudohaveapieceoffacialhair thathasbecomecakedwithspiritgum (spiritgumresiduewilloftenturn whitishincolorovertime),youcantry torescueitbysoakingtheentirepiece inthealcoholoracetone.takeitoutof thebowlperiodicallyandusethe brushtoremovelayersofspiritgum. onceallofthespiritgumresidueis gone,washthefacialhairgentlywith shampootomakesureallremaining gunkisgone.Youwillthenneedto restylethefacialhair,butitshouldstill beusable.
Figure 14-5 A wig being stored on a Styrofoam head.
usedinaproduction.styrofoamheads aremuchcheaper,andmostcompanies can’taffordacanvasblockforeachwig toliveonduringtheproduction. makesurewhenyouputthewig backontheheadthatthelaceisnot tuckedunderandthatthereareno ringletsorwadsofhairaccidentally caughtupunderneaththewig. remember—awigalwayswakesupthe wayitwenttosleep!Youdonotwantto comeinthenextdayandindthatyour
Figure 14-6 Spirit gum residue left on a mustache. The residue has tuned a whitish color.
Figure 14-7 Use the brush to clean the facial hair right side up.
204 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
TOUCHING UP A WIG Youwillneedtotouchupyourwigs constantlytokeepthemlookingfresh. wigscanbemussedbystrenuousstage action,wearinghats,quickcostume changes,andmanyotherthings.for ilms,itisveryimportanttokeepupthe continuityofthewiglook.some touch-uptipsforyou: 1. makesurethatthelaceisclean. 2. Alwaysblockyourwigwithblocking pinsandblockingtapeonacanvas headblockbeforeyoubegin touch-ups. 3. Useyourteasing/smoothingbrushto smoothanylyawayhairs(figure14-8). lightlysprayhairsprayonthewig beforeyourunthebrushoverthewig tohelpthelyawayhairsstay smootheddown. makesurethatasyouaredoingthisyou areonlyskimmingthebrushalongthe
Figure 14-8 Using a teasing brush to smooth flyaway hairs.
surfaceofthehair.Youdonotwantto digthebristlesdownintothehairstyle— thiswillonlyfurtherdestroythe hairstyleinsteadofmakingitneater. 4. donotkeepaddinghairspraytoyour wig!Afterafewcoatsofhairspray havebeensprayedonthewig,itis goingtostopworking.rather,the layersofhairspraywillbegintobuild uponeachotherandstarttoweight thewigdown.insteadofusing hairspray,lightmistthesectionyou aretouchingupwithrubbingalcohol inaspraybottle.thealcoholwill reactivatethehairspraythatis alreadytherelongenoughforyouto smooththehair.whenitdries,itwill holdlikefreshhairsprayagain. 5. reviveanyhangingcurlsby brushingthemaroundyouringer (figure14-9). 6. makesurethatifyouarestoringthe wigonashelforcartwherethe
Figure 14-9 Use a teasing brush to brush curls around your finger to make them neat again.
lengthcanhangdownthatyouput ahairnetaroundanyhangingcurls. iflefttohangovernight,sometimes theweightofthehairwillpullout anyringletsorcurls. 7. ifthewighasbecometrulytrashed, youmayneedtotakesectionsofthe hairdown,brushthroughthem,and putthembackup.ifyoudothis, makesureyoutakethesection downcarefullyandrememberhow youdidit.Alsotrytodisturbthe restofthestyleaslittleaspossible. carefuluseofhairnets,as discussedinchapter10,willhelpa wigstaylookingniceforalonger amountoftime. 8. makesureifyourwigisbeingworn withahatthatyourperformer knowshowtoputonthehat properly.ideally,youwillpinthehat onforthemandtakeitoffforthem, butthesethingsmayneedto happenonstageaspartofthe performer’sblocking.Hatswill disturbawigstyleleastiftheyare putonfromfronttoback,andtaken offfromfronttoback.neverlifta hatoffofthebackofthehead forwardtowardsthefront,because thisismostlikelytomessupthe hairstyle.(ifyouareworkingona musicalandtakingahatofffrom backtofrontispartofthe choreography,thereisn’tmuchyou cando!Bepreparedtomeetthe actorinthewingstochecktheirwig afterthedancenumberifthisis thecase.)
Chapter 14
curlsapartafteryouhavebrushed themaroundyouringer. 11. eventually,thewigwillbeinsuch badshapethatyouneedtowashthe wigandstartover.keepaneyeonall ofyourwigssothatyoucanplanout whentoredoeachwigandnothave torushyourstyling.
Care and Maintenance of Wigs
205
WASHING WIGS someperformer’sunionsmayhave speciicrulesabouthowoftena wigmustbewashed.forexample,the Actor’sequityunionrequiresthatawig bewashedevery14performances. nomatterwhattherulessay,youcanuse
Figure 14-10 An example of a wig being worn with a hat. Smaranda Ciceu as Nastasya in The Idiot, presented by the University of Texas. Photograph by Amitava Sarkar.
9. Periodicallybrushandrebraidany braidsthatmaybepartofyour hairstyle. 10. ifthewighasalotoflonghanging hairaspartofthestyle,detangleit bycombingitwithawide-toothed comb.Payspecialattentiontothe hairatthenapeoftheneck,asthis oftenbecomesverysnarledwhile thewigisbeingworn.Youmayalso havetobrushsomeofthecurls aroundyouringer.ifthedesired lookisnotringlets,gentlypullthe
w
Figure 14-11 An example of hairstyling records kept for a wig style.
206 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
yourgoodjudgmenttodeterminewhen itistimeforawigtobewashed.ifitis smelly(sprayingtheinsidewithalcohol willonlytakeyousofar)orthecurls won’tbounceback,itistimeforawash andreset.Becauseyouwillbecompletely redoingthewig,itisimportantforyouto havemadenotesofyourentireprocess. Youshouldhavefront,side,andback picturesofboththesettingpatternand theinishedstyleonile. whetheryouarewashingthewigto beresetformoreperformancesoryou arewashingthewigtoputawaywhen theproductionisover,youwillfollow thesamewashinginstructions.
Useasmoothside-to-sidemotionto dipthewig—donotjustplopthewigin thetubandswirlitaround.thiswill leadtotangling. 4. Placeasmallamountofshampoo onthetop/frontareaofthewig (figure14-13).
Figure 14-12 Dip the wig in a washtub using a smooth sideways motion.
Addalittlewatertomaketheshampoo latherup.worktheshampoodownthe lengthofthewigwithsmooth downwardstrokes.neverscrubthe shampoointothehairwithbothhands touslingthehair. 5. dipthewigthroughthewashtub severaltimestorinseoutthe shampoo(figure14-14).
WASHING THE WIG OFF THE BLOCK 1. Blockthewigonacanvasblockand removeallhairaccessories,styling pins,andrubberbands.(ifthe rubberbandsarecoveredhair elastics,removethemfromthewig byuntwistingthem.iftheyare actualrubberbands,cutthemout ofthewig—itisnotworththe troubleoftryingtountanglethem fromthewig. 2. Brushoutthewigsothatitis completelyfreeoftangles. 3. removethewigfromtheblockand takeittothesink.fillacleanplastic washtubwithlukewarmwater. makingsurethatyouarenotholding thewigbythelace,dipthewiginto thetub(figure14-12).
Figure 14-13 Add the shampoo.
Figure 14-14 Rinse the wig in the washtub.
Chapter 14
Youmayneedtoputfreshcleanwater intothetubafteryouhavedippedthe wigthroughafewtimes.ifthewig needsfurtherrinsing,supportthewig withyourhandfromtheinsideanduse ahoseattachmentforthefaucettorinse thewigoutwithabitmoreforce. 6. Applyconditionertothewigthesame wayyouappliedtheshampoo.workit downthewigwithsmoothstrokes. 7. rinsetheconditioneroutofthewig inthesamewaythatyourinsedout theshampoo. 8. whenthewigisthoroughlyfreefrom allshampooandconditioner,layitout onatowel.rollthewigintothetowel (figure14-15)andgentlysqueezeout theexcesswater(figure14-16). 9. removethedampwigfromthe towelandblockitbackontothe canvasblock.spritzthewigwith detanglingspray.sectionthebottom napeareaofthewigoutandpinthe
Figure 14-15 Roll the clean wig in a towel.
restofthehairoutofyourwaywith duckbillclips(figure14-17). Begincombingthroughthewigwitha wide-toothedcomb,startingattheends ofthehair.workyourwayuptothe roots.oncetheirstsectioniscombfree oftangles,startonthenextsectionup onthehead.itisveryimportantthat youtakeyourtimeandgetthetangles outofthewiggently.tuggingonboth thefoundationmaterialsandthehair whentheyarewetcanstretchthemout ofshape.
Figure 14-16 Squeeze out the excess water using a downward motion with your hand.
w
Care and Maintenance of Wigs
207
10. Alwaysmakesurethatyouare combingthehairoffoftheface unlessthewighasbangs(comb thoseforward).itwillbeeasiertoset iftheproductioniscontinuingorit willbeeasiertoitforthenext productionifthewigisgoingtobe putaway. 11. ifthewigishumanoranimalhair, youcanputitdirectlyintothewig dryerforonehour.ifthewigis synthetic,youwillneedtosteamit straightbeforeyoudry.Yourstyle
Figure 14-17 Divide the wig into sections before you begin to untangle it.
208 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
willalwaysturnoutbetterifyoudo thesetonstraighthairwithno bendsorkinks. WASHING THE WIG ON THE BLOCK Adeepsinkwithaclampattached makeswashinglongwigsmucheasier (figures14-18and14-19). 12. covertheblockwithaplasticbagor plasticwrap(figure14-20).ifyouare usingabag,knotitatthebottomto makeittightthebottomofthecanvas block.ifthebaghasprintingonit
(suchasastorelogo),turnthebag insideoutsothattheprintingdoes notruboffontotheinsideofthewig. 13. Blockthewig.removeallhair accessories,stylingpins,andrubber bands.Brushoutthehairuntilitis completelyfreefromtangles. 14. takethewigontheblockovertothe sink.Useahoseattachmentforthe faucetandwetthewigwith lukewarmwater(figure14-21). 15. Placeasmallamountofshampoo onthetopandfrontofthewig.Add alittlewaterandworktheshampoo
Figure 14-20 A plastic bag is used to cover the canvas block.
Figure 14-18 Standard plastic wig clamp bolted to a stainless-steel sink at UNCSA Wig Studios.
Figure 14-19 Freestanding floor clamp that adjusts to fit a salon shampoo sink.
Figure 14-21 A hose attachment for the faucet will help direct the water to wet the wig.
Chapter 14
Figure 14-22 Pull the shampoo through the hair with your hands—do not work the hair in a circular motion.
Figure 14-23 Use a towel to blot the excess water out of the wig.
intoalather.Usingsmooth downwardstrokes,pulltheshampoo throughthewigtotheendsof thehair(figure14-22). 16. rinsethehairwiththehose attachment.Addconditionertothe topofthewigandworkitthrough thehairinthesamewayyoudidthe shampoo.rinsethehairagainuntil alloftheconditionerisoutof thewig. 17. ifthewighasalotofhairspray(or otherstylingproduct)buildup,use bakingsodatoremoveit.makea pastebyaddingasmallamountof watertothebakingsoda.massage thepasteintotheareaswiththe productbuildup.thebakingsoda willactasanabrasiveandbuff awaythehairsprayresidue. thoroughlyrinsethebakingsoda
pasteoutofthewig(thismaytakea littletime).Afterrinsingoutthe bakingsoda,proceedtoshampooing thewig. 18. oncethewigisclean,useatowelto blotouttheexcesswater(figure 14-23).donottouslethehairinan attempttodryit. 19. returntoyourworkspaceandput thewigblockonawigclamp. sectionoutthebottomofthehair andbegindetanglingit.comballof thetanglesoutofthehair,working fromthenapeupofthewigupto thefronthairline. 20. ifthewigishumanhair,putitinthe wigdryerforanhour.ifthewigis synthetichair,steamitcompletely straightbeforeputtingitintothewig dryer.Beforeputtingthewiginthe dryer,untietheknotthatyoumade intheplasticbag(figure14-24).this
w
Care and Maintenance of Wigs
209
Figure 14-24 The wig is now steamed straight and ready to be dried. Note that the bag covering the block has been untied at the bottom.
willallowairtogettothecanvas blockandpreventanymildewfrom formingbecauseofmoisturethat mayhaveseepedintotheblock.
STORING YOUR WIGS onceyourwigsareclean,theyareready tobestoreduntiltheirnextuse.Proper storagewillhelpprolongthewig’s usefulness.storeyourwigsinaplace
210 w
Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film
thatisprotectedfrommoisture,dust, andsunlight.Prepareyourwigsfor storageinthesamewayeverytime: 1. oncethewigisdry,brushthrough thehairtoremoveanytanglesor stiffness.makesurethehairis brushedoffoftheface.Beingableto seeallofthehairlineduringaitting isextremelyimportant. 2. ifthehairislongenoughtobraid, goaheadandbraidit.thebraidwill helppreventthehairfromtangling whileitisbeingstored. 3. removethewigfromthecanvas block.tuckthebraid(ifthereisone) intotheinsideofthewigbase.fold thewiginhalflikeataco.Youcan storeeachwiginitsownplasticbag, box,orcubbyhole.theamountof roomyouhaveforstoragewill
Figure 14-25 A wig that has been readied for storage.
dictatewhatyouchoose.slidethe wigintothebag,box,orcubbyhole (figure14-25).thewigisnowstored untilyouneeditagain.
STORAGE SYSTEMS everywigshophasadifferentsystem forstoringandorganizingtheirwigs. someshopsstoretheirwigsinplastic bagsthatareorganizedintoboxes.
Figure 14-26 Example of a wig storage system (the University of Texas).
someshopsuseasystemofboxeswith cubbyholeswhereeachslotholdsawig. someshopsstorewigsthatarestyledon headblocks. nomatterwhatsystemyouchoose, youshouldhavesomeorganizational methodthatwillallowyou(oryour assistants)toindawigyouneed quickly.mostwigshopsorganizetheir wigsbyhaircolor,attheveryleast.Your systemcanbeasdetailedasyouare willingtomakeit—youcanalso organizebythelengthofthehair,the typeofhair(human,animal,or synthetic),andwhetherthewigisa hard-frontwigoralace-frontwig. itwillalsoprovevaluabletokeep recordsofwhateachwighasbeenused for.keepacardileoracomputerchart foreachwig,notingallofthedetails
Figure 14-27 Example of a facial hair storage system (Pioneer Theatre Company).
Chapter 14
aboutit.includewhenthewigwas made;whetheritisalace-frontor hard-frontwig;whetheritissynthetic, human,oranimalhair;thecolorsofhair used(usethenumbersfromthehair colorringtomakesurethisisprecise); thelengthofthehair;andanyparticular notesaboutthestyle(forexample,that thewighasbangsoriscutintoa mullet).everytimethewigisused,add whoworeitandinwhatshow.ifyou oftenworkwiththesameperformers, havingthesenoteswillbeahuge advantage.Youcaneitherpullawigthat youhavethatyoualreadyknowits
them,oryoucanusethewigtomakea patternforanewonewithouthavingto callyourperformerinforaitting. wehopethisbookhasgivenyou manyanswerstowigquestionsthatyou mayhavehad.wehavetriedtocover everyaspectofthewigmakingand stylingbusiness,fromirstbeinghired forthejobthroughexecutingeverystep tocreateyourvisionforthehair.we hopewehavegivenyounewideas aboutwhatispossiblewithwigsand inspiredyoutostrikeoutwithyourown creations.wewishyouthebestofluck intheworldofwigs!
w
Care and Maintenance of Wigs
211
Figure 14-28 An example of an index card record of a wig’s prior use and construction details.
This page intentionally left blank
Subject Index Pagenumbersinitalicsrefertophotographsorillustrations.Pagenumbersinboldfacerefertoglossarydeinitions.
A Acebandages,forshorthair,122 acidandacid-balancedperms,173 acrossnape,measuring,37 acrylicibers,dyeing,171.See alsodyeingwigs andwigibers;synthetichair adhesives applyingwigswith,124 removingafterperformance,127 Africanhair,166 afro,1 airventilationinworkarea,13 alligatorclips.Seeduckbillclips alopecia,1 alternativematerialsforwigs,175–186 combiningwithhair,182–183 coveringthecap,180 examples,183–184,183–186 foundations,176–179 structuralsupportframes,180–181,182 Amazonpins,1,11,11 Americancosmetologycolorsystem,167,169 anchorpoints importantlocationsfor,119,119 structuralsupportframes,181 angora(mohair),1,24,165,165 combiningwithnon-hairmaterials,182–183 dyeing,169,170.See alsodyeingwigsandwig ibers animalhairwigs,setting,155 antagonists,194 applyingfacialhairpieces,61–62 applyingwigs.Seewigapplication
ArtSearchpublication,199 Asianhair,166,166–167 audienceexpectation,195
B back,designinghairstylesfor,151 backlace,8,21,21 backofeartobackofear,measuring,39 backcombing,1 balanceddesigns,162 baldingwigs,105–107,106–107 baldness,about,105 base,wig.Seefoundations baseballcap,asbase,179 baths,fordyeinghair,170–172 beardsandgoatees,56–58 applying,61–62 cuttingandstyling,58–60 growthpatterns,56 removing,62 texturesfor,47,49–52,60 beehive,1 bias(fabric),23 bicyclehelmets,asbase,179 blenders,79–81 blending.Seecolorblending blockingawig,1,15–16,16 blockingpins,2,14,14 blockingtape,2,14 blocks.Seeheadforms/blocks bluntcut,2 boardwork,2 bob,2
bobbinette,21,22,23 bobbypins,11,11 conditionerand,121 forpincurls,137 boxingwigsforstorage,210–211 bracingthreads,90,90–91 braidinghair,4,120,120–121 braids(wigstyle),146–149 dreadlocks,3,149–150 breakdowns,scene,191–193 bridaltulle,forshorthair,122 bridge(nose)tohairline,measuring,38 bridge(nose)torecedingpoint,measuring,38 brushes,10,10 brush-incolorproducts,167 bubblesinlace,removing,57 buckram/feltbases,176–179 budgetingforproduction,197–198 burninghair,129–130 businesscards,200
C c-shapedwaves.Seepincurls caps.Seefoundations careandmaintenanceofwigs,201–211 cascade,2 caulnets,2,21,21 circumference-bandfoundationwith,89–93, 91–96 characterdesign,194–195 grouprelationships,195–196 chargingforwork,200 checkerboardventilationpattern,29,30
213
214 w
Subject Index
chignon,2 chinblocks,2,2 pinpatternsto,49 chintuft,2 circumferenceofhead,36 circumference-bandfoundations about,88,88,89 building,89–93,90–96 parts,crownswirls,andcowlicks,103,103–104 circumstances,character(inplay),194 clamps,8,13,13, 208 classiccolorchart,168 cleaning facialhair,203 wiglaces,2,201–203 climax(inplay),190 clippies,2,11,11 forpincurls,137,137 clips.Seehairpinsandclips clustermethodofgroupcharacteranalysis, 196,196 coiffoundations,88,88 color(naturalhair),about,115 colorblending,31,31 colormatching,39 customweft,115–118 mustacheandbeardhair,54–55 colorsprays,167 coloring.Seedyeingwigsandwigibers combclips,12,121,121,122 combs,10,10 complicationsandconlict(inplays),190 conditioner,15,207,209 bobbypinsand,121 conidants,194 copyinghairlinewithplastictracing.Seeplasticwrapheadtracings cornrows,2 corsagepins,14,14 withrollersetting,139 cosmetologycolorsystem,169
costumedesigner,workingwith,197 cowlicks,addingtofoundations,103 craigslist.com,199 crepewool,2 crepeinghair,2 facialhairpieces,50–52 crepeingsticks,15 withfacialhairpieces,50,50–52 crimpedhair.Seewavyhair(wigstyle) crimpingirons,138 crossgrain(fabric),23 crossstitch,17,17 crown,designinghairstylesfor,151 crownswirls,addingtofoundations,103, 103–104 curlers.Seerollersandcurlers curling.Seerollersandcurlers curlyhair(wigstyle),139–146.See also wavyhair perming,172–173 cuticle-freehair,166–167,167 cuttingwigs,173–174 facialhairpieces,58–60
D darkeninghair.Seedyeingwigsandwigibers daylight,haircolorand,116 deepfronts,64–65,78 densitypatterns.Seegrowthpatterns designteam,workingwith,197 designinghairstyles.Seehairstyles,designing detanglingwigs,205 direction,ventilating,30,30 lace-frontwigsand,70–72,72,73 dispersedyes,170,171 doubleknotting,27–28 double-boilervats,fordyeing,171 draggedfrombase(rollersetting),139,139–140 drama,formsof,190 drawingcards,3,3,9,27,31 drawingsettingpattern,154,155
dreadlocks,3,149–150 dryers.Seewigdryers dryingforstraighthair,130 duckbillclips,3,11,11 dyevats,171 dyeingwigsandwigibers,167–172 dyes,115–116,167,169–172
E eartoear,measuring,36,36,37,37,39 eartonape,measuring,38,38 edges,netlace,102 elura-blendhair,166 endpapers,3,14 eraofplay,195 everydaywigs,199 expensecharts,198 exposition,190 extensions,4.See also falls eyebrows,53–54,61 applying,61 cuttingandstyling,58–60 removing,62 texturesfor,47,49–52,60
F fabricdyes,80,116,167,169–170 facialhairpieces,47–62 addingtextureto,49–52 applying,61–62 beardsandgoatees,56–58 cleaning,201 creatingpatternsfor,47–49 cuttingandstyling,58–60 eyebrows,53–54,61 mustaches,54–55 removing,62 sideburns,55–56 texturesfor,47,49–52,60 falls,3,111–113,111–113 wigapplication,125–126
Subject Index
feltbases.Seebuckram/feltbases ilmcommissions,199 ilmlace,21,21 indingjobs,198–200 ingershields,3,9,9 ingerwaves,3 creating,132–134 irstpiece,88 ishtailbraids.Seeherringbonebraids ivehairs,twoofthreeholes(pattern),30,30 latiron,3 lat-ironingforstraighthair,130–131 foils,194–195 fontange,3 forms.Seeheadforms/blocks forwardofbase(rollersetting),139,139 fosshapebases,178–179,186 foundationlaces,21 foundations,3,3,176 alternativematerialsfor,176–179 baldingwigs,105–107,106–107 circumference-bandfoundations,88,88, 89–93,90–96 coiffoundations,88,88 coveringwithalternativematerials,180 fringes,107–108,108 nape-piecefoundations,88,88–89,96–97, 98–99 one-piecefoundations,88,88–89,100–101, 102 parts,crownswirls,andcowlicks,103,103–104 typesof,88,88 fourhairs,twoofthreeholes(pattern), 30,30 frameworkforalternative-materialwigs,181 frenchbraids,147,148 frenchscenes,192,193 fringes,107–108,108 front,designinghairstylesfor,151 fronttonape,measuring,36,36,39 frontalbone,4
frontinglace,4,20–21,72,78,78–79,97.See also lace-frontwigs building,68–69 deepfronts,64–65,78 direction,hairgrowthand,70–72 minifronts,79 napelace,81–83,82–83 quickfronts,63,63–65,74–75 silkblenders,79–81 standardfronts,64,65,75–76,77 stretching,72,73 full-bottomwigs,115 piecingtogetherwigsfor,83,83–84
G galloon,4,4,22,22 geishastyling,69 geneticbackgroundofhumanhair,166 glue foralternativeobjects,180 cleaningwigsand,201–203 forfacialhairpieces,61–62 removingafterperformance,126–127 goatees,deined,4.See alsobeardsandgoatees grain,lace,23,23 grateau,marcel,5,134 grayingtemplepieces.Seetemplepieces grouprelationshipsinplays,195–196 growthpatterns,4 beardsandgoatees,48 eyebrows,53 frontinglacedirectionand,70–73 mustaches,55 sideburns,56
H hackle,4,4 haircolor(natural),about,115 haircolor(natural),matching.Seecolormatching haircolorsystems,167 hairdensity,29–30
w 215
hairextensions,4 hairfromnon-hairmaterials,175–188 combiningwithhair,182–183 coveringthecap,180 examples,183–184,183–186 foundations,176–179 structuralsupportframes,180–181,182 hairgrowth.Seegrowthpatterns hairpins,11,11 hairpreparationforwigapplication,119–123 hairpuncher,199 hairrats,6,157 hairselection,165–167 hairtypes,23–24 haircolor.SeeJ&lclassiccolorsystem;American cosmetologycolorsystem haircuttingshears,4,10 hairline about,65,65–68,68 changing,68 distancetonosebridge,measuring,38 malepatternbaldness,105–107,106 settingandstylingtips,160–162 tracingwithplasticwrap.Seetracingwith plasticwrap truing,69–70 hair-losspatients,wigsfor,199 hairnets,161,161 hairpieces,4 customweft,115–118 falls,111–113,111–113,125–126 full-bottomwigs,83–85,115 pull-throughs,110–111,111 switches,6,113–114 templepieces,88,110 toupees,7,109,110 hairpinsandclips,8,11–12,11–12, 14,14.See also specific kind of pin clippies,2,11,11,137 forpincurls,137 removingafterperformance,126–127
216 w
Subject Index
hairstyles,designing,151–164 drawingsettingpattern,154,155 examples,162,163–164 geishastyling,69 formen,159–160 researchon,152–154 settingandstylingtips,160–162 settingwig,155 teasingandstufing,156–157 understandingthestyle,152 usingwireframes,157–158 hairstyles,implementing.See styling handsewing basicstitches,17 withinvisiblethread,32–33,32–33 needlesfor.Seesewingneedles handlingwigs,15–17 hankofhair,4 hardhat,asbase,179 hard-frontwigs,4,15–16 wigapplication,125–126 hatmaker’scoiffoundations,88,88 hats,asbase,179 hats,wigdesignand,161,204,205 headforms/blocks,13,13 paddingoutwithplastictracing,44–45 transferringheadmeasurementsto,39–41,40 washingwigson,205–209 headmeasurements,35–45 paddingblockwithtracing,44–45 plastic-wraptracings.Seetracingwithplastic wrap takingaccurately,35,35–39 transferringtoblock,39–41 helmets,asbase,179 herringbonebraids,149,149 historicaltimeperiodofplay,195 hooks.Seeventilatingneedles horizontalcircumferenceofhead,36 horsehair,4,165,165–166
hour,chargingby,200 householddyes,170 humanhair,4,23–24,165,165–167,166 combiningwithnon-hairmaterials, 182–183 dyeing,169,170.See alsodyeingwigsandwig ibers perming,172–173 settingwigsof,155–156 stylingand,129.See also styling
J&lclassiccolorsystem,167 jobs chargingfor,200 inding,198–200
quickfronts,63,63–65,74–75 settingandstylingtips,160–162 silkblenders,79–81 standardfronts,64,65,75–76,77 truinghairline,69–70 typesof,63–65 understandinghairlines,65–68 wigapplication,123–125 ladder-backfalls,112,112 largewoodenbrush,10, 10 leftside,designinghairstylesfor,151 liftingpicks(teasingpicks),10,10 lighteninghair.Seedyeingwigsandwigibers lighting,haircolorand,116 lightinginworkarea,12–13 linegraphmethodofgroupcharacter analysis,196 lionwigs,114,114–115 loadingventilatingneedles,20,20 locationchangesinplay,191 longhair,applyingwigsover,119–121
K
M
kabuki-inspiredlionwigs,114–115 keyhair,199 knots,untying,30–31 knotting.Seewigknotting knottingpositions,28,28–29
magneticpincushions,14 maintenanceofwigs,201–211 makeup,removing,202 malepatternbaldness,105–107,106 marcelirons,5, 5, 59, 60,134, 135,135 withfacialhairpieces,58–60 marcelovens,5,59,59,134 marcelwaves,5 creating,134–136 measurements.Seeheadmeasurements medicaladhesive,5 medusaset,145–146 men,designingwigsfor,159–160 millinerywire,10,17,157 minifronts,79 mixedhair,27 mohair(angora),1,24,165,165
I incitingincident,190 interpretinghairstyleresearch,152–154 invisiblethread,4,9,32–33,32–33
J
L lace.Seewiglaces lace-frontwigs,4–5,16–17,63–85 buildingfronts,68–69 changinghairlines,68 deepfronts,64–65,78 aseverydaywigs,199 lacedirectionandhairgrowth,70–73 minifronts,79 napelace,81–83 piecingtogetherwigs,83–85
Subject Index
combiningwithnon-hairmaterials,182–183 dyeing,169,170.See alsodyeingwigsandwig ibers mohawk,5 money,making,198 monoilamentribbon,22,22 monoilamenttop,5 mullet,5 musicalnumbersbreakdown,192 mustaches,54–55 applying,61 cuttingandstyling,58–60 removing,62 texturesfor,47,49–52,60
N nape,designinghairstylesfor,151 napelace,81–83 removingafterperformance,127 napepieces,88, 88 napepins.Seehairpinsandclips napetoear,measuring,38 napetofront,measuring,36 napewispies,81 nape-piecefoundations about,88,88–89, forbaldingwigs,105–107 building,96–97,98–99 parts,crownswirls,andcowlicks,103,103–104 naturalhaircolor,about,115 naturalhaircolor,matching.Seecolormatching natural-lookingwigs needfor,87 settingandstylingtips,160 naturelace,5 needle-nosedpliers,9,9–10 needles.Seesewingneedles;ventilatingneedles (hooks) netlace,5,21,21,87,88 seamsandedges,103
newwigs,creating.Seewigs,buildingfrom scratch nosebridgetohairline,measuring,38 nosebridgetorecedingpoint,measuring,38 notebookforshowproduction,193–194 nylonibers,dyeing,171.See alsodyeingwigs andwigibers;synthetichair nylonnet,forshorthair,122
O occipitalbone,5 offbase(rollersetting),139–140 onbase(rollersetting),139 one-piecefoundations about,88,88–89, addinghair,102 building,100–102,100–102 parts,crownswirls,andcowlicks,103, 104–105 organizingwigsforstorage,210–211 overalllook,creating,196–197
P paddingoutblockswithplastictracings,44–45 paintingsashairstyleresources,153 parietalbones,5 partialwigs.Seehairpieces parts,addingtofoundations,103,103–104 postiche,6 patterns,ventilating,29–30 perfection,avoiding,161 performance.Seeproductionconsiderations performer’shair colormatching.Seecolormatching facialhair,48 periwig,5 permanentcolorproducts,167 perming.Seerollersandcurlers permingwigsandwigibers,172–173 peruke,5
w 217
picksforlifting/teasing,10,10 piecingtogetherwigs,83–85 pigtails.Seeswitches pincurls,5 applyingwigsoverlonghair,119–120 creating,136–138 importantlocationsfor,119,119 pins.Seehairpinsandclips plait.Seebraids(wigstyle) plastic-wrapheadtracings.Seetracingwith plasticwrap play.Seeproductionconsiderations pliers,fortoolkit,9,9 plotstructure,190–191 pointofattack,190 polyesterdyes,171 pompadour,5 ponytails.Seeswitches preparationforwigapplication,119–123 preparingwigsforstorage,209–210 primaryresource(research)onhairstyle,152 productionconsiderations,189–200 budgeting,197–198 characterdesign,194–195 chargingforwork,200 indingjobs,198–200 grouprelationships,195–196 organizingshownotebook,193–194 overalllookforproduction,196–197 understandingtheplay,189–193 protagonists,194 proteinhair.Seehumanhair;mohair(angora); yakhair pullingonwigs(howto),123–125 pull-throughs,110,111 puttingonwigs,119–127 hairpreparation,119–123 hard-frontwigsandfalls,125–126 lace-frontwigs,123–125 quickchanges,127
218 w
Subject Index
Q
S
queue,6 quickfronts,63,63–65,74–75 quickwigchanges,127
safetyequipment,13 sausagecurls.Seeringlets scenebreakdowns,191–193 scenelocationchangesinplay,191 scenes,identifying,192 scissors(fortoolkit),9.See alsoshears seams,netlace,103 secondpiece,52 secondaryresource(research)onhairstyle,153 selectinghairforwigs,165–167 setwithdrag(rollersetting),139–140 settingdiagrams,154–155 settinglotion,15,60 settingpattern,drawing,154–155,159 settingwigs,155 sewing.Seehandsewing sewingneedles,9 shag,6 shampoo,15 shears haircuttingshears,4,10 thinningshears,6,6 shorthair,applyingwigsover,121–123 shownotebook,organizing,193–194 sideburnpieces applying,61 creating,55–56 cuttingandstyling,58–60 removing,62 texturesfor,47,49–52,60 sideburns(ofperformer) growthpatterns,56 markingonblock,40 takingheadmeasurements,37,38,40 widthof,measuring,37 silkblenders,79–81 silkgauze,22,22 silkribbon.See galloon singlehair,everyhole(pattern),29,29
R raisonneur,195 rats,6,157 rat-tailcombs,10,10 recedingpointtonosebridge,measuring,38 receiptsforpurchases,198 relationshipsamongcharacters,195–196 removingfacialhairpieces,62 removingwigsafterperformance,126–127 researchonhairstyles,152–154 researchonplay,189–193,197 resolution(inplay),191 resources(research)onhairstyle,152–154 reversefrenchbraids,147,148 reversing,123 rightside,designinghairstylesfor,151 right-side-outconstruction,89 ringlets,6,142–143 ritdyes,170,171 rollerbreaks,142 rollerpins,11,11 rollersandcurlers,12,12,136,139–146 marcelirons,5,5,58–60,59,60,134, 134–135 permingfacialhairpieces,49–50 settingforringlets,142–143 settingforstraighthair,130–131 spiralrollingtechniques,143–144 forstraighteninghair,130–131 stylingfacialhairpieces,58–61 takingoutrollers,142,143,155 roots,6 ropebraids,147,148–149 rouxfancifulrinse,169 rubberbands,121
sketches,creating,197 skin-topwig,6 smoothingbrushes,10,10,156 totouchupwig,204 speedofwigmaking,87 spiralrollingtechniques,143–144 medusaset,145–146 sprocketset,143–144,144 spiritgum,6,61–62 applyingwigswith,124 cleaningwigsand,202 removingafterperformance,127 sportswrap,forshorthair,122 spraybottles,15 sprays,color,167 sprocketset,143–144,144 s-shapedwaves.Seepincurls standardbraid,147 standardfronts,64,65,75–76,77 stays,22–23,23 steamers,14,14,131 steamingawig,6 forstraighthair,131,131–132 forwavyhair,134 stemswitches,113 stitches,basic,17 stockusefulness,chargingby,200 stockwig,6 storingwigs,209–211 straighthair(wigstyle),130–132 straightpins,14,14 stretching,81,88 stretchingfrontinglace,72,73 structuralsupportframes,180–181,182 stufingplastic-wraptracings,44–45 styling,129–150 braids,146–149 creatingstyles.Seehairstyles,designing curlyhair,139–146 dreadlocks,3,149–150 elementsofhairstyles,129
Subject Index
facialhairpieces,58–60 straighthair,130–132 wavyhair,132–139 wigmaterialconcerns,129–130 stylingproducts,15,155,162 styrofoamheads,202–203 superlace,6,20 supplies,chargingby,200 supportframesforalternative-materialwigs, 180–182 swatches,172 switches,6,113–115 kabuki-inspiredlionwigs,114–115 symmetricalhairlines,creating,69–70 synthetichair,6,24,166 combiningwithnon-hairmaterials, 182–183 dyeing,169,171–172.See alsodyeingwigs andwigibers settingwigsof,155 stylingand,129–130.See also styling
T t-pins,withrollersetting,139 tapdancing,127 tapetracing.Seetracingwithplasticwrap teasingbrushes,10,10,156 totouchupwig,204 teasingpick(liftingpick),10,10 teasingwigs,156 telesisadhesive applyingwigswith,124 removingafterperformance,127 templepieces,70,84,110 templetosideburn,measuring,38 templetotemple,measuring,36,37 temporarycolorproducts,167 tendril,6 tertiaryresource(research)onhairstyle, 153–154 texturesforfacialhairpieces,47,49–52,60
thimble,fortoolkit,10 thinningshears,6,6 thread invisible,4,9,32–33,32–33 fortoolkit,9 threehairs,checkerboardpattern,29,30 3/4wig,1 three-stemswitches,114 timeperiodofplay,193 tintexdyes,170,171 tips,6 tonsure,6 tool kits forwigmaking,8–10,9 forwigstyling,10 touchingupwigs,204–205 toupeeclips,7,12,12,112,121,122 toupeetape,7 toupees,7,109,110 pull-throughs,110,111 tracingwithplasticwrap,41–45 buildingfronts,68–69 forfacialhairpieces,47–49 forhairpieces,109 paddingoutheadblock,44–45 truinghairline,69–70 trackingexpenditures,198 tracks,6 trichotillomania,7 truingpatterns,49,69 t-shapedpins,11,11 tweezers,untyingknotswith,30–31,31 twohairs,checkerboardpattern,29,30
U uniondyes,170,171 universalhaircolorsystems,167 unprocessedhumanhair,165.See alsohuman hair untyingknots,30–31 utilitariancharacters,195
w 219
V vegetablenets,7,21,21 circumference-bandfoundationwith,89–93, 92–95 Velcrorollers,12 ventilating,7,19–33 basictechnique,24–31 colorblending,31,31 needlesandholdersfor,19–20,20 sewingwithinvisiblethread,32–33, 32–33 wiglace,20–23 ventilatingdirection,30 lace-frontwigsand,70–72,74,76 ventilatingneedleholders,9,9,19–20 ventilatingneedles(hooks),7,9,19–20,19 loading,20,20 properpositionfor,24,24 typesofhair,23–24 untyingknotswith,30–31,30–31 ventilatingpatterns,29–30 ventilatingpositions,28–29,28 ventilationinworkarea,13 virginhair,7
W washingwigs,205–209 waterspraybottles,15 waterwaves,3 creating,132–134 wavingiron,7,138 wavyhair(wigstyle),132–139 marcelwaves,5,134–136 pincurls,136–138 waterwaves,3,132–134 websitesforindingwork,199 weft,7,7 custom,115–118 cuttingwigsand,173–174 dyeingand,172
220 w
Subject Index
wefting,7 napelace,81 weftingsticks,15 wettingforstraighthair,130 whipstitch,17,17 wide-toothedcombsandbrushes,10,10 widthofsideburn,measuring,37 wigapplication,119–127 hairpreparation,119–123 hard-frontwigsandfalls,125–126 lace-frontwigs,123–125 quickchanges,127 wigbags,7,7 wigblock,8 wigcaps,8,120,121 wigcareandmaintenance,201–211 cleaning,201–203 storage,210–211 touchingup,204–205 washing,205–210 wigclamps,8,13,13 wigdesigners,199 wigdryers,8,14,14 wigfoundations.Seefoundations wighandling,15–17
wigknotting basictechnique,24–31 sewingwithinvisiblethread,32–33, 32–33 untyingknots,30–31 wiglaces,17,20–23,87 bubblesin,removing,57 cleaning,201–203 fronting.Seelace-frontwigs wigmakingtoolkit,8–10,9 wigmasters/mistresses,199 wigpins.Seehairpinsandclips wigpoints,8,8 wigprep,8 wigremovalafterperformance,126–127 wigruncrew,199 wigsalonemployees,199 wigsilk,79–81 wigstays,8 wigstock,198,200 wigstoragesystems,210–211 wigstyling.See styling wigworkarea.Seeworkarea wiglets,8,8 wigs,buildingfromscratch,87–108
baldingwigs,105–107,106–107 circumference-bandfoundations,88,88, 89–93,90–96 coiffoundations,88,88 fringes,107–108,108 nape-piecefoundations,88,88–89,96–97, 98–99 one-piecefoundations,88,88–89,100–101,102 parts,crownswirls,andcowlicks,103,103–104 wigs,partial.Seehairpieces wigs,piecingtogether,83–85 wigsforhair-losspatients,199 wireframes,157–158 wonderlace.Seebacklace workarea,12–15,13 ventilatingpositions,28–29 worktable,12 ventilatingpositions,28–29
Y yakhair,8,24,165,165 combiningwithnon-hairmaterials,182–183 dyeing,169–170,170.See alsodyeingwigsand wigibers perming,172–173
Loved the book? Visit the web site!
checkoutthebonusfeaturesatthecompanionsitefor Wig Making and Styling: A Complete Guide for Theatre and Film!what’sthere? • stepbystepguidestocreateafosshapeBaseand1940s hairstyles • Howtotieaknotright-HandedVideo • Howtotieaknotleft-HandedVideo • Howtotieadouble-knotVideo • stylingaQuickfrontsynthetic wigintoachorusgeishaVideo
And more!Visitthesiteat http://booksite.focalpress.com/companion/ruskai/wig/.